Biblical Hebrew A Student Grammar Ruth 1, the Aleppo Codex (10th c. C.E.)

Transcription

1 Biblical Hebrew A Student Grammar Ruth 1, the Aleppo Codex (10th c. C.E.) John A. Cook Robert D. Holmstedt

3 Preface Purpose This textbook is intended for a university classroom. It is divided into thirty lessons, corresponding to the typical thirty-week academic year. Following the sequence of lessons will provide the average student with a cutting-edge understanding of ancient Hebrew grammar and will enable the student to read both prose passages and less complex poems from biblical and non-biblical texts. Additionally, the textbook introduces the student to the standard Biblical Hebrew lexicon 1 and includes an appendix on the Masoretic accents, which may be incorporated into the sequence of lessons at whatever point the instructor desires. Because of the variety of first-year biblical Hebrew textbooks currently available, it is worth briefly noting what this textbook is not: it is not a reference grammar; it is not meant to be used without supplementation from the instructor; it is not meant for self-study; it is not theologically oriented. What this textbook does not do represents fairly well the character of almost every other available textbook, and thereby indicates that there exists a significant lacuna in the world of Hebrew textbooks. This textbook is intended to fill this hole. History The genesis of this introductory textbook for ancient Hebrew lies in the experience of the two authors in teaching first-year biblical Hebrew at the University of Wisconsin as graduate instructors, from 1996 to The desire for something different was born early in this period, after dissatisfaction with the out-datedness of Weingreen 2 (which, in many ways, has yet to be surpassed in terms of pedagogy as a classroom textbook) and outright frustration with the lack of pedagogical awareness in Kelley, 3 Seow, 4 and Kittel, 5 to name the most prominent textbooks then on the market. Necessity is the mother of invention, as the proverb goes, and, as in the case of most textbooks, eventually we decided that it was time to develop something different ourselves. As we continued to teach Hebrew after Wisconsin, we clarified the focus for our project and we identified two primary objectives: classroom pedagogy and a firm linguistic foundation. Design Objectives Our concern for classroom pedagogy is based on the simple observation that many of the textbooks on the market provide the student with entirely too much information. We found ourselves instructing our students to skip entire sections in some of the textbooks we used. Not only is this frustrating for instructor and student alike, it both establishes an underlying tension between the instructor and the textbook and creates a sense of distrust in the often expensive textbook the student was required to purchase for the course. Clearly, we needed a textbook that 1 Brown, F., S. R. Driver, and C. A. Briggs. [1906] The New Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew-English Lexicon. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson. 2 Weingreen, J A Practical Grammar for Classical Hebrew. Oxford: Oxford University. [2 nd edition, 1959 and 1967] 3 Kelley, P. H Biblical Hebrew: An Introductory Grammar. Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans. 4 Seow, C.-L A Grammar for Biblical Hebrew. Nashville, TN: Abingdon. [Revised edition, 1995] 5 Kittel, B. P., V. Hoffer, and R. Abts Wright Biblical Hebrew: A Text and Workbook. New Haven, CN.: Yale University. [Revised edition, 2005]

4 was created for the classroom and no more. In other words, we felt that the desire of many textbook authors to present, essentially, mini-reference grammars was an obstacle in the effective presentation of the material and quite often resulted in information overload. It is difficult to count the number of people who have recounted to us their experience of learning Hebrew with anguish in their voices and a traumatic look in their eyes, and a little sensitive digging almost always turns up one overriding reason: poor pedagogy. To address the pedagogy issue we established an approach to each lesson that was based on three simple criteria: (1) what can we accomplish in the classroom in one week and still have fun? (2) what must the students learn? and (3) what do the students not need to learn? The result was the thirty-lesson structure that moves the students quickly through the necessary but often less engaging introductory material to get to issues more salient for interpreting the ancient texts, such as clause structure and verbs. This enables us to introduce our students to stretches of biblical texts as early as the fourth week of the course. And since understanding texts is the motivation of the overwhelming majority of students in our courses, it only makes sense that this would both please them and reduce the dreaded mid-year attrition rate. It is important to note a critical feature of our textbook at this point: since it presents no more than is necessary, it does not itself introduce students to long stretches of Hebrew discourse. Moreover, we do not introduce students to the features of either the Masoretic codices or the modern printed Hebrew Bibles, including the critical apparatus of the Biblica Hebraica Stuttgartensia. A number of student-oriented introductions to these issues already exist and are likely in the nearest library; thus, we saw no good reason to reinvent the wheel, as it were. What this means is that the texts and the history of the Hebrew Bible must be covered within the lesson planning external to the textbook. As with many modern language textbooks, even those with vibrant color and snazzy drawings or photographs, it is worth remembering that the textbook is a means to another end, not an end in and of itself. This explains why we eschew defining every language term we use (for example, pharyngeal ): it is the instructor s responsibility to have a basic competence in Hebrew grammar and grammatical terminology. Whenever it is necessary we do briefly define the linguistic terms we use (i.e., valency with regard to the binyanim, focus with regard to word order). For the items we do not define, we suggest using Gary Long s handbook, 6 which can (and probably should) be used as a supplemental text. Combining our textbook with Long s handbook achieves comprehensiveness without needlessly bloating the lessons. The second objective for our textbook is to build the lessons on a firm linguistic foundation. Both authors do research on the grammatical features of ancient (biblical and non-biblical) Hebrew within explicitly linguistic frameworks, mostly typological and generative, and our conclusions have often been at odds with the consensus described in standard reference grammars and introductory textbooks (for example, you will find no reference in this textbook to the so-called waw-consecutive imperfect and perfect verbs, but instead will find the labels pastnarrative and modal perfect, respectively). Hence, we desired a textbook that communicates our linguistically-grounded views to a first-year Hebrew audience. While we try to avoid enmeshing ii 6 Long, G. A Grammatical Concepts 101 for Biblical Hebrew: Learning Biblical Hebrew Grammatical Concepts through English Grammar. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson.

5 the first-year student in the complexity of linguistics and typical linguistic description, we also take a high view of our audience s capacity to process basic linguistic concepts and to see how they apply to both Hebrew and English. Finally, this textbook is what some might call traditional in its essential organization and presentation. Although each lesson does contain a diversity of categories for easier learning, the student is moved through the linguistic categories of phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, and pragmatics in mostly this order. With that said, we use more modern, or second language acquisition, teaching techniques in the classroom. Again, we did not write this textbook for every task of the language classroom. It is intentionally limited, and in light of this, we encourage instructors who use this textbook to plan accordingly: additional activities will be required for the first-year students to learn Hebrew and, critically, for them to enjoy the process. (For interested parties, we invite requests for sample syllabi and other teaching materials.) Note to the Reader: the glossary is currently undergoing revision; the glosses were initially based on a combination of information from the two primary Hebrew-English lexica, BDB and HALOT. Additionally, a third set of glossing choices was motivated by simplicity and pedagogy rather than the often awkward English glosses given in either of the two lexica. Acknowledgments The detail and complexity of writing a introductory language textbook exceeded our wildest dreams. It is entirely possible that if we had not begun this project as ambitious, energetic doctoral students, we might never had begun it at all. Certainly, we are indebted to the eagle eyes of numerous instructors who followed us at UW and who willingly accepted the challenge of using a draft textbook. In particular, we are grateful to Michael Lyons, Kent Reynolds, James Kirk, and Tim Mackie for their numerous lists of typos and other infelicities. Additionally, their queries helped us to formulate more clearly our design objectives. We are also indebted to Cynthia Miller, who endured the many drafts and yet remained willing to have the textbook used at UW. Finally, we are most recently thankful of the proofreading and general feedback that John Hobbins (Madison), Laliv Clenman (Toronto), and Brauna Doidge (Toronto) have provided. iii John A. Cook Wilmore, KY June 18, 2009 Robert D. Holmstedt Toronto, ON

6 Table of Contents iv Lesson The Biblical Hebrew Alphabet 1.2. Vocabulary #1 Exercises Lesson The Biblical Hebrew Vowel System 2.2. Simple Sheva 2.3. Compound Sheva 2.4. Independent Personal Pronouns 2.5. Verbless Clauses 2.6. Dagesh Qal and Dagesh Chazaq 2.7. Guttural Consonants 2.8. Open and Closed Syllables and Word Stress 2.9. Vocabulary #2 Exercises Lesson Grammatical Words versus Lexical Words 3.2. Definiteness 3.3. Definiteness in Biblical Hebrew ה Article 3.4. The (מ ן, and sometimes ל,כּ, בּ ( Prepositions 3.5. Inseparable (ו (- Conjunction 3.6. Vav 3.7. Vocabulary #3 Exercises Lesson Masculine and Feminine Singular Nouns 4.2. Introduction to Verbs 4.3. Qal Perfect Conjugation - Singular 4.4. Objects in Biblical Hebrew 4.5. Vocabulary #4 Exercises Lesson Masculine and Feminine Plural and Dual Nouns 5.2. Qal Perfect Conjugation - Plural ה י ה 5.3. Qal Perfect Conjugation of 5.4. Vocabulary #5 Exercises Lesson Construct Relationship Chart of Frequent Irregular Nouns 6.3. Vocabulary #6 Exercises

7 Lesson Suffixed Pronouns 7.2. Segolate Nouns 7.3. Modal Use of the Perfect Conjugation 7.4. Vocabulary #7 Exercises v Lesson Qal Imperfect Conjugation 8.2. Past Narrative Conjugation ה י ה 8.3. Qal Imperfect Conjugation of ו י ה י Vocabulary #8 Exercises Lesson Adjectives 9.2. Demonstrative Pronouns 9.3. Vocabulary #9 Exercises Lesson Qal Active Participle Qal Passive Participle Vocabulary #10 Exercises Lesson Introduction to the Binyanim Piel and Hifil Perfect Conjugations Vocabulary #11 Exercises Lesson Piel and Hifil Imperfect Conjugations Piel and Hifil Past Narrative Conjugations Piel and Hifil Participles Vocabulary #12 Exercises Lesson Introduction to the Prefix Pattern Modal System (Jussives and Imperatives) Overview of the Biblical Hebrew Verbal System Vocabulary #13 Exercises Lesson Infinitive Construct Infinitive Absolute Vocabulary #14

8 Exercises vi Lesson Introduction to the Passive-Reflexive Binyanim Perfect Conjugation in the Passive-Reflexive Binyanim Imperfect Conjugation in the Passive-Reflexive Binyanim Imperative and Jussive in the Passive-Reflexive Binyanim Infinitive Construct and Absolute in the Passive-Reflexive Binyanim Participles in the Passive-Reflexive Binyanim Vocabulary #15 Exercises Lesson Using a Lexicon Dynamic and Stative Verbs Vocabulary #16 Exercises Lesson Introduction to Guttural Verbs I-Guttural Verbs II-Guttural Verbs III-Guttural Verbs Vocabulary #17 Exercises Lesson Introduction to Weak Verbs Object Pronouns Suffixed to Verbs Vocabulary #18 Exercises Lesson I-Alef Weak Verbs III-Alef Weak Verbs Vocabulary #19 Exercises Lesson I-Nun Weak Verbs נ ת ן and ל ק ח Vocabulary #20 Exercises Lesson I-Vav/Yod Weak Verbs ה ל ך Vocabulary #21 Exercises

9 vii Lesson III-He Weak Verbs Vocabulary #22 Exercises Lesson II-Vav/Yod Weak Verbs Vocabulary #23 Exercises Lesson II-III Weak Verbs Vocabulary #24 Exercises Lesson Doubly-Weak Verbs Identifying the Roots of Doubly-Weak Verbs Vocabulary #25 Exercises Lesson Introduction to Syntax in Biblical Hebrew: Part Complements and Adjuncts Argument Structure Vocabulary #26 Exercises Lesson Introduction to Syntax in Biblical Hebrew: Part Main and Subordinate Clauses Biblical Hebrew Word Order Vocabulary #27 Exercises Lesson Introduction to Semantics in Biblical Hebrew Lexical Semantics Case Roles in Biblical Hebrew Vocabulary #28 Exercises Lesson Introduction to Pragmatics in Biblical Hebrew Information Structure Biblical Hebrew Word Order and Information Structure Vocabulary #29 Exercises Lesson Introduction to Biblical Hebrew Discourse

10 30.2. The Foreground and Background of Narrative Discourse Topic Exercises viii Appendices A. Noun, Adjective, and Pronoun Paradigms 1. Noun/Adjective Inflection 2. Frequent Irregular Nouns 3. Personal Pronouns 4. Demonstrative Pronouns 5. Suffixed Pronouns on Nouns, Prepositions, and the Object Marker B. Strong Verb Paradigms 1. Strong Verb 2. Object Pronouns Suffixed to Verbs 3. Parsing Flow Chart C. Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 1. I-Guttural 2. II-Guttural 3. III-Guttural 4. I-Alef and III-Alef 5. I-Nun 6. I-Vav/Yod 7. III-He 8. II-Vav/Yod 9. II-III D. Numerals E. Masoretic accents Glossary Hebrew Songs...231

11 Lesson 1 Lesson Summary: The Hebrew Alphabet 1.1 The Hebrew Alphabet The Hebrew א ל ף-בּ ית (alphabet) is composed of the following. It consists of 23 consonants read right-to-left. א ב ג ד ה ו ז ח ט י כ ל מ נ ס ע פ צ ק ר שׂ שׁ ת It has five letters with alternate final forms that are used when the letter occurs at the end of a word. כ מ נ פ צ form: Regular שׁמים e.g., ך ם ן ף ץ form: Final BeGaD KeFaT letters It has six letters, בּ גּ דּ כּ פּ תּ (mnemonically referred to as the BeGaD KeFaT), which can appear with a dot in them called a dagesh qal. Three of these letters have two pronunciations: one with the dagesh qal, and one without it. like b in Boy בּ like k in Keep כּ like p in Pie פּ BUT ב like v in Voice BUT כ like ch in BaCH BUT פ like f in Fish like g in Give ג AND גּ like d in Dog ד AND דּ like t in Tide ת AND תּ

12 Lesson 1 2 Hebrew Alphabet álef bet gímel dálet he vav záyin chet tet yod kaf lámed mem nun sámech áyin pe tsáde qof resh sin shin tav Name (Final) Form Pronunciation א בּ ב גּ ג דּ ד ה ו ז ח ט י כּ כ ל מ נ ס ע פּ פ צ ק ר שׂ שׁ תּ ת (ך) (ם) (ן) (ף) (ץ) א ל ף בּ ית גּ ימ ל דּ ל ת ה א ו ו ז י ן ח ית ט ית יוֹד כּ ף ל מ ד מ ם נוּן ס מ ך ע י ן פּ א צ ד י קוֹף ר ישׁ שׂ ין שׁ ין תּ ו glottal stop or silent like b in Boy like v in Voice like g in Give like d in Dog like h in Hat like v in Voice like z in Zip like ch in BaCH like t in Tide like y in Yellow like k in Keep like ch in BaCH like l in Letter like m in Mother like n in Noon like s in Sit pharyngeal or silent like p in Pie like f in Fish like ts in cats like k in Keep like r in Race like s in Sit like sh in SHin like t in Tide

13 Lesson 1 3 Notice that the Hebrew alphabet has several letters which are pronounced the same. Similar sounding letters ע and א ו and ב כ and ח silent like v in Voice like ch in Bach like t in Tide ת /תּ and ט like k in Keep ק and כּ like s in Sit שׂ and ס 1.2 Vocabulary #1 יהוה PN YHWH (often the LORD in translations of the Bible). Traditionally pronounced a-do-nai Lord or ha-shem the Name. It is possible that this name was originally pronounced yah-weh, and was the middle word of a longer epithet El yahweh tseva'ot, which might have meant El/God (who) makes hosts exist. Vocabulary Learning Tips: 1. Make flash cards: Hebrew on front, English on back (in addition to practicing with the cards, writing the vocabulary words on the cards will help you learn them). 2. Quiz yourself with the cards. Put aside those that you know, return to the pile those that you do not know and continue quizzing until you know them all. 3. Review the words regularly and keep up with new ones. Exercises 1. Practice singing the Hebrew alphabet to the English ABC tune (Note: for the sake of the song s rhythm, we have included both forms of the three BeGaD KeFaT letters that change pronunciation with or without the dagesh qal we ve put the second of the pair, not normally included in the alphabet, in subscripted position.) א בּ ב ג ד ה ו / ז ח ט י כּ כ ל / מ נ ס / ע פּ פ / צ ק ר / שׂ שׁ ת

14 ר) א ( Lesson Write out a full line of each consonant of the Biblical Hebrew alphabet (use the following letters as a guide). 3. Fill in the blank with the missing consonant according to the order of the.א ב ג ד e.g., alphabet (ignore the absence/presence of the dagesh), ת j g) ח ט י נ a) כ ל שׂ d) צ ק מ נ (k פ צ ק (h (e ל שׁ b) ק ר נ ס ח (l i) ו ג ד ז f) ד ה c

15 Lesson 1 5 S4. Write an English word for each letter of the Hebrew alphabet which has the sound of the Hebrew letter in it (do not use the words given in the chart in 1.1): e.g., בּ as in b oat. ג as in (m ז as in (n ח as in (o ט as in (p י as in (q כּ as in (r כ as in (s ל as in (t שׁ as in (u ת as in (v מ as in (w נ as in (x דּ as in (a ה as in (b ו as in (c ס as in (d פּ as in (e פ as in (f צ as in (g ק as in (h ר as in (i שׂ as in (j בּ as in (k ב as in (l

16 Lesson Draw lines to connect each letter with its corresponding final form: ך ץ ם פ צ נ ף כ ן מ 6. Draw a line from the Hebrew proper name to the English equivalent. Judah Jacob Levi Israel Philistine Shadrach Abraham Adam Moses Pharaoh ישׂראל משׁה יהודה אדם יעקב לוי פּלשׁתּי פּרעה אברהם שׁדרך Tamar Esau Rachel Hezekiah Joseph Canaan Solomon Nebuchadnezzar Leah Sarah יוסף כּנען חזקיה שׂרה נבוכדנאצר תּמר עשׂו רחל שׁלמה לאה 7. Find the names of the letters of the alphabet in the puzzle (no left-to-right or אלף בית גימל דלת הא וו זין חית טית יוד כף למד מם נון סמך עין פא צדי קוף רישׁ backwards ones). שׂין שׁין תו

17 Lesson 1 7 ן י ע ט כ ג ן ט ן ט ג ל ע א ב מ מ ן י ף ו ק ט ו מ י ב ה ל ת א ז ר ד ז ו ת ן ו נ מ ט ו ם ר ע ד א ס נ ג י שׁ מ ג י ר כ ו צ נ ת ן ם ג א שׁ ב ן י ז כ כ ל ה י ם א י ד צ ג ם ד ג ד פ ן שׁ ד א א ד ד ו י צ ן ם מ ד ל שׁ ו ד מ ל ח ג ת י ח ף ך מ ס ה א ע ל ט ל ב ך שׂ ו ת ל א פ מ ך ס א ה י ס ן ף כ ק ה ו מ 8. Follow the directions for each of the following verses. a) Say aloud the names of the letters in the following verses. כה אמר יהוה עשׂו משׁפט וצדקה והצילו גזול מיד עשׁוק וגר יתום ואלמנה אל תנו אל תחמסו ודם נקי אל תשׁפכו במקום הזה Thus says YHWH: Act with justice and righteousness, and deliver from the hand of the oppressor anyone who has been robbed. And do no wrong or violence to the alien, the orphan, and the widow, or shed innocent blood in this place. (Jer 22:3) b) Circle the letters which are final form. לשׁלל שׁלל ולבז בז להשׁיב ידך על חרבות נושׁבת ואל עם מאסף מגוים עשׂה מקנה וקנין ישׁבי על טבור הארץ... to seize spoil and carry off plunder; to assail the waste places that are now inhabited, and the people who were gathered from the nations, who are acquiring cattle and goods, who live at the center of the earth. (Ezek 38:12)

18 Lesson 2 Lesson Summary: Hebrew Vowels and Vowels Signs Simple Sheva: Compound Sheva: Independent Personal Pronouns Verbless Clauses דּ בּ ר Qal: Dagesh Chazaq and Dagesh (ר (and ע ח ה א Gutturals: מ ל ך Stress: Open and Closed Syllables, Word 2.1 The Biblical Hebrew Vowel System Vowels Sign Name Pronunciation Class & Length ה ו וּ י pátach short qámets a in Father a-class long qámets-he long ségol e in Met short tsére tsére-yod ey in They chíreq i in Sit chíreq-yod ee in Seen י qámets-chatuf chólem o in Go chólem-vav qibbuts u in Rude shúreq long i-class long short long short long u-class long short long The Biblical Hebrew vowels have the following characteristics: The vowels appear under, over, or following the consonant

19 Lesson 2 9 they are pronounced after. For example, י ד is pronounced [yad]. Some long vowels are written as a vowel point and a consonant. When, ה,ו or י are used in this way they are called vowel letters. They are not consonants in these cases! represents both long a-class qamets and short u-class qamets-chatuf. Distinguishing which vowel it represents in a given instance depends on knowing in what type of syllable it occurs (see 2.2). The vowels in Biblical Hebrew are categorized by class (aclass, i-class, or u-class) and length (short or long). Simple Sheva 2.2 Simple Sheva The vowel system created by the Tiberian Masoretes (c. 500 C.E.) required that every consonant have a vowel sign, except at the end of a word. If a syllable ended in a consonant or began with two consonants in a row it still required a vowel sign. For this purpose.(שׁ ו א) nothingness they used the sheva, which means The sign is not properly a vowel, but in some places it is vocal, pronounced like the hurried a as above and transliterated with ǝ: [bərit] בּ ר ית In other places it is a silent place marker, showing that the preceding syllable is closed: A sheva is vocal: [midbar] מ ד בּ ר at the beginning of a word: [shə-mo] שׁ -מוֹ

20 Lesson 2 10 at the beginning of a syllable: [yish-mə-ru] י שׁ -מ -רוּ in מ Note: If two sheva are adjacent in a word, the first is silent and the second is vocal. following a long vowel: [su-sə-chem] סוּ-ס -כ ם Compound Sheva 2.3 Compound Sheva A compound sheva (also called composite sheva) is a half vowel that appears under guttural consonants in place of a simple sheva. There are three compound sheva: an a-class, an i-class, and a u-class. They are pronounced the same as their full vowel counterparts but for a shorter duration. Sign Name Pronunciation Class chátef pátach a in Aríse a class chátef ségol e in Excúse i class chátef qámets o in Omít u class 2.4 Independent Personal Pronouns Independent Personal Pronouns Like English, Biblical Hebrew has independent personal pronouns that are used as subjects of clauses. These correspond to English I, you, he/she, we, they. (45:3 I (am) Joseph (Gen א נ י יוֹס ף 3MS הוּא he 3MP ה ם / ה מּ ה they 3FS ה יא she 3FP ה ן / ה נּ ה they 2MS א תּ ה you 2MP א תּ ם you 2FS א תּ you 2FP א תּ ן you 1CS א נ י I 1CP א נ ח נוּ we

21 Lesson 2 11 Verbless Clause 2.5 Verbless Clauses The present tense of the verb to be is not expressed lexically (i.e., by a word) in Hebrew. Thus, it must be supplied in English. (19:18 they are not gods 2) Kgs ל א א לה ים ה מּ ה These types of clauses are called verbless clauses. Dagesh Qal 2.6 Dagesh Qal and Dagesh Chazaq In 1.2 you learned about the six consonants ג ד כ פ ת) (ב called BeGaD KeFaT letters. Only these six consonants can have a dot called a dagesh qal in them. A dagesh qal in, ב,כ and פ marks their pronunciation as a stop (i.e., [b], [k], [p] in which the air flowing through the mouth is stopped) instead of the corresponding continuant (i.e., [v], [ch], [f], in which the air flows through the mouth continuously). A dagesh qal appears in a BeGaD KeFaT letter wherever there is not a vowel (or vocal sheva) preceding it: at the beginning of a word: [davar] דּ ב ר at the beginning of a syllable following a closed syllable [midbar] מ ד בּ ר Dagesh Chazaq The same dot can represent another type of dagesh called the dagesh chazaq ( strong dagesh). A dagesh chazaq can occur in any consonant (except gutturals and (ר and lengthens it. [biqqesh] בּ ק-ק שׁ = בּ קּ שׂ The BeGaD KeFaT letters can also have a dagesh chazaq. In addition to lengthening the consonant, this dagesh also makes the pronunciation of, ב,כ and פ a stop just like the dagesh qal. [habben] ה בּ-בּ ן = ה בּ ן

22 Lesson 2 12 Here are three principles for telling the two types of dagesh apart: 1) A dagesh in a non-begad KeFaT letter is a dagesh chazaq. 2) A dagesh in a BeGaD KeFaT letter preceded by a vowel is a dagesh chazaq. 3) A dagesh in a BeGaD KeFaT letter not preceded by a vowel is a dagesh qal. בּ קּ שׁוּ structure: Note: A dagesh chazaq affects the syllable is בּ ק -ק -שׁוּ [biq-qə-shu]. A sheva under a consonant with a dagesh chazaq is always vocal. Gutturals 2.7 Guttural Consonants Several pharyngeal and laryngeal consonants, pronounced in the back of the throat, are grouped together under the label guttural.ע ח ה א consonants: Four characteristics of gutturals are notable: 1) Gutturals (and (ר cannot be lengthened; that is, they cannot have a dagesh chazaq. 2) Gutturals prefer a-class vowels nearby, i.e., before or after. [ya'amod] י ע מ ד 3) Gutturals, ה,ח and ע at the end of a word following a long vowel take an a-class helping vowel called a furtive patach (this is the only instance where two vowels occur in a row). [ruach] רוּח 4) Gutturals usually have a compound sheva (2.6) instead of simple sheva (2.3). (א שׁ ר* ['asher] (instead of א שׁ ר

23 Lesson 2 13 Syllable Mappiq Open syllable Closed syllable 2.8 Open and Closed Syllables and Word Stress A syllable begins with a consonant (C) and ends with either a vowel (CV = open), or a consonant (CVC = closed). syllables: has two דּ ב ר an open דּ (CV) and a closed ר ב (CVC). Note: The vowel letters (,ו, ה (י and א do not close syllables! However, הּ at the end of a word does close a syllable. The dot, called a mappiq, indicates that the ה is a consonant and not a vowel letter. (דּ ב ר in דּ (as Open syllables usually have long vowels מ (as unless stressed then they may have short vowels.(מ ל ך in (מ ל ך in ל ך Closed syllables usually have short vowels (as ב ר unless stressed then they may have long vowels (as.(דּ ב ר in Note: The vowel represents the short u-class qamets-chatuf if it is in a closed, unstressed syllable, otherwise it is the long a-class qamets. Word stress [chochma] = ח כ -מ ה A syllable is either stressed or unstressed: in most words the last syllable is stressed. Words that are not stressed on the last syllable in the lessons and exercises have an accent mark over the stressed syllable, written as.

24 Lesson Vocabulary #2 א בוֹת M father; P א ב י מ ים M day; P יוֹם PN Israel י שׂ ר א ל PN (EPITHET) the LORD א ד נ י כּ ה ן א נ שׁ ים M man; P א ישׁ M priest PREP to, towards א ל ADV no, not ל א PN God, gods א לה ים מ ל ך M king F earth, land א ר ץ F queen מ ל כּ ה נ שׁ ים F woman, wife; P א שּׁ ה PN Moses מ שׁ ה בּ נ ים M son; P בּ ן F city ע יר M word, thing דּ ב ר M people ע ם PN David דּ ו יד Exercises 1. a) Write each of the Biblical Hebrew vowels with each of the consonants; b) Pronounce aloud the combination of consonant and vowel as you write them,.א א א א א י א א י א א אוֹ א אוּ e.g., 2. a) Write each compound sheva with each of the guttural consonants. b) Pronounce aloud the combination of consonant and vowel as you write them,.א א א e.g.,

25 Lesson Read aloud the name of each vowel and write the correct sign under the. a) ק בּוּץ b) חוֹ ל ם ו ו c) ס גוֹל (d (e f) שׁ ו א ח ט ף פּ ת ח צ ר י (g (h (i (j ח י ר ק יוֹד פּ ת ח ח ט ף ס גוֹל ק מ ץ (k (l (m צ ר י יוֹד שׁוּ ר ק n) חוֹ ל ם (o ח ט ף ק מ ץ ח י ר ק 4. Find the names of the Biblical Hebrew vowels in the puzzle (no left-to-right or backwards ones). שׁוּ ר ק פּ ת ח ח ט ף פּ ת ח ק מ ץ ח טוּף ח ט ף ק מ ץ ח ט ף ס גוֹל צ ר י ק בּוּץ חוֹ ל ם ק מ ץ שׁ ו א חוֹ ל ם ו ו ח י ר ק צ ר י יוֹד ח י ר ק יוֹד ס גוֹל נ ז ע ד ח ח ם ל ד ל ר ד ח א ע א ו שׁ ת ד ג ק ג ס שׁ ו ד ג צ י מ פ א א א ל י ר צ ו מ א ק ד ף ס א ך צ ץ מ ק ף ט ח ר ג ט ק י ץ א ל ו ג ס ז צ י ך ח צ ו ק א ו ו ם ל ו ח ח ך ל ב ם נ ב ץ פ ד ו י י ר צ ק ו מ ע מ ף ו ט ח ץ מ ק מ ר ק ל ק ר י ח ג שׁ נ צ ו ל ו ג ס ף ט ח ו ח ת פ ח ק ר שׁ ט ז א ל ם ל ו ח

26 Lesson Identify a similar sounding English word for each Hebrew word, e.g., כּ ר = car. (q ל ין = (r ל א = (i דּ ין = (j ע יר = (a פּוּשׁ = (b בּ ין = (s פּ ן = (k הוּא = (c ר ד = (t אוֹר = (u ה יא = (v א ם = (w רוּץ = (x שׁ יר = (l שׂ ים = (m ע ת = (n ר ב = (o ר ק = (p שׁוֹר = (d מ י = (e כּ ן = (f בּוֹר = (g פּ ן = (h פּוּר =.בּ ד = bed 6. Spell these English words with Hebrew consonants and vowels, e.g., a) shed = b) sheet = c) keep = d) sight = e) road = f) ooze = g) root = h) soup = i) hot = j) near = k) say = l) peet = m) key = n) ray = o) vote = p) soap = q) tar = r) sew = s) name = t) cave = u) cots = v) red = w) doze = x) give = 7. Practice reading the following verses until you can do so smoothly and then identify each sheva as silent or vocal. א מ ר כּ ה א מ ר א ד נ י י הוֹ ה תּ צ ל ח ה לוֹא א ת שׁ ר שׁ יה י נ תּ ק ו א ת פּ ר י הּ י קוֹס ס ו י ב שׁ כּ ל ט ר פּ י צ מ ח הּ תּ יב שׁ ו ל א ב ז ר ע גּ דוֹל ה וּב ע ם ר ב ל מ שׂ אוֹת אוֹת הּ מ שּׁ ר שׁ יה Say: Thus says YHWH God: Will it prosper? Will he not pull up its roots, cause its fruit to rot and wither all its fresh sprouting leaves to fade? No strong arm or mighty army will be needed to pull it from its roots. (Ezek 17:9)

27 Lesson Practice reading the following verses until you can do so smoothly and then identify each dagesh as a dagesh qal or dagesh chazaq. וּב אוּ ה כּ שׂ דּ ים ה נּ ל ח מ ים ע ל ה ע יר ה זּ את ו ה צּ יתוּ א ת ה ע יר ה זּ את בּ א שׁ וּשׂ ר פוּה ו א ת ה בּ תּ ים א שׁ ר ק טּ רוּ ע ל גּ גּוֹת יה ם ל בּ ע ל ו ה סּ כוּ נ ס כ ים ל א לה ים א ח ר ים ל מ ע ן ה כ ע ס נ י The Chaldeans who are fighting against this city shall come, set it on fire, and burn it, with the houses on whose roofs offerings have been made to Baal and libations have been poured out to other gods, to provoke me to anger. (Jer 32:29) 9. Divide the following words into syllables: mark the syllable as open (CV) or closed (CVC) and the vowel in each syllable as long (L) or short (S), e.g., מ שׁ / פּ ט CSC/CLC ה מּ ה j) a) ח כ מ ה ל י ל ה k) b) א לה ים פּ ל שׁ תּ ים l) ל יהוּד ה (c m) ה א ד מ ה d) ק דּ שׁ נוּ n) שׁ מוּא ל e) כּ א שׁ ר o) א ב ר ה ם f) צ ד ק ה p) ח יּ ים g) ל פ נ י q) י ח דּ ו h) א תּ ה (r רוּח i) א שּׁ ה

28 Lesson Translate the following phrases into Hebrew, and then practice saying them with a classmate or friend. a) I am a man b) He is a father c) You (P) are not gods d) She is not a man e) They (FP) are not sons f) I (M) am a king g) We are a people h) He is the Lord i) I (F) am a queen j) It is Israel 11. Form five of your own phrases using independent personal pronouns and the items from the vocabulary list. a) b) c) d) e)

29 Lesson 3 Lesson Summary: Grammatical Words versus Lexical Words Definiteness Definiteness in Biblical Hebrew ה Article: The,כּ (מ ן, and ל, בּ ( Prepositions: Inseparable (ו ( Conjunction: Vav 3.1 Grammatical Words versus Lexical Words All items within the lexicon of a language can be separated into one of two categories: grammatical words and lexical words. Grammatical Words Lexical Words Grammatical words are words that do not carry semantic content, but rather they signal grammatical relationships. For example, conjunctions signal the syntactic relationship between clauses, phrases, and words. However, conjunctions do not have meaning apart from the relationship they signal; in other words, grammatical words do not refer to something in the real world. Other examples are pronouns, prepositions, and articles. Lexical words, by contrast, do carry semantic content. Thus, nouns, adjectives, and verbs are lexical words they refer to people / places / things, qualities / quantities, and actions / events, respectively. Definiteness 3.2 Definiteness A further basic classification of nouns is whether they are definite or not. Definiteness is a grammatical category (like gender, number, or tense) that represents a noun s identifiability. When a noun is definite, the item to which it refers is identifiable by a reader/listener. Consider the following English example: I want to buy the book.

30 Lesson 3 20 In the clause given, the definite noun phrase the book signals to the reader that the real-world referent (i.e., the precise book) should be identifiable by the reader/listener. However, when a noun phrase is not definite (as below), its referent (e.g., that of the phrase a book) is unidentifiable until it is identified by sight, description, etc. I want to buy a book. Languages express and use definiteness differently. For example, in some languages noun phrases referring to specific (but unidentifiable) items are definite (as in Biblical Hebrew), whereas in other languages, such specific, unidentifiable noun phrases are indefinite (as in English). Consider the following verse: כּ א שׁ ר י נוּס א ישׁ מ פּ נ י ה א ר י וּפ ג עוֹ ה דּ ב וּב א ה בּ י ת ו ס מ ך י דוֹ ע ל ה קּ יר וּנ שׁ כוֹ ה נּ ח שׁ just as a man flees from the lion and the bear meets him and he enters the house and leans his hand upon the wall and the snake bites him (Amos 5:19) In Amos 5:19, the noun phrases the lion, the bear, the house, the wall, and the snake denote an arbitrary member of the class described by each (e.g., an arbitrary member of the class bear ). In Biblical Hebrew, such noun phrases are often definite; whereas in English, such noun phrases are overwhelmingly indefinite. Compare the English translation given above (which directly reflects the Hebrew) with the English translation given below from the New Revised Standard Version: as if someone fled from a lion, and was met by a bear; or went into the house and rested a hand against the wall, and was bitten by a snake. While definiteness in Biblical Hebrew and definiteness in English often correspond, we will find that this is not always the case. Definiteness in Biblical Hebrew 3.3 Definiteness in Biblical Hebrew Definiteness, like other grammatical categories such as gender, number, tense, and aspect, often takes on a morphological form. This is accomplished by means of grammatical words referred to as definite (and indefinite) articles. Some languages have both a

31 Lesson 3 21 definite and indefinite article (so English: the versus a/an), whereas many others have just one or the other. Biblical Hebrew only has a definite article (.(ה However, noun phrases in Biblical Hebrew are also marked as definite by other means. Biblical Hebrew nouns are marked as definite in one of four ways: If it is inherently definite (e.g., names, appellatives, pronouns) I א נ י God א לה ים David דּ ו יד If the article is prefixed to the noun: heart the ה לּ ב If it is in a construct relationship with a definite noun (see 6.1): king the word of the דּ ב ר ה מּ ל ך If a possessive pronoun is suffixed: heart my ל בּ י Note: Nouns may only be marked as definite in one of these ways; Biblical Hebrew nouns may not be doubly-marked for definiteness. In other words, inherently definite nouns, nouns in construct, or nouns with suffixes cannot take the article since they are all already definite! The only exceptions are those few proper (i.e., inherently definite) nouns whose origins were as common nouns, such as ה א לה ים God. The Hebrew Article (ה ( Article 3.4 The The definite article takes the form of ה prefixed to the word it modifies and a dagesh chazaq in the first letter of the modified word. wilderness the ה + מ ד בּ ר = ה מּ ד בּ ר However, this basic form may be modified. The form of the article is as follows:

32 Lesson 3 22 horse the ה סּוּס consonants: before non-guttural ה 1) head the ה ר אשׁ :ר or,ע, א usually before ה (2 temple the ה ה יכ ל :ח or ה usually before ה (3 mountains the ה ה ר ים (unstressed!): ע, or ח, ה before ה (4 mountain the ה ה ר (stressed!): ע or ה before ה 5) BUT before ח (stressed!) it is ה ח י ל : ה the valor Summary of the article before gutturals: stressed qamets unstressed qamets ה ר אשׁ ה א ב ה ע יר ה ה יכ ל ה ח ד שׁ ה ה ר א ע ה ע פ ר ה ע ז ה ה ה ר ים ה ה ר ח ה ח כ ם ה ח י ל Note: There are a few nouns whose first vowel changes when the article is added to them: earth the ה + א ר ץ ה א ר ץ garden the ה + ג ן ה גּ ן people the ה + ע ם ה ע ם Inseparable Prepositions (מ ן, and sometimes ל,כּ, בּ ( Prepositions 3.5 Inseparable Prepositions are another type of grammatical word; that is, they serve only to relate a noun, noun phrase, or clause syntactically to other words in the sentence. For example, the English preposition into in the following clause relates the immediately following noun phrase the store to the preceding verb phrase they ran: They ran into the store. Thus, prepositional phrases serve to specify the location, direction,

33 Lesson 3 23 manner, means, time, possession, etc., for other constituents such as verb phrases, noun phrases, and clauses. The most common prepositions in Biblical Hebrew are clitics, i.e., words that cannot stand on their own. There are three inseparable prepositions, which may be prefixed to nouns, adjectives, infinitives, and participles (thus, they are proclitic): for to, ל as like, כּ at in, בּ The principles of vocalization for the inseparable prepositions are: vowel. before a consonant with a full ל,כּ, בּ king to/for a ל מ ל ך house in/at a בּ ב י ת. sheva, before a consonant with a simple ל,כּ, בּ covenant according to a בּ ב ר ית. י the vowel becomes י BUT before Judah to/for ל + י הוּד ה ל יהוּד ה The corresponding full vowel before a compound sheva. which like that כּ + א שׁ ר כּ א שׁ ר Edom for ל + א דוֹם ל א דוֹם The article vocalization before a noun with the article (i.e., the article s consonant ה is replaced by the inseparable preposition). king to/for the ל + ה מּ ל ך ל מּ ל ך Some special cases: Quiescent ל א לה ים : א to/for God ל אד נ י to/for the Lord this in בּ ז ה words: before a stressed syllable in some ל,כּ, בּ

34 Lesson 3 24 The preposition מ ן ( from ) is mostly written as a separate word; in such cases it is connected to the noun with a maqqef.( ) This is its usual form before a noun with the article. king from the מ ן ה מּ ל ך The preposition מ ן may also be inseparable. In this case, the vocalization is: into the following ן before non-gutturals (the assimilation of מ consonant is marked by a dagesh chazaq). there from מ ן + שׁ ם מ שּׁ ם. י the vowel becomes a י BUT before Judah from מ ן + י הוּד ה מ יהוּד ה before gutturals (the vowel lengthens because the guttural מ cannot be lengthened, i.e., they do not allow dagesh chazaq). man from a מ ן + א ישׁ מ א ישׁ Vav Conjunction (ו ( Conjunction 3.6 Vav As mentioned above in 3.1, conjunctions are a type of grammatical word, like the article. Conjunctions serve to connect words, phrases, clauses, and sentences to each other syntactically, e.g., and, or, but. The basic Hebrew conjunction (and, in fact, the most frequent word in the Hebrew Bible) is the vav conjunction:.ו Like the article and the inseparable prepositions, it is attached to the front of a word. The vav conjunction has two functions: 1) It connects words and phrases together, signaling a coordinating relationship (it may be translated with and, or, or but ). king the people and the ה ע ם ו ה מּ ל ך

35 מ, Lesson ) It marks the beginning of a new clause and is untranslatable (the type of clause and the context determine the type of connection required for English translation). ו יּ אמ ר א לה ים י ה י אוֹר (and) God said, Let there be light! (Gen 1:3) The vocalization of the vav conjunction: normally. ו.י before ו David and ו ד ו יד Note: The definite article remains when the conjunction is added. man and the ו ה א ישׁ Judah and ו + י הוּד ה ו יהוּד ה with the corresponding full vowel before a compound sheva. I and ו א נ י Edom and ו א דוֹם This may be.(י or simple sheva (other than,פ, ב before וּ mnemonically referred to as the BuMP-Sheva Rule. house and a ו + בּ י ת וּב י ת face and a ו + פּ נ ים וּפ נ ים Judah and from ו + מ יהוּד ה וּמ יהוּד ה (things) and great ו + גּ דוֹל ים וּג דוֹל ים Note: This is the only case in which a vowel begins a syllable! Some special cases: :א Quiescent Lord and the ו אד נ י God and ו א לה ים syllable: occasionally before a stressed ו emptiness and ו ב הוּ

36 Lesson Vocabulary #3 M master, lord א דוֹן PREP to, for ל ל בּוֹת M heart, mind; PL ל ב,ל ב ב EXST ADV there isn t/aren t א י ן,א ין PREP in, at, with, by בּ PREP from; more than מ ן M/F way, road דּ ר ך נ פ שׁ F life, self DET the ה ADV there שׁ ם CONJ and ו שׁ נ ים F year; P שׁ נ ה PREP like, as כּ Exercises 1. Add the definite article ( (ה to ten nouns from your vocabulary and translate (remember that proper names cannot have a definite article). 2. Add one of the inseparable prepositions ( ל,כּ, בּ ) to ten nouns from your vocabulary and translate. 3. Add one of the inseparable prepositions ( ל,כּ, בּ ) to your results in exercise #1 (i.e., inseparable preposition + the definite article + noun) and translate. 4. Add the preposition מ ן to five nouns from your vocabulary, making it inseparable where possible, and translate.

37 Lesson Add the vav conjunction to ten nouns from your vocabulary and translate. 6. Correct the vocalization of these definite articles and/or inseparable a) בּ שׁ לוֹם f) מ ב י ת.ה א ישׁ correct to ה א ישׁ e.g., prepositions, k) ה מ ל ך b) כּ שׁ לוֹם c) ל י הוּד ה d) ה ה ר ים e) ו מ ל כ ים g) ל א לה ים h) ו מ ן מ צ ר י ם i) בּ א מ ת j) מ ן ה ע יר l) וּכ בוֹד m) ב ב ר ית n) ל שׁ מוּא ל o) ב א דוֹם 7. Translate the following sentences. (a (b (c (d ו א ין מ ל ך בּ י שׂ ר א ל א ין ע יר בּ א ר ץ ה ע ם ו ה מּ ל ך בּ ע יר כּ א דוֹן כּ ע ב ד e) ל א שּׁ ה א ין א ישׁ f) א ין א לה ים כּ יהו ה g) א ין כּ ה ן ל ע ם h) ו א ישׁ א ין בּ א ר ץ i) א ין ע ם שׁ ם j) א ין ע יר בּ דּ ר ך

38 Lesson a) Practice reading aloud until you can do so smoothly, b) Circle the definite articles, inseparable prepositions, and vav conjunctions in each verse; be sure you can explain why they are vocalized as they are. ו ע ל י ד ם ה ח ז יק מ ל ט י ה ה גּ ב ע נ י ו י דוֹן ה מּ ר נ ת י א נ שׁ י ג ב עוֹן ו ה מּ צ פּ ה ל כ סּ א פּ ח ת ע ב ר ה נּ ה ר Next to them repairs were made by Melatiah the Gibeonite and Jadon the Meronothite--the men of Gibeon and of Mizpah--who were under the jurisdiction of the governor of the province beyond the River. (Neh 3:7) ו ע ל י ה טּ ה ח ס ד ל פ נ י ה מּ ל ך ו יוֹע צ יו וּל כ ל שׂ ר י ה מּ ל ך ה גּ בּ ר ים ו א נ י ה ת ח זּ ק תּ י כּ י ד י הו ה א לה י ע ל י ו א ק בּ צ ה מ יּ שׂ ר א ל ר אשׁ ים ל ע לוֹת ע מּ י... and who extended to me steadfast love before the king and his counselors, and before all the king's mighty officers. I took courage, for the hand of Yhwh my God was upon me, and I gathered leaders from Israel to go up with me. (Ezra 7:28) י שׁ א ח ד ו א ין שׁ נ י גּ ם בּ ן ו א ח א ין לוֹ ו א ין ק ץ ל כ ל ע מ לוֹ גּ ם ע ינ יו ל א ת שׂ בּ ע ע שׁ ר וּל מ י א נ י ע מ ל וּמ ח סּ ר א ת נ פ שׁ י מ טּוֹב ה גּ ם ז ה ה ב ל ו ע נ י ן ר ע הוּא There is the case of solitary individuals, without sons or brothers; yet there is no end to all their toil, and their eyes are never satisfied with riches. For whom am I toiling, they ask, and depriving myself of pleasure? This also is absurd and an unhappy business. (Qoh 4:8) 9. Form five of your own phrases using prepositions and the items from the vocabulary list. a) b) c) d) e)

39 Lesson 4 Lesson Summary: סוּס סוּס ה Nouns: Singular Introduction to Verbs Qal Perfect Conjugation - Singular: פּ ק ד פּ ק ד ה פּ ק ד תּ פּ ק ד תּ פּ ק ד תּ י א ת / א ת Hebrew: Objects in Biblical 4.1 Masculine and Feminine Singular Nouns Unlike grammatical words like the article, prepositions, and conjunctions (discussed in Lesson 3), nouns are lexical words. That is, nouns have semantic content they refer to an entity in the external world. Thus, the noun book refers to a concrete object (a group of pages bound between a cover), whether real or hypothetical. Gender Nouns in many languages are inflected for the grammatical category gender. Biblical Hebrew is such a language nouns (as well as adjectives, pronouns, and verbs) in Biblical Hebrew are morphologically marked as either masculine or feminine. Though the natural gender of animate objects often corresponds to א שּׁ ה masculine; man is א ישׁ (e.g., their grammatical gender, woman is feminine), grammatical gender is essentially a syntactic agreement property of language. Masculine Singular noun In Biblical Hebrew masculine nouns do not have an overt gender inflection (alternatively, they could be considered to have a null suffix, indicated by Ø, that marks them as masculine). brother א ח man young נ ע ר In contrast, most feminine nouns are overtly inflected for gender. Feminine Singular noun. ה Many feminine nouns end in

40 ground א ד מ ה cattle בּ ה מ ה teaching תּוֹר ה.ת Some feminine nouns end in covenant בּ ר ית kingdom מ ל כוּת sin ח טּ את Lesson 4 30 Nouns referring to paired body parts are feminine, but do not have an overt grammatical gender inflection. hand י ד eye ע י ן foot ר ג ל Note: Some nouns, like א ם mother, or body parts (above), are grammatically feminine even though they do not have a morphologically feminine gender marking (e.g., ה ). Therefore, each noun s gender should be learned with its meaning. The gender of each noun in vocabulary lists is marked by M or F. Masculine stallion Feminine mare Singular Plural Dual ( Ø marking) סוּס Lesson 5 Lesson 5 סוּס ה Lesson 5 The Hebrew Verb Binyan 4.2 Introduction to Verbs Like most words in Biblical Hebrew, verbs can be derived from a triconsonantal root (see 1.1). A triconsonantal verb root is modified by affixes (e.g., prefixes, suffixes, or infixes) and/or vowel patterns to indicate its binyan, conjugation, and person, gender, and number (PGN). This information is called a verb s parsing. Binyan (P binyanim) ( building ) indicates the valency of a verb s action whether active, passive, reflexive, or causative. Each binyan has a pattern of affixes and vowels. For example, the simple active binyan, called Qal ק ל) light ),

41 Lesson 4 31 is characterized by a qamets--patach vowel pattern in the Perfect conjugation: פּ ק ד he attended (3MS). The Qal binyan is introduced in this lesson; the other six primary binyanim will be introduced in subsequent lessons. Conjugation Conjugation in Biblical Hebrew determines the aspect, or view of a verb s action: the Perfect conjugation views an event as a whole (perfective); the Imperfect conjugation views an event as in progress (imperfective). The conjugations do not signify tense, like English conjugations do (e.g., Simple Past). However, the Perfect is predominantly used to describe past time events, whereas the Imperfect is predominantly used to describe non-past time events (i.e., present or future). Perfect Conjugation Imperfect Conjugation whole view aspect (perfective) in progress view aspect (imperfective) usually past time reference usually non-past time reference Inflectional Affixes Inflectional affixes mark a verb s agreement features: person (1 st, 2 nd, or 3 rd ) gender (M, F, or C = common) number (S or P). All of the conjugations, except the participle, are based on two morphological patterns: Suffix Pattern, which uses inflectional suffixes פּ ק ד תּ י Prefix Pattern, which uses primarily prefixes י פ ק ד Note: The form by which Hebrew verbs are listed in a lexicon or dictionary is the Qal 3 MS Perfect form.

42 Lesson 4 32 Qal Perfect Conjugation Singular 4.3 Qal Perfect Conjugation - Singular The Perfect is the only conjugation built on the Suffix Pattern. Conjugations built on the Prefix Pattern are introduced in Lesson 8. 3MS 3FS 2MS 2FS 1CS -ה - תּ - תּ - תּ י פּ ק ד פּ ק ד ה פּ ק ד תּ פּ ק ד תּ פּ ק ד תּ י he attended she attended you attended you attended I attended 3CP Lesson 5 2MP Lesson 5 2FP Lesson 5 1CP Lesson 5 Objects 4.4 Objects in Biblical Hebrew Object refers to the grammatical function served by a noun or pronoun that is the receiver or goal of the action of a verb. Syntactically, an object noun phrase functions as the complement of a transitive verb the presence of an object is necessary for a transitive verb to be completed (see Lesson 26). For example, in Moses struck the rock, the noun phrase the rock is the object in that it is affected by the action of the verb struck. The noun phrase the rock is also the complement in that without it the clause Moses struck would be ungrammatical (i.e., the transitive verb would not be completed ). Direct and Oblique Objects Oblique Objects and Prepositional Phrases For Biblical Hebrew, it is useful to distinguish between two types of objects, direct and oblique (not to be confused with an indirect object). The use of these two types of objects is completely dependent upon the verb some verbs select direct objects as their complements, while others select oblique objects as their complements. What distinguishes direct and oblique objects from each other is that direct objects are either preceded by the function word א ת or nothing at all, whereas oblique objects are always preceded by a preposition. Precisely which preposition used depends on what is selected by the verb being modified. For instance, the verb,נגע touch, often takes as its complement an oblique object manifested as a prepositional phrase with the

43 Lesson 4 33.בּ preposition וּמ פּ ר י ה ע ץ א שׁ ר בּ תוֹ ך ה גּ ן א מ ר א לה ים ל א ת אכ לוּ מ מּ נּוּ ו ל א ת גּ עוּ בּוֹ פּ ן תּ מ תוּן and from the fruit of the tree that is in the middle of the garden, God said, you shall not eat from it and you shall not touch it, lest you die. (Gen 3:3) Note: Oblique objects, regardless of whether they are complements or adjuncts (see Lesson 26), are always preceded by a preposition. Direct Objects א ת and The function word א ת precedes direct objects of Biblical Hebrew verbs if those direct objects are individuated (i.e., if they are strongly characterized as distinct entities or individuals which means that they are also often marked with the article). people He visited the פּ ק ד א ת ה ע ם the people [object he visited marker] Direct objects preceded by א ת are usually the semantic patients of their verbs, i.e., they are effected or affected by the verbal action. Note: The direct object marker is sometimes attached to the noun with a maqqef ( ) (see 3.5 within the discussion of ן ;(מ in this case, the vowel is a segol. Israel He judged שׁ פ ט א ת י שׂ ר א ל Israel [object he judged marker]

44 Lesson Vocabulary #4 Q reign, be(come) king מ ל ך M man, humankind; PN Adam א ד ם א ח ים M brother; P א ח M prophet נ ב יא א ח יוֹת F sister; P א חוֹת נ ע ר M lad, young boy א מּוֹת F mother; P א ם F maiden, young girl נ ע ר ה direct object marker א ת,א ת M horse, stallion סוּס F cattle בּ ה מ ה F mare סוּס ה F covenant בּ ר ית PREP with ע ם בּ נוֹת F daughter; P בּ ת Q visit, attend to, appoint פּ ק ד Q remember ז כ ר Q keep, guard שׁ מ ר Q judge, govern שׁ פ ט Q cut, cut off, cut down כּ ר ת F direction, instruction, law תּוֹר ה Exercises 1. Mark the gender of each noun in your vocabulary list from Lessons 1-3 and on your vocabulary cards (M or F) (look in glossary if you are unsure). 2. Identify the gender (M or F) of the following nouns (use their form). k) ח טּ את p) א ד ם מ שׁ מ ר ת f) ז ה ב (a b) מ ז בּ ח g) צ ד ק ה l) מ שׁ פּ ח ה q) בּ ע ל m) דּ מוּת r) מ ל א ך h) א ד מ ה c) נ ח ל ה כּ ב שׂ s) מ ל ח מ ה מ ל ח n) i) תּ ק ו ה d) e) מ צ ו ה j) מ מ ל כ ה o) ע ר ב ה t) בּ ק ר

45 Lesson Add the Qal Perfect Singular endings (and vowels) to each of these verbs and translate. Also add the appropriate personal pronouns before each verb. פּקד שׁמר 3MS 3MS 3FS 3FS 2MS 2MS 2FS 2FS 1CS 1CS שׁפט זכר 3MS 3MS 3FS 3FS 2MS 2MS 2FS 2FS 1CS מל ך 1CS 3MS 3FS 2MS 2FS 1CS

46 Lesson Translate the following sentences. Identify and parse the verb(s) (i.e., give the person, gender, number, and root) in each sentence. (* is placed by verses that have been altered. PN is placed beside the first occurrence of proper name other than YHWH.) Gen *37:11 a) ה א ב שׁ מ ר א ת ה דּ ב ר I Kgs 11:11* (b ו ל א שׁ מ ר תּ ה בּ ר ית Gen *15:18 c) י הו ה כּ ר ת א ת א ב ר ם בּ ר ית Ps *93:1 d) י הו ה מ ל ך Ps 18:22* (e כּ י שׁ מ ר תּ י דּ ר ך Ezek *16:43 f) ל א ז כ ר תּ א ת ה יּוֹם I Kgs *20:15 g) פּ ק ד א ת ה ע ם Lam 1:9 h) ל א ז כ ר ה PN II Chr 24:22 i) ו ל א ז כ ר יוֹא שׁ ה מּ ל ך I Kgs 3:28* (j ה מּ ל ך שׁ פ ט PN I Sam 2:21 k) כּ י פ ק ד י הו ה א ת ח נּ ה Ps 65:10 l) פּ ק ד תּ ה א ר ץ Ruth *1:6 m) כּ י פ ק ד י הו ה א ת ה ע ם

47 Lesson 4 37 PN I Kgs *14:21 n) וּר ח ב ע ם מ ל ך בּ יהוּד ה 5. Compose five sentences in Hebrew. Each must have a subject, verb, and object in them. a) b) c) d) e)

48 Lesson Summary: Lesson 5 י ד י ם סוּסוֹת סוּס ים Nouns: Plural and Dual Qal Perfect Conjugation Plural: פּ ק דוּ פּ ק דתּ ם פּ ק ד תּ ן פּ ק ד נוּ ה י ה Qal Perfect Conjugation of Plural nouns 5.1 Masculine and Feminine Plural and Dual Nouns Singular nouns were introduced in Lesson 4. In this lesson the plural and dual (= two) noun forms are introduced. Singular Plural Dual Masculine סוּס marking) ( no סוּס ים סוּס י ם Feminine סוּס ה סוּסוֹת סוּס ת י ם There are some frequently occurring irregular nouns that do not follow this paradigm. These irregular forms must be memorized (paradigms of the most common irregular nouns are in 6.2). (א ב fathers S) א בוֹת (א שּׁ ה women S) נ שׁ ים Dual nouns The use of dual is largely confined to things that occur naturally in pairs (eyes, feet, hands, etc.). Remember that paired body parts are feminine (see 4.1). hands (FS י ד י ם ) י ד (א ז ן ears (FS א ז נ י ם ) ע י ן eyes (FS ע ינ י ם (ר ג ל feet (FS ר ג ל י ם (נ ע ל sandals (FS נ ע ל י ם Qal Perfect Conjugation plural 5.2 Qal Perfect Conjugation - Plural In Lesson 4 the singular inflectional suffixes of the Qal Perfect were introduced. Here the plural inflectional suffixes are added.

49 Lesson MS 3FS 2MS 2FS 1CS -ה - תּ - תּ - תּ י פּ ק ד פּ ק ד ה פּ ק ד תּ פּ ק ד תּ פּ ק ד תּ י he attended she attended you attended you attended I attended 3CP 2MP 2FP 1CP וּ תּ ם תּ ן נוּ פּ ק דוּ פּ ק ד תּ ם פּ ק ד תּ ן פּ ק ד נוּ they attended you attended you attended we attended Qal Perfect Conjugation ה י ה of ה י ה 5.3 Qal Perfect Conjugation of The verb ה י ה ( be ) is both frequent and irregular. Here is the Qal Perfect paradigm of the verb. 3MS ה י ה he was 3FS ה י ת ה she was 3CP ה יוּ they were 2MS ה י י ת you were 2MP ה י ית ם you were 2FS ה י ית you were 2FP ה י ית ן (not attested) 1CS ה י י ת י I was 1CP ה י י נוּ we were 5.4 Vocabulary #5 F ear א ז ן PREP before ל פ נ י CONJ that, which, who א שׁ ר מ י ם M water M nation, people גּוֹי PN Egypt מ צ ר י ם Q seek דּ ר שׁ PREP unto, as far as; until ע ד Q become, be ה י ה ע י ן F eye PREP upon, over ע ל M mountain, hill country; with ה ר ק ר ב ה ה ר article Q draw near, approach PN Judah י הוּד ה ר אשׁ ים M head; P ר אשׁ PN Jerusalem י רוּשׁ ל י ם F foot ר ג ל Q capture ל כ ד F spirit, wind רוּח

50 Lesson 5 40 Exercises 1. Write out the plural (right column) and dual (left column) for the following items and translate. א דוֹן בּ ה מ ה גּוֹי דּ ב ר נ ב יא סוּס סוּס ה רוּח תּוֹר ה י ד א ז ן ע י ן ר ג ל נ ע ל 2. Write out the complete Qal Perfect for each of these verb roots and translate. Also add the appropriate personal pronouns before each form. שׁמר פּקד 3MS 3CP 3MS 3CP 3FS 3FS 2MS 2MP 2MS 2MP 2FS 2FP 2FS 2FP 1CS 1CP 1CS 1CP שׁפט לכד 3MS 3CP 3MS 3CP 3FS 3FS 2MS 2MP 2MS 2MP 2FS 2FP 2FS 2FP 1CS 1CP 1CS 1CP

51 Lesson 5 41 קרב דּרשׁ 3MS 3CP 3MS 3CP 3FS 3FS 2MS 2MP 2MS 2MP 2FS 2FP 2FS 2FP 1CS 1CP 1CS 1CP 3. Translate the following sentences. Identify and parse the verb(s) (i.e., give the person, gender, number, and root) in each sentence. (GL is placed beside nonvocabulary words to alert you to check the glossary for their meanings.) PN Gen 21:1 a) ו יהו ה פּ ק ד א ת שׂ ר ה II Sam 5:5 (b וּב ירוּשׁ ל ם מ ל ך שׁ לשׁ ים GL ו שׁ לשׁ GL שׁ נ ה ע ל כּ ל י שׂ ר א ל ו יהוּד ה Isa *9:12 c) ו א ת י הו ה ל א ד ר שׁוּ II Chr *14:6 d) כּ י ד ר שׁ נוּ א ת י הו ה א לה ים Gen 1:2 (e ו ה א ר ץ ה י ת ה ת הוּGL ו ב הוּGL Ps 34:5 f) דּ ר שׁ תּ י א ת י הו ה Jer 31:9 g) כּ י ה י י ת י ל י שׂ ר א ל ל א ב I Chr 10:14 h) ו ל א ד ר שׁ בּ יהו ה Ezek 12:23 i) ק ר בוּ ה יּ מ ים

52 Lesson 5 42 Deut 16:12 j) כּ י ע ב ד ה י י ת בּ מ צ ר י ם Zeph *3:2 k) א ל א לה ים ל א ק ר ב ה Exod 1:5 l) ו יוֹס ף PN ה י ה ב מ צ ר י ם 4. Compose five sentences in Hebrew. Each should have a subject, verb, and object in them. Three should have plural verbs and three should have dual or plural nouns. a. b. c. d. e.

53 Lesson 6 Lesson Summary: דּ ב ר ה מּ ל ך Relationship: Construct Chart of Frequent Irregular Nouns: א ב א ח א חוֹת א ישׁ א שּׁ ה בּ י ת בּ ן בּ ת יוֹם ר אשׁ ע יר Construct relationship 6.1 The Construct Relationship Biblical Hebrew does not have any equivalent to the English preposition of. Instead, similar of-relationships are expressed by joining words together in the construct relationship. (The semantics of this relationship are discussed further in Lesson 28.) The typical construct relationship (often called מ יכוּת (ס consists of two elements: a noun in the construct state נ ס מ ך) supported ) followed by one in the absolute state סוֹמ ך) supporting ). king the word of the דּ ב ר ה מּ ל ך the king (the) word of ABSOLUTE CONSTRUCT סוֹמ ך נ ס מ ך Only the masculine plural and feminine singular nouns have distinctive construct morphology (i.e., there are different inflectional affixes for MP and FS nouns in construct and nouns not in construct). However, the vocalization of a noun in construct often differs from its vocalization when not in construct even in the MS and FP. Masculine Feminine Singular Plural Dual דּ ב ר י ם דּ ב ר ים דּ ב ר Absolute דּ ב ר י דּ ב ר י דּ ב ר Construct א ד מ ת י ם א ד מוֹת א ד מ ה Absolute א ד מ ת י א ד מוֹת א ד מ ת Construct

54 Description of the construct relationship: Lesson 6 44 Two nouns in a construct relationship are treated as a compound: the two words are considered to be one prosodic phrase and the major phrase stress is on the absolute noun. This phenomenon is similar to the stress change in English compounds: a whíte hoúse versus the Whítehouse. As noted above, the lack of major stress on the construct noun often affects its vocalization. ABSOLUTE דּ ב ר word CONSTRUCT דּ ב ר י הו ה the word of YHWH (Ezek 1:3) Note: A construct noun is often attached to an absolute noun with a maqqef ;( ) this is a graphic signal that the two words are stressed as a single unit. A noun in construct cannot have a definite article. However, if the absolute noun is definite (e.g., it is a proper noun or has the article), then the construct noun inherits this definiteness. 18:4) the prophets of YHWH (PN) (1 Kgs נ ב יא י י הו ה 2:12) the gold of the land (article) (Gen ז ה ב ה א ר ץ The meanings expressed by the construct relationship are similar to English of (see Lesson 28 for further discussion). 1:3) the word of YHWH = YHWH S word (Ezek דּ ב ר י הו ה 1:7) the fear of YHWH (Prov י ר א ת י הו ה holiness and the garments of וּב ג ד י ה קּ ד שׁ = the holy garments (Exod 29:29) A construct relationship can have more than one construct noun all related to one absolute noun. 5:5) all of the days of Adam (Gen כּ ל י מ י א ד ם A construct relationship can also have a single construct noun

55 Lesson 6 45 related to coordinated absolute nouns (often however, the construct noun is repeated in two coordinated constructs). בּ ע ינ י א לה ים ו א ד ם in the eyes of God and (in the eyes of) man (Prov 3:4) א לה י ה שּׁ מ י ם ו א לה י ה א ר ץ the God of heaven and the God of earth (Gen 24:3) Irregular nouns 6.2 Chart of Frequent Irregular Nouns Some irregular noun forms occur frequently. You should familiarize yourself with these forms. Singular Singular Plural Plural Absolute Construct Absolute Construct father M א ב א ב א בוֹת א בוֹת א ח י א ח ים א ח י א ח brother M א ח יוֹת א ח יוֹת* א חוֹת א חוֹת sister F א נ שׁ י א נ שׁ ים א ישׁ א ישׁ man M נ שׁ י נ שׁ ים א שׁ ת א שּׁ ה woman F בּ תּ י בּ תּ ים בּ ית בּ י ת house M בּ נ י בּ נ ים בּ ן בּ ן son M בּ נוֹת בּ נוֹת בּ ת בּ ת daughter F י מ י י מ ים יוֹם יוֹם day M ע ר י ע ר ים ע יר ע יר city F ר אשׁ י ר אשׁ ים ר אשׁ ר אשׁ head M

56 Lesson Vocabulary #6 PN Abraham א ב ר ה ם M messenger, angel מ ל א ך PN Abram א ב ר ם מ קוֹמוֹת M place; P מ קוֹם PN Aaron א ה ר ן Q stand ע מ ד Q say א מ ר PN Philistines, Philistine פּ ל שׁ תּ ים PN Babylon בּ ב ל,פּ ל שׁ תּ י M flesh בּ שׂ ר PN Pharaoh פּ ר ע ה M life ח יּ ים צ ב אוֹת M host, army; hard service; P צ ב א F sword ח ר ב M voice, sound קוֹל CONJ as, just as, when כּ א שׁ ר Q settle, dwell שׁ כ ן ADV thus, so כּ ה obey בּ קוֹל + listen; Q hear, שׁ מ ע Exercises 1. Complete the following construct phrases. a) א לה ים the spirit of God (Exod 35:31) b) י הו ה the angel/messenger of the Lord (Gen 16:11) c) פ ל שׁ תּ ים all of the cities of the Philistines (1 Sam 6:18) d) ר אשׁ י the heads of the mountains (Gen 8:5) e) י שׂ ר א ל the sons of Israel (Exod 1:1) f) ה א ד ם the daughters of man (Gen 6:2) g) ה מּ קוֹם the men of the place (Gen 26:7) h) א ל to the house of the women (Esth 2:3) i) א ב ר ה ם in the days of Abraham (Gen 26:1) j) ב נ י עמּוֹן the father of the sons of Ammon (Gen 19:38)

57 Lesson Translate the following construct phrases. Lev 10:6 a) בּ ית י שׂ ר א ל I Kgs 12:23 (b מ ל ך י הוּד ה Isa 14:9 c) כּ ל מ ל כ י גוֹי ם Ps 102:16 d) כּ ל מ ל כ י ה א ר ץ II Chron 30:16 e) כּ תוֹר ת משׁ ה א ישׁ ה א לה ים Ezek 6:13 f) בּ כ ל ר אשׁ י ה ה ר ים I Sam 18:6 g) מ כּ ל ע ר י י שׂ ר א ל Josh 21:19 h) כּ ל ע ר י ב נ י א ה ר ן ה כּ ה נ ים Ezek 21:24 i) בּ ר אשׁ דּ ר ך ע יר 3. Translate the following sentences. Identify and parse the verb(s) (i.e., give the person, gender, number, and root) in each sentence. Gen 24:52* (a כּ א שׁ ר שׁ מ ע ע ב ד א ב ר ה ם א ת ה דּ ב ר ים Gen *18:22 b) ו א ב ר ה ם ע מ ד ל פ נ י י הו ה I Sam *7:16 c) שׁ פ ט א ת י שׂ ר א ל בּ כ ל ה מּ קוֹמוֹת Jer *7:28 d) לוֹא שׁ מ עוּ בּ קוֹל י הו ה א לה ים

58 Lesson 6 48 PN כּ ר ת א ת ה ע נ ק ים מ כּ ל ה ר י הוּד ה וּמ כּ ל ה ר י שׂ ר א ל PN Josh 11:21* (e י הוֹשׁ ע Isa 8:18* (f י הו ה צ ב אוֹת שׁ כ ן בּ ה ר צ יּוֹן Exod *5:1 g) משׁ ה ו א ה ר ן א מ רוּ א ל פּ ר ע ה כּ ה א מ ר י הו ה א לה י י שׂ ר א ל Jer. 7:3 h) כּ ה א מ ר י הו ה צ ב אוֹת א לה י י שׂ ר א ל 4. From the nouns in your cumulative vocabulary create five sentences with at least one construct phrase each. a) b) c) d) e)

59 Lesson 7 Lesson Summary: דּ ב ר י Pronouns: Suffixed מ ל ך Nouns: Segolate (וּ)פ ק ד תּ י Conjugation: Modal use of the Perfect Suffixed pronouns 7.1 Suffixed Pronouns English uses different pronominal forms based on the pronoun s role in a sentence: e.g., he/she for subject (Nominative case), his/hers for possession (Genitive case), and him/her for object (Accusative case). In Biblical Hebrew the independent pronouns (2.4) only function as subjects. A set of suffixed pronouns fills the roles of possession/ Genitive and object/accusative. About pronouns suffixed to nouns: Suffixed pronouns express possession on nouns. word my דּ ב ר + י דּ ב ר י me (1CS) word of (MS CST) teaching his תּוֹר ת + ו תּוֹר תוֹ him teaching of (3MS) (FS CST) Note: When pronominal suffixes are added to FS nouns, the construct form (i.e., the form ending with a (ת is used. Suffixed pronouns serve to make a noun definite; nouns with pronominal suffixes cannot also have the article. Either תּוֹר תוֹ his teaching or ה תּוֹר ה the teaching BUT NOT BOTH Nouns with suffixed pronouns are stressed either on the last syllable (i.e., on the suffix itself) or the next to last syllable (i.e., on the linking vowel that connects the noun to the suffix).

60 Lesson 7 50 syllable) my horse (stressed on the last סוּס י vowel) our horse (stressed on the linking סוּס נוּ Suffixed pronoun on singular nouns 1) Suffixed pronouns on singular nouns Added to Masculine 3MS ( 3FS 2MS 2FS 1CS 3MP 3FP 2MP 2FP 1CP ו ), הוּ הּ ך ך י ם כ ם כ ן ן נוּ word his דּ ב רוֹ friend his ר ע הוּ word her דּ ב ר הּ word your דּ ב ר ך word your דּ ב ר ך word my דּ ב ר י word their דּ ב ר ם word their דּ ב ר ן word your דּ ב ר כ ם word your דּ ב ר כ ן word our דּ ב ר נוּ Added to Feminine law his תּוֹר תוֹ law her תּוֹר ת הּ law your תּוֹר ת ך law your תּוֹר ת ך law my תּוֹר ת י law their תּוֹר ת ם law their תּוֹר ת ן law your תּוֹר ת כ ם law your תּוֹר ת כ ן law our תּוֹר ת נוּ Suffixed pronoun on plural nouns 2) Suffixed pronouns on plural nouns 3MS 3FS 2MS 2FS 1CS 3MP 3FP 2MP 2FP 1CP יו יה י ך י ך י יה ם יה ן יכ ם יכ ן ינוּ Added to Masculine words his דּ ב ר יו words her דּ ב ר יה words your דּ ב ר י ך words your דּ ב ר י ך words my דּ ב ר י words their דּ ב ר יה ם words their דּ ב ר יה ן words your דּ ב ר יכ ם words your דּ ב ר יכ ן words our דּ ב ר ינוּ Added to Feminine laws his תּוֹרוֹת יו laws her תּוֹרוֹת יה laws your תּוֹרוֹת י ך laws your תּוֹרוֹת י ך laws my תּוֹרוֹת י laws their תּוֹרוֹת יה ם laws their תּוֹרוֹת יה ן laws your תּוֹרוֹת יכ ם laws your תּוֹרוֹת יכ ן laws our תּוֹרוֹת ינוּ

61 Lesson 7 51 Suffixed pron. on prepositions and א ת-, א ת- 3) Suffixed pronouns on Prepositions and Direct Object Marker 3MS ו לוֹ for him אוֹתוֹ him 3FS הּ ל הּ for her אוֹת הּ her 2MS ך ל ך for you אוֹת ך you 2FS ך ל ך for you אוֹת ך you 1CS י ל י for me אוֹת י me 3MP ה ם / ם ל ה ם for them אוֹת ם them 3FP ה ן ל ה ן for them א ת ה ן them 2MP כ ם ל כ ם for you א ת כ ם you 2FP כ ן ל כ ן for you א ת כ ן you 1CP נוּ ל נוּ for us אוֹת נוּ us,א תּ and ע מּ suffixes: use different forms with א ת and ע ם Note: The prepositions respectively (in the case of the preposition ת,א this difference helps to distinguish it from the object marker ת.(א Also important is the fact that some prepositions, such as ( א ל,(עלי) ע ל,(אלי and ( ע ד,(עדי take plural noun suffixes (see chart under [2] above). Suffixed pron. on מ ן and כּ ) מ ן + מ ן ( מ ן and כּ מוֹ/כּ / כּ (4 Suffixed pronouns on 3MS 3FS 2MS 2FS 1CS 3MP 3FP 2MP 2FP 1CP him like כּ מ וֹהוּ her like כּ מ וֹה you like כּ מ וֹ ך you like כּ מוֹ ך me like כּ מ וֹנ י them like כּ ה ם them like כּ ה ן you like כּ כ ם you like כּ כ ן us like כּ מ וֹנוּ מ מּ נּוּ him from מ מּ נ הּ her from מ מּ ך you from מ מּ ך you from מ מּ נ י me from מ ה ם them from מ ה ן them from מ כּ ם you from you from מ כּ ן מ מּ נּוּ us from 3MS is identical to 1CP About pronouns suffixed to prepositions: Suffixed pronouns designate objects on prepositions and on the direct object marker (the form of which is א ת- or אוֹת- with suffixes). you he said to א מ ר ל + ך א מ ר ל ך you to (2MS)

62 Lesson 7 52 them he abandoned ע ז ב אוֹת + ם ע ז ב אוֹת ם them direct object (3MP) marker Segolate nouns 7.2 Segolate Nouns Segolate nouns are a distinct group of nouns that were originally monosyllabic (i.e., one-syllable) nouns in the masculine singular. Segolate nouns originated as single-syllable nouns to which a segol helping vowel was added; the result was the creation of a new, second syllable. The original vowel (that is, the vowel in the first syllable) is regularly altered. king מ ל ך* מ ל ך Note: A guttural second or third root consonant can affect the vowels. man instead of ) young ( נ ע ר* נ ע ר (because gutturals prefer a-class vowels) Masculine segolate nouns are stressed on the initial syllable (originally the only syllable) in the singular absolute form. servant ע ב ד Feminine segolate nouns come in two forms: those with feminine gender inflection (e.g., ר ה (נ ע and those without (e.g., ) are stressed ה) Those with feminine gender inflection.(נ פ שׁ on the final syllable. נ ע רו תP young woman ; נ ע ר* + ה נ ע ר ה נ פ שׁו תP life ; נ פ שׁ* נ פ שׁ Segolate nouns exhibit their original vowel with some suffixes. land my א ר ץ* + י א ר צ י

63 Lesson 7 53 Segolate nouns use a two-syllable pattern in the plural. SINGULAR king PLURAL kings מ ל ך מ ל ך * (דּ ב ר (like מ ל ך * מ ל כ ים Modal use of the Perfect Conjugation 7.3 Modal Use of the Perfect Conjugation The Perfect Conjugation was described in Lesson 4 as expressing perfective aspect. The Perfect is also used to express modality, which indicates the role that the speaker wants a statement to play in the context (e.g., a condition, an outcome, a command, an instruction). The modal use of the Perfect is distinguished from the indicative by its word order: the Perfect functioning modally will have a verb-subject word order (see Lesson 27 for a discussion of Biblical Hebrew word order). ו א ב יו שׁ מ ר א ת ה דּ ב ר (subject-verb) (and) his father kept the word (Gen 37:11) (verb-subject) ו שׁ מ ר י הו ה א לה י ך ל ך א ת ה בּ ר ית (so) YHWH your God shall keep for you the covenant (Deut 7:12) Note: Often the subject is not explicit in BH clauses; in such cases, it is impossible to identify whether a perfect is used modally or not based on the word order. However, because most modal Perfects are prefixed with the vav conjunction, the presence of the conjunction is a good introductory way to distinguish the modal from the indicative use of the verb. The most common modal function of the Perfect is to mark (semantically) subordinate clauses. These are equivalent to English clauses beginning with if/when/so that/in order that/ because, i.e., conditional, purpose, result, or causal clauses. For I have chosen him so that he might command his sons and his household after him so that they might keep the way of YHWH to practice righteousness and justice so that (ו שׁ מ רוּ דּ ר ך י הו ה) YHWH might bring about for Abraham that which he promised. (Gen 18:19)

64 Lesson 7 54 (ו ע ז ב א ת א ב יו ו מ ת) die If he leaves his father then he shall (Gen 44:22) Note: The Perfect often appears in both the subordinate clause and the governing clause in constructions like the conditional clause above. Another common modal function of the Perfect is to mark instructions and commands. (and) he should stand and say ע מ ד ו א מ ר) (ו I do not wish to marry her (Deut 25:8) ו שׁ מ ר תּ א ת ה מּ צ ו ה (and) you must keep the commandment (Deut 7:11) 7.4 Vocabulary #7 Q love א ה ב [w/suffixes] M statute ח ק,ח ק,[ ח קּ [ M tent א ה ל PN Jacob י ע ק ב Q eat א כ ל ל ח ם M bread, food [w/suffixes] PREP with א ת,א ת,[א תּ-] ל י ל ה M night M garment בּ ג ד M strength; ADV exceedingly מ א ד M cattle, ox, herd בּ ק ר מ צ ו ת F commandment; P מ צ ו ה ADV also, even גּ ם Q abandon, forsake ע ז ב Q walk, go ה ל ך M/F sheep, flock צ אן Q slaughter ז ב ח שׁ ע ר M gate M kindness, loyalty ח ס ד

65 Lesson 7 55 Exercises 1. Add the correct suffix to these vocabulary items (note: the vowels within the triconsonantal root have already been modified). (a ל ח מ my bread b) ח ס ד your ( MS) loyalty c) בּ ק ר their ( M) cattle (S collective) d) שׁ ע ר their (MP) gates e) ע ל upon us f) א ת (direct object marker) you (FS) g) ל א לה to/for their (F) gods h) א ל to him i) ח קּ my statute (j מ צ ו ת his commandment 2. Translate the following sentences. Identify and parse the verb(s) (i.e., give the person, gender, number, and root) in each sentence. Also, indicate whether each verb is modal or non-modal. Gen *24:27 a) י הו ה א לה י א ד נ י א ב ר ה ם ל א ע ז ב ח ס דּוֹ Num 24:25 b) ו ג ם בּ ל ק PN ה ל ך ל ד ר כּוֹ I Sam 28:20 c) כּ י ל א א כ ל ל ח ם כּ ל ה יּוֹם ו כ ל ה לּ י ל ה I Sam 8:3 d) ו ל א ה ל כוּ ב נ יו בּ ד ר כ יו

66 Lesson 7 56 Deut 7:11 (e ו שׁ מ ר תּ א ת ה מּ צ ו ה ו א ת ה ח קּ ים Gen 37:4 f) א תוֹ א ה ב א ב יה ם מ כּ ל א ח יו Deut 6:5 (g ו א ה ב תּ א ת י הו ה א לה י ך בּ כ ל ל ב ב ך וּב כ ל נ פ שׁ ך וּב כ ל מ א ד ך Deut 12:21* (h ו ז ב ח תּ מ בּ ק ר ך וּמ צּ אנ ך ו א כ ל תּ בּ שׁ ע ר י ך Deut 11:1* (i ו א ה ב תּ א ת י הו ה א לה י ך ו שׁ מ ר תּ ח קּ ת יו וּמ צ ו ת יו Josh *24:26 j) י הוֹשׁ ע כּ ת ב GL א ת ה דּ ב ר ים בּ ס פ ר GL תּוֹר ת א לה ים 3. From the nouns in your cumulative vocabulary create five sentences with at least one noun + suffixed pronoun each. a) b) c) d) e)

67 Lesson Summary: Lesson 8 י פ ק ד Conjugation: Qal Imperfect ו יּ פ ק ד Conjugation: Past Narrative ה י ה of: Qal Imperfect Conjugation ו י ה י Imperfect Conjugation 8.1 Qal Imperfect Conjugation The Perfect and Imperfect were introduced in Lesson 4 as the main conjugations in Biblical Hebrew. The Perfect was described as perfective aspect, and a paradigm was given in Lessons 4 and 5. The Imperfect Conjugation was described as expressing imperfective aspect. In most instances, an English present or future verb will be used to translate the Imperfect. The Imperfect is the main conjugation built on the Prefix Pattern. However, other conjugations such a the Imperative and the Jussive are also based on the Prefix Pattern (see Lesson 13). The complete paradigm for the Qal Imperfect is given below. 3MS י פ ק ד he will attend 3MP י פ ק דוּ they will attend 3FS תּ פ ק ד she will attend 3FP תּ פ ק ד נ ה they will attend 2MS תּ פ ק ד you will attend 2MP תּ פ ק דוּ you will attend 2FS תּ פ ק ד י you will attend 2FP תּ פ ק ד נ ה you will attend 1CS א פ ק ד I will attend 1CP נ פ ק ד we will attend Past Narrative Conjugation 8.2 Past Narrative Conjugation Languages typically use a past tense or perfective aspect verb form for narrating past events (e.g., English Simple Past). Some languages, however, may devote a particular verb form entirely to literary narrative (e.g., French Passé Simple). In Biblical Hebrew an archaic past tense verb predominates and is mostly restricted to past narrative passages.

68 Lesson 8 58 ו יּ א כ ל ו יּ שׁ תּ ו יּ ק ם ו יּ ל ך He ate, he drank, he rose, he went (Gen 25:34*) The Past Narrative Conjugation, like the Imperfect, is built on the Prefix Pattern. In the majority of cases the only distinguishing feature between these two conjugations is that the Past Narrative form almost always has a uniquely vocalized vav conjunction prefixed to it: ו (forms without the ו exist primarily in poetic texts). (Imperfect) he will visit י פ ק ד (Past) he visited ו יּ פ ק ד Qal Imperfect Conjug. of ה י ה ה י ה 8.3 Qal Imperfect Conjugation of The verb ה י ה ( be ) is both frequent and irregular. Here is the paradigm of the Qal Imperfect Conjugation of the verb. 3MS י ה י ה he will be 3MP י ה יוּ they will be 3FS תּ ה י ה she will be 3FP תּ ה י ינ ה they will be 2MS תּ ה י ה you will be 2MP תּ ה יוּ you will be 2FS תּ ה י י you will be 2FP תּ ה י ינ ה you will be 1CS א ה י ה I will be 1CP נ ה י ה we will be The Verb ו י ה י Form ו י ה י 8.4 frequent. is extremely,ה י ה the 3MS Past Narrative form of,ו י ה י There are two distinct functions of this form in narrative. Often, it functions just like other Past Narrative forms with the meaning of was, become, or come. ו י ה י י הו ה א ת יוֹס ף ו י ה י א ישׁ מ צ ל יח YHWH was with Joseph and he became a successful man (Gen 39:2) ו י ה י דּ ב ר י הו ה א ל שׁ מוּא ל The word of YHWH came (lit. was) to Samuel (1 Sam 15:10)

69 Lesson 8 59 Just as frequently, however, the form introduces a circumstantial clause in a narrative; often the clause opens or closes a narrative episode. ו י ה י בּ ע ת ה ה וא ו יּ א מ ר א ב ימ ל ך and then at about that time (lit. and it was at that time and) Abimelek said... (Gen 21:22) ו י ה י א ישׁ א ח ד מ ן ה ר מ ת י ם now there was a certain man from Ramathaim (1 Sam 1:1) 8.5 Vocabulary #8 F stone א ב ן M judgment, justice; custom מ שׁ פּ ט COND if א ם M scroll, document, book ס פ ר אמר PAST Q 3MS ו יּ א מ ר M forever, antiquity עוֹל ם F sin, sin-offering ח טּ את M tree; P wood ע ץ PN Jonathan י הוֹנ ת ן צ ד ק M righteousness PN Isaac י צ ח ק PN Saul שׁ אוּל PN Samuel שׁ מוּא ל M glory, honor, wealth כּ בוֹד Q write כּ ת ב ;M F two שׁ נ י ם, שׁ תּ י ם Exercises 1. Write out the Qal Imperfect paradigm for the following verbs. Include the appropriate personal pronouns for each verb form. פּקד שׁמר 3MS 3MP 3MS 3MP 3FS 3FP 3FS 3FP 2MS 2MP 2MS 2MP 2FS 2FP 2FS 2FP 1CS 1CP 1CS 1CP

70 Lesson 8 60 שׁפט כּתב 3MS 3MP 3MS 3MP 3FS 3FP 3FS 3FP 2MS 2MP 2MS 2MP 2FS 2FP 2FS 2FP 1CS 1CP 1CS 1CP שׁכן דּרשׁ 3MS 3MP 3MS 3MP 3FS 3FP 3FS 3FP 2MS 2MP 2MS 2MP 2FS 2FP 2FS 2FP 1CS 1CP 1CS 1CP 2. Translate the following sentences. Identify and parse (i.e., give the conjugation, person, gender, number, and root) the verbs in each sentence. Exod *6:5 a) ו ג ם א נ י שׁ מ ע תּ י א ת קוֹל בּ נ י י שׂ ר א ל ו א ז כּ ר א ת בּ ר ית י Exod 24:4 b) ו יּ כ תּ ב משׁ ה א ת כּ ל דּ ב ר י י הו ה Exod 2:24 c) ו יּ שׁ מ ע א לה ים א ת נ א ק ת ם GL ו יּ ז כּ ר א לה ים א ת בּ ר יתוֹ א ת א ב ר ה ם א ת י צ ח ק ו א ת י ע ק ב Ps *9:9 d) ו הוּא י שׁ פּ ט א ר ץ בּ צ ד ק

71 Lesson 8 61 Gen 17:9 e) ו יּ א מ ר א לה ים א ל א ב ר ה ם ו א תּ ה א ת בּ ר ית י ת שׁ מ ר Josh *24:27 f) כּ י ה יא שׁ מ ע ה א ת כּ ל א מ ר י GL י הו ה Josh *24:26 g) ו יּ כ תּ ב י הוֹשׁ ע א ת ה דּ ב ר ים בּ ס פ ר תּוֹר ת א לה ים I Sam 7:15 h) ו יּ שׁ פּ ט שׁ מוּא ל א ת י שׂ ר א ל כּ ל י מ י ח יּ יו Deut 28:9 i) כּ י ת שׁ מ ר א ת מ צ ו ת י הו ה א לה י ך ו ה ל כ תּ בּ ד ר כ יו I Sam *18:3 j) ו יּ כ ר תוּ י הוֹנ ת ן ו ד ו ד בּ ר ית I Sam 23:18 k) ו יּ כ ר תוּ שׁ נ יה ם בּ ר ית ל פ נ י י הו ה ו יהוֹנ ת ן ה ל ך ל ב יתוֹ ו יּ שׁ כּ ן כּ בוֹד י הו ה ע ל ה ר ס ינ יPN Exod 24:16 l) 3. From the nouns in your cumulative vocabulary create five sentences with at least one imperfect or past narrative verb each. a) b) c) d) e)

72 Lesson Summary: ק דוֹשׁ Adjectives: Lesson 9 Demonstrative Pronouns: ז ה ז את א לּ ה Near הוּא ה יא ה מּ ה ה נּ ה Far Adjectives 9.1 Adjectives Adjectives modify nouns by specifying attributes of the noun. 26:2) a righteous nation (Isa גּוֹי צ דּ יק Biblical Hebrew has relatively few pure adjectives. The construct relationship is used more often to modify nouns. holiness in the place of בּ מ קוֹם ה ק ד שׁ = the holy place (construct) (Lev 10:17) 7:6) in a holy place (adjective) (Lev בּ מ קוֹם ק דוֹשׁ Adjectives have the following characteristics: Adjectives are declined with the same endings as nouns, except that they do not have dual endings. Masculine Feminine Singular Plural (ABS) Absolute גּ דוֹל גּ דוֹל ים (CST) Construct גּ דוֹל גּ דוֹל י (ABS) Absolute גּ דוֹל ה גּ דוֹלוֹת (CST) Construct גּ דוֹל ת גּ דוֹלוֹת Adjectives must agree with the modified noun in both gender and number (dual nouns are modified by plural adjectives). (6:9 a righteous man (Gen א ישׁ צ דּ יק (4:11 evil men 2) Sam א נ שׁ ים ר שׁ ע ים 4:3) a weak (pair of) hands (Job י ד י ם ר פוֹת

73 Lesson 9 63 Predicative Adjectives Adjectives can modify nouns predicatively: A predicate adjective agrees with the noun it modifies in gender, number, but not definiteness. (The verb to be must be supplied in translation; see 2.5 or 26.1.) 1:14) the word (is) good (Deut טוֹב ה דּ ב ר (1:25 the land (is) good (Deut טוֹב ה ה א ר ץ Attributive Adjectives Adjectives can modify nouns attributively: An attributive adjective agrees with the noun it modifies in gender, number, and definiteness. The attributive adjective usually follows the noun it modifies. (10:3 a great city (Josh ע יר גּ דוֹל ה (10:12 the great city (Gen ה ע יר ה גּ דוֹל ה Substantive Adjectives Comparative and Superlative Adjectives can be substantival (i.e., used as a nouns). (53:11 a righteous man, my servant (Isa צ דּ יק ע ב דּ י Adjectives can express the comparative and superlative. 48:19) his brother who (was) younger (Gen א ח יו ה קּ ט ן.מ ן Note: comparison is often expressed with the preposition 15:2) (she is) better than her (Judg טוֹב ה מ מּ נּ ה 18:17) my daughter who (is) oldest (1 Sam בּ תּ י ה גּ דוֹל ה Note: superlative is also expressed by a construct phrase in which both construct and absolute use the same noun ) holy of holies = most holy (Exod ק ד שׁ ק ד שׁ ים Demonstrative Pronouns 9.2 Demonstrative Pronouns Demonstrative pronouns are deictic (pointing) words (e.g., this, that, those in English). They are used to modify a noun either attributively or predicatively.

74 Lesson 9 64 (attributive) this nation ה גּוֹי ה זּ ה (predicative) this (is) the word ז ה ה דּ ב ר Demonstrative pronouns may be used substantivally, i.e., as a noun. שׁ ל חוּ א ת ז את send this one (F) away (2 Sam 13.17*) The two major groups of demonstrative pronouns are near and far. The far demonstratives are the same as the 3 rd person personal pronouns. Singular Plural Near M this ז ה M F this ז את F א לּ ה these Far ה מּ ה M those הוּא M that ה נּ ה F those ה יא F that 9.5 Vocabulary #9 ADJ,M) (F small ק ט ן,ק ט נּ ה (w/commands) ADV NEG not א ל PREP between בּ ין Q call, proclaim, read ק ר א ADJ great גּ דוֹל ADJ,M) (F bad, evil ר ע,ר ע ה F animal ח יּ ה M famine, hunger ר ע ב ADJ wise ח כ ם ADJ wicked ר שׁ ע ADJ good, pleasant טוֹב שׂ דוֹת M field; P שׂ ד ה ADJ heavy כּ ב ד (down) Q lie שׁ כ ב who? INTER מ י Q send שׁ ל ח Q give, place, set נ ת ן שׁ מוֹת M name; P שׁ ם ADJ righteous צ דּ יק

75 Lesson 9 65 Exercises 1. Construct the following adjectival phrases in Hebrew. Identify the adjective as attributive, predicative, or substantival. a) I (M) am a good man f) the king is great b) He is the righteous man g) the house is small c) the people are wicked h) she is the smallest/youngest sister d) the famine is heavy i) you (MP) are the righteous ones e) they (FP) are great cities j) YHWH is great 2. Identify the adjectives in the following as attributive, predicative, or substantival, and translate the verse. Gen a) ו א נ שׁ י ס ד ם PN ר ע ים Gen 37:20 b) ו א מ ר נוּ ח יּ ה ר ע ה א כ ל ה א תוֹ PN Gen 29:16 c) וּל ל ב ן PN שׁ תּ י ב נוֹת שׁ ם ה גּ ד ל ה ל א ה PN ו שׁ ם ה קּ ט נּ ה ר ח ל Exod 9:27 d) י הו ה ה צּ דּ יק ו א נ י ו ע מּ י ה ר שׁ ע ים Exod 17:12 e) ו יד י מ שׁ ה כּ ב ד ים I Sam 9:10 f) ו יּ א מ ר שׁ אוּל ל נ ע רוֹ טוֹב דּ ב ר ך

76 Lesson 9 66 I Sam 25:2 g) ו ה א ישׁ גּ דוֹל מ א ד I Sam 25:15 h) ו ה א נ שׁ ים ט ב ים ל נוּ מ א ד I Kgs 2:9 i) כּ י א ישׁ ח כ ם א תּ ה I Kgs 3:7 j) ו א נ כ י נ ע ר ק ט ן II Kgs *2:23 k) וּנ ע ר ים ק ט נּ ים ה ל כוּ מ ן ה ע יר II Kgs *5:2 l) ו יּ ל כ דוּ מ א ר ץ י שׂ ר א ל נ ע ר ה ק ט נּ ה 3. Construct the following demonstrative phrases in Hebrew. Identify the demonstratives as attributive or predicative. a) this is the house f) those are the nations b) these men g) those are the women c) these cities h) this is the daughter d) that son i) this law e) that is the city j) these are the mountains

77 Lesson Identify the demonstratives in the following as attributive, predicative, or substantival, and translate the verse. Deut *4:8 a) וּמ י גּוֹי גּ דוֹל א שׁ ר לוֹ ח קּ ים וּמ שׁ פּ ט ים צ דּ יק ים כּ כ ל ה תּוֹר ה ה זּ את א שׁ ר נ ת ן י הו ה ל פ נ יכ ם ה יּוֹם Jer 27:8* (b בּ מ ל ך בּ ב ל בּ ח ר ב וּב ר ע ב וּב דּ ב ר GL א פ ק ד ע ל ה גּוֹי ה הוּא Gen 24:65* (c ו תּ א מ ר א ל ה ע ב ד מ י ה א ישׁ בּ שּׂ ד ה ו יּ א מ ר ה ע ב ד הוּא א ד נ י Exod 32:4 d) ו יּ אמ רוּ א לּ ה א לה י ך י שׂ ר א ל Isa 42:8 e) א נ י י הו ה הוּא שׁ מ י ו א לּ ה דּ ב ר י ה סּ פ ר א שׁ ר שׁ ל ח י ר מ י ה PN ה נּ ב יא מ ירוּשׁ ל ם Jer 29:1 (f 5. From the nouns in your cumulative vocabulary create five sentences with at least one adjective or demonstrative pronoun each. a) b) c) d) e)

78 Lesson 10 Lesson Summary: פּוֹק ד Participle: Qal Active פּ קוּד Participle: Qal Passive 10.2 Qal Active Participle Participles Participles are a part of the Biblical Hebrew verbal system. Unlike the Perfect, Past Narrative, and Imperfect verbs, however, Participles are only marked for gender and number (not person). Like the Perfect and Imperfect Verbs, Participles express aspect (as opposed to tense); in particular, the Participle expresses progressive aspect. Semantically, therefore, the Participle in Biblical Hebrew is similar to the English Participle in a statement like the water is running. (Note that Biblical Hebrew does not require a copula is in such a construction.) Biblical Hebrew Participles are declined like adjectives. The Qal Active Participle is declined as follows: Masculine Feminine Singular Plural ABS פּוֹק ד פּוֹק ד ים CST פּוֹק ד פּוֹק ד י ABS פּוֹק ד ת / פּוֹק ד ה פּוֹק דוֹת CST פּוֹק ד ת / פּוֹק ד ת פּוֹק דוֹת Predicative and Substantival Participles Participles may be used predicatively or substantivally: Predicatively: the Participle functions as the main verb in a clause, conveying the progressive aspect (the tense is derived from the context). וּשׁ מוּא ל שׁ כ ב בּ ה יכ ל י הו ה (and) Samuel (was) lying in the temple of YHWH (1 Sam 3:3)

79 Lesson Participles are often introduced by the article.ה In these cases, the ה functions as a relative word, and the participle is the main verb within a relative clause that modifies a noun. ה א ישׁ ה שּׁ כ ב ע ם ה א שּׁ ה the man who lies with the woman (Deut 22:22) The,ה though, is not always present to introduce the relative: ו נ ת תּ ל ע ב דּ ך ל ב שׁ מ ע so you should give your servant a heart that listens (1 Kgs 3:9) Substantivally: some participles are regularly used as standalone agentive nouns; their meaning is derived from the action or function that the agents regularly perform/fulfill. (25:5 the judges of Israel (Num שׁ פ ט י י שׂ ר א ל Passive Participle 10.3 Qal Passive Participle The Qal binyan has a passive counterpart to its active Participle. It, too, is declined like an adjective. Masculine Feminine Singular Plural ABS פּ קוּד פּ קוּד ים CST פּ קוּד פּ קוּד י ABS פּ קוּד ה פּ קוּדוֹת CST פּ קוּד ת פּ קוּדוֹת Predicative Passive Participle Most occurrences of the Qal passive Participle are predicative. The passive Participle functions as the main verb in a clause with a sense like the English Past Participle in similar passive constructions, such as you are blessed. The tense is derived from the context. כּ י ע שׂ י ת זּ את א רוּר א תּ ה because you have done this, you (are) cursed (Gen 3:14) Note: Like the active participle, the passive participle may be the :ה main verb within a relative clause, with or without a (*27:5 (Jer א נ כ י ע שׂ י ת י א ת ה א ר ץ בּ ז רוֹע י ה נּ טוּי ה I made the earth with my arm that (was) stretched out

80 Lesson Vocabulary #10 F ground, land א ד מ ה how? INTER what? מ ה F truth, faithfulness א מ ת ADJ full; Q be full, fill מ ל א Q gather, remove א ס ף M appearance, vision מ ר א ה M well, pit, cistern בּ א ר,בּוֹר נ ג ד ADV, PREP in front of, in sight of, Q trust בּ ט ח opposite to M palace, temple ה יכ ל CONJ lest פּ ן Q kill, slay ה ר ג M holiness, sacredness ק ד שׁ ADJ old; VB Q be old ז ק ן Q inquire, ask שׁ א ל M wilderness מ ד בּ ר,M F seven שׁ ב ע ה, שׁ ב ע Q forget שׁ כ ח Exercises 1. Construct the following verbless clauses in Hebrew. a) I (MS) am old f) You (MS) are full b) We (MP) are wise g) You (FP) are small c) You (FS) are heavy h) He is bad d) They (FP) are righteous i) You (MP) are big e) She is good j) They (MP) are wicked

81 Lesson Construct the following participial clauses in Hebrew. a) I (MS) am gathering f) They (MP) are sending b) We (MP) are trusting g) He is walking c) You (MS) are killing h) You (FP) are lying down d) They (FP) are forgetting i) You (MP) are giving e) She is asking j) You (FS) are writing 3. Identify the independent pronouns and participles in the following and translate the verse. Gen 28:13* (a ו יּ א מ ר א נ י י הו ה א לה י א ב ר ה ם א ב י ך ו א לה י י צ ח ק ה א ר ץ א שׁ ר א תּ ה שׁ כ ב ע ל יה ה יא ל ך וּל ז ר ע ך Gen 31:6 (b ו א תּ נ ה י ד ע תּ ן GL כּ י בּ כ ל כּ ח י GL ע ב ד תּ י א ת א ב יכ ן ו ע תּ ה GL Gen 45:8 c) ל א א תּ ם שׁ ל ח תּ ם א ת י ה נּ ה GL כּ י GL ה א לה ים Josh *13:1 d) ו יהוֹשׁ ע ז ק ן ו יּ א מ ר י הו ה א ל יו א תּ ה ז ק נ תּ ה I Sam 8:5 (e ו יּ אמ רוּ א ל יו ה נּ ה א תּ ה ז ק נ תּ וּב נ י ך ל א ה ל כוּ בּ ד ר כ י ך II Kgs 19:10 f) א לה י ך א שׁ ר א תּ ה בּ ט ח בּוֹ

82 Lesson Jer *5:17 g) ע ר ים א שׁ ר א תּ ה בּוֹט ח בּ ה ן כּ ה א מ ר ס נ ח ר יב PN מ ל ך א שּׁוּר PN ע ל מ ה א תּ ם בּ ט ח ים II Chr 32:10 (h 4. Translate the following. Identify and parse the verbs in each sentence. Identify any participle as predicative or substantival (and note where a predicative participle is within a relative clause). Gen *18:22 a) ו א ב ר ה ם ע מ ד ל פ נ י י הו ה Gen 25:28 (b ו ר ב ק ה PN א ה ב ת א ת י ע ק ב Exod 34:10 c) ו יּ א מ ר ה נּ ה GL א נ כ י כּ ר ת בּ ר ית נ ג ד כּ ל ע מּ ך I Kgs 3:23 d) ו יּ א מ ר ה מּ ל ך ז את א מ ר ת ז ה בּ נ י Deut 22:29* (e ו נ ת ן ה א ישׁ ה שּׁ כ ב ע ם ה נּ ע ר ה כ ס ף GL Gen *12:12 f) ו א מ רוּ א שׁ תּוֹ ז את ו ה ר גוּ א ת י ה נּ ה א נ כ י ה ר ג א ת בּ נ ך בּ כ ר ךGL Exod *4:23 g) Deut 10:12 h) ו ע תּ ה י שׂ ר א ל מ ה י הו ה א לה י ך שׁ א ל מ ע מּ ך I Sam 8:10 (i ו יּ א מ ר שׁ מוּא ל א ת כּ ל דּ ב ר י י הו ה א ל ה ע ם ה שּׁ א ל ים מ א תּוֹ מ ל ך Jer j) ו יּ א מ ר ה מּ ל ך א ל י ר מ י הוּ PN שׁ א ל א נ י א ת ך דּ ב ר

83 Lesson ו ל א י ה יוּ עוֹד א ס פ י ר ע ב בּ א ר ץ GL Ezek (k Ps 21:8 l) כּ י ה מּ ל ך בּ ט ח בּ יהו ה 4. From the items in your cumulative vocabulary create five sentences with at least one participle each. a) b) c) d) e)

84 Lesson 11 Lesson Summary: Introduction to the Binyanim פּ קּ ד ה פ ק יד Conjugations: Piel and Hifil Perfect Binyanim 11.1 Introduction to the Binyanim Lesson 4 (4.2) introduced the fact that verb forms in Biblical Hebrew indicate binyan (e.g., Qal), conjugation (e.g., Perfect conjugation), and person, gender, and number (e.g., 3MS). The Qal Perfect conjugation was introduced in Lessons 4 and 5. In this lesson the binyan system of the Biblical Hebrew verb is discussed and the Perfect conjugation of the Piel and Hifil binyanim are introduced. Just as inflectional affixes mark a verb s conjugation (e.g., Perfect), there are binyan affixes which indicate a verb s binyan. These binyan affixes indicate a verb s valency whether it is active, passive, reflexive, or causative. Binyanim Chart Active Passive Reflexive Simple Factitive/Resultative Causative ק ד שׁ Qal Abram was holy נ ק דּ שׁ Nifal Abram was consecrated נ ק דּ שׁ Nifal Abram showed himself to be holy ק דּ שׁ Piel Abram consecrated Sarai (Abram made Sarai to be holy) ק דּ שׁ Pual Abram was made to be holy ה ת ק דּ שׁ Hitpael Abram consecrated himself ( Abram made himself holy ) ה ק דּ ישׁ Hifil Abram caused Sarai to treat X as holy ה ק דּ שׁ* Hofal Abram was caused to treat X as holy *the Hofal of this root is not attested in the Hebrew Bible Note: Factitive/resultative refers to causing a change of state, whereas causative refers to causing action. Translating the former with a form of make and the latter with a form of cause may be helpful. The verb ק ד,פּ which is used in the lesson paradigms, is one of the few verb roots that occurs in every binyan in the Hebrew Bible. The relationships among the binyanim are illustrated by translations of this verb in each binyan.

85 Lesson to he visited, attended פּ ק ד visited he was נ פ ק ד to ) he mustered (i.e., he made him attend פּ קּ ד (himself) he mustered ה ת פּ קּ ד to ) he was mustered (i.e., he was made to be attended פּ קּ ד to he caused him to be overseer/attend ה פ ק יד to he was caused to be overseer/attend ה פ ק ד The system of binyanim is not usually as neat as קדשׁ or פּקד may make it appear. Rarely do individual verb roots appear in all or even most binyanim and the relationships among the meanings for a root are not always transparent or predictable. ה שׁ ל י ך (Piel he spoke ) and דּ בּ ר In fact, some verb roots, such as (Hifil he threw/cast ), do not occur in Qal nor exhibit the standard meaning for their binyan (factitive/resultative and causative, respectively). Therefore, it is important to memorize the particular meaning of a verb root in each individual binyan in which it occurs. Piel and Hifil Perfect 11.2 Piel and Hifil Perfect Conjugations Besides the Qal, the Piel and Hifil are the most frequently used binyanim in the Hebrew Bible. Note: the endings of the Perfect conjugation are the same in all binyanim. QAL PIEL HIFIL 3MS פּ ק ד פּ קּ ד ה פ ק יד 3FS פּ ק ד ה פּ קּ ד ה ה פ ק יד ה ה פ ק ד תּ פּ קּ ד תּ פּ ק ד תּ 2MS ה פ ק ד תּ פּ קּ ד תּ פּ ק ד תּ 2FS ה פ ק ד תּ י פּ קּ ד תּ י פּ ק ד תּ י 1CS ה פ ק ידוּ פּ קּ דוּ פּ ק דוּ 3CP ה פ ק ד תּ ם פּ קּ ד תּ ם פּ ק ד תּ ם 2MP 2FP פּ ק ד תּ ן פּ קּ ד תּ ן ה פ ק ד תּ ן 1CP פּ ק ד נוּ פּ קּ ד נוּ ה פ ק ד נוּ attend to muster make oversee

86 Lesson The Piel Perfect conjugation is characterized by: i-class vowel under R 1 (i.e., the first root letter). doubled R 2 (i.e., the second root letter). Note: we will begin using R to indicate a verbal root consonant, and the subscripts to indicate the position of the consonant within the triconsonantal root. The Hifil Perfect conjugation is characterized by: a ה (or ה with an i-class vowel) prefix Vocabulary #11 Q perish; PI, HI destroy א ב ד PN Canaan, Canaanite,כּ נ ע נ י כּ נ ע ן PI seek בּקשׁ כּ ס ף M silver, money great, Q be great; PI make גּ ד ל Q find מ צ א grow/raise Q do, make, act ע שׂ ה PI speak דּבר Q be holy; PI consecrate ק ד שׁ see! INTJ behold, ה נּ ה M official, captain, prince; P שׂ ר M gold ז ה ב שׂ ר ים Q sin ח ט א HI wake early שׁכם Q know י ד ע HI throw, cast שׁל ך Q sit, dwell י שׁ ב HI annihilate שׁמד Q be heavy; PI, HI make כּ ב ד M heavens שׁ מ י ם heavy, honor תּ ח ת PREP under, beneath

87 Lesson Exercises נ שׁ מ ר e.g., 1. Based on the Qal meaning, translate the following verb forms: (Nifal) he was guarded (Hifil) ה ק ר יב e) (Pual) שׁ לּ ח f) (Piel) ק דּ שׁ g) (Piel) גּ דּ ל h) (Nifal) נ שׁ פּ ט a) (Hifil) ה ז כּ יר b) (Hofal) ה כ ר ת c) (Hitpael) ה ת ק דּ שׁ d) 2. Write out the Piel Perfect paradigm for the following verbs. Include the appropriate personal pronouns with each form. בּקשׁ דּבר 3MS 3CP 3MS 3CP 3FS 3FS 2MS 2MP 2MS 2MP 2FS 2FP 2FS 2FP 1CS 1CP 1CS 1CP

88 Lesson Write out the Hifil Perfect paradigm for the following verbs. שׁל ך שׁכם 3MS 3CP 3MS 3CP 3FS 3FS 2MS 2MP 2MS 2MP 2FS 2FP 2FS 2FP 1CS 1CP 1CS 1CP 4. Translate the following. Identify and parse the verb in each sentence. Exod 1:17 a) כּ א שׁ ר דּ בּ ר א ל יה ן מ ל ך מ צ ר י ם Isa 1:2 b) כּ י י הו ה דּ בּ ר בּ נ ים גּ דּ ל תּ י I Sam 15:2 (c ו ה שׁ כּ ים א ב שׁ לוֹם PN ו ע מ ד ע ל י ד דּ ר ך ה שּׁ ע ר II Kgs *21:9 d) י שׂ ר א ל ע שׂ ה א ת ה ר ע מ ן ה גּוֹי ם א שׁ ר ה שׁ מ יד י הו ה מ פּ נ י GL בּ נ י י שׂ ר א ל Josh *4:14 e) בּ יּוֹם ה הוּא גּ דּ ל י הו ה א ת י הוֹשׁ ע בּ ע ינ י כּ ל י שׂ ר א ל Josh 10:11 f) ו יהו ה ה שׁ ל י ך ע ל יה ם א ב נ ים גּ ד לוֹת מ ן ה שּׁ מ י ם

89 Lesson Dan 9:6 (g ו ל א שׁ מ ע נוּ א ל ע ב ד י ך ה נּ ב יא ים א שׁ ר דּ בּ רוּ בּ שׁ מ ך א ל מ ל כ ינוּ שׂ ר ינוּ ו א ב ת ינוּ ו א ל כּ ל ע ם ה א ר ץ I Sam *13:14 h) י הו ה בּ קּ שׁ לוֹ א ישׁ כּ ל ב בוֹ Isa 1:12 i) מ י ב קּ שׁ ז את מ יּ ד כ ם Deut 4:29* (j וּב קּ שׁ תּ ם מ שּׁ ם א ת י הו ה א לה י ך וּמ צ את כּ י ת ד ר שׁ אוֹתוֹ בּ כ ל ל ב ב ך וּב כ ל נ פ שׁ ך Deut 12:3 k) ו א בּ ד תּ ם א ת שׁ מ ם מ ן ה מּ קוֹם ה הוּא Josh 7:9* (l ו י שׁ מ עוּ ה כּ נ ע נ י ו כ ל י שׁ ב י ה א ר ץ ו ה כ ר יתוּ א ת שׁ מ נוּ מ ן ה א ר ץ I Sam 6:6 m) כּ א שׁ ר כּ בּ דוּ מ צ ר י ם וּפ ר ע ה א ת ל בּ ם 5. From the items in your cumulative vocabulary create five sentences with at least one Piel or Hifil perfect verb each. a) b) c) d) e)

90 Lesson 12 Lesson Summary: Piel and Hifil Imperfect Conjugations: י פ קּ ד י פ ק יד Piel and Hifil Past Narrative Conjugations: ו י פ קּ ד ו יּ פ ק ד Piel and Hifil Participles: מ פ קּ ד מ פ ק יד Piel and Hifil Prefix Pattern/Imperfect 12.1 Piel and Hifil Imperfect Conjugations The Prefix pattern and Imperfect conjugation of the Qal were introduced in Lesson 8. Here we will look at the Piel and Hifil Imperfect conjugations. Just as in the Qal Imperfect, the Piel and Hifil Imperfect share the same forms as the Piel and Hifil Prefix pattern. (The Qal is given in the charts for comparison). QAL PIEL HIFIL 3MS י פ ק ד י פ קּ ד י פ ק יד 3FS תּ פ ק ד תּ פ קּ ד תּ פ ק יד 2MS תּ פ ק ד תּ פ קּ ד תּ פ ק יד 2FS תּ פ ק ד י תּ פ קּ ד י תּ פ ק יד י 1CS א פ ק ד א פ קּ ד א פ ק יד 3MP י פ ק דוּ י פ קּ דוּ י פ ק ידוּ 3FP תּ פ ק ד נ ה תּ פ קּ ד נ ה תּ פ ק ד נ ה 2MP תּ פ ק דוּ תּ פ קּ דוּ תּ פ ק ידוּ 2FP תּ פ ק ד נ ה תּ פ קּ ד נ ה תּ פ ק ד נ ה 1CP נ פ ק ד נ פ קּ ד נ פ ק יד attend to muster make oversee The Piel Imperfect conjugation is characterized by the following: under the prefix consonant; a-class vowel under R 1 (i.e., the first root letter); doubled R 2 (i.e., the second root letter).

91 ס, ק, מ, Lesson The Hifil Imperfect Conjugation is characterized by the following: a-class vowel under the prefix; i-class theme vowel (i.e., between R 2 and R 3 )..(י Note: the i-class theme vowel is often spelled defectively (without 11:1) they destroyed (2 Sam ו יּ שׁ ח תוּ Piel and Hifil Past Narrative 12.2 Piel and Hifil Past Narrative Conjugations As with the Qal binyan (see 8.2), the Piel Past Narrative conjugation is based upon to the Prefix pattern with ו prefixed. ו תּ ד בּ ר ל פ נ י ה מּ ל ך she spoke before the king (Esth 8:3) In the Hifil Past Narrative conjugation, however, the Prefix pattern is altered slightly. The theme vowel in the Past Narrative verb form is tsere instead of י chiriq-yod. ו יּ שׁ מ ד י הוּא א ת ה בּ ע ל Jehu destroyed the Baal (II Kgs 10:28) Vilminqs or Sqinmlevi A peculiarity occurs with the Piel 3MS and 3MP forms: the dagesh falls out of the י prefix. This phenomenon is part of a general tendency of the consonants,ל, י, ו,נ שׂ,צ and שׁ to drop a dagesh when they have a vocal sheva. + וילמנק (= vilminqs This phenomenon is often referred to as sibilants) or sqinmlevi (i.e., skin them Levi ). (1:1 YHWH spoke to Moses (Num ו י ד בּ ר י הו ה א ל מ שׁ ה Piel and Hifil Participle 12.3 Piel and Hifil Participles The Piel and Hifil Participles are characterized by a מ inflectional prefix throughout. Also, the vowel pattern of the masculine singular is the same as that of the Prefix pattern in the respective binyanim. מ פ קּ ד and Participle י פ קּ ד Piel Imperfect

92 Lesson מ פ ק יד and Participle י פ ק יד Hifil Imperfect The other participial forms are declined by adding the noun/adjective endings to the masculine singular form. Qal Piel Hifil MS פּוֹק ד מ פ קּ ד מ פ ק יד FS פּוֹק ד ה מ פ קּ ד ה מ פ ק יד ה מ פ ק יד ים מ פ קּ ד ים פּוֹק ד ים MP FP פּוֹק דוֹת מ פ קּ דוֹת מ פ ק ידוֹת attending mustering making oversee 12.4 Vocabulary #12 F high-place בּ מ ה Q pass over ע ב ר PREP behind, on behalf of בּ ע ד F burnt offering ע ל ה PN Jeremiah י ר מ י ה Q be righteous; HI justify צ ד ק HI congregate קהל speech; COMP (introduces direct ל אמ ר untranslatable) PI, HI make sacrifices smoke קטר Q wear; HI clothe ל ב שׁ M friend ר ע Q learn; PI teach ל מ ד Q be wicked; HI condemn ר שׁ ע M altar מ ז בּ ח Q break; PI shatter, break שׁ ב ר PI, HI spoil, destroy שׁחת NI hide oneself, be hid; HI conceal סתר F abomination תּוֹע ב ה

93 Lesson Exercises 1. Write the Imperfect paradigm for the following verbs in the binyan specified. Include the appropriate personal pronouns with each form. שׁחת Hifil קטר Piel צדק Hifil למד Piel 3MS 3MS 3MS 3MS 3FS 3FS 3FS 3FS 2MS 2MS 2MS 2MS 2FS 2FS 2FS 2FS 1CS 1CS 1CS 1CS 3MP 3MP 3MP 3MP 3FP 3FP 3FP 3FP 2MP 2MP 2MP 2MP 2FP 2FP 2FP 2FP 1CP 1CP 1CP 1CP 2. Translate the following. Identify and parse all the verbs in each sentence, and identify the way each participle you find is being used. כּ י מ שׁ ח ת ים א נ ח נוּ א ת ה מּ קוֹם ה זּ ה כּ י ג ד ל ה צ ע ק ת ם GL ל פ נ י י הו ה Gen 19:13* (a Exod 3:6 b) ו יּ א מ ר א נ כ י א לה י א ב י ך א לה י א ב ר ה ם א לה י י צ ח ק ו א לה י י ע ק ב ו יּ ס תּ ר מ שׁ ה פּ נ יו

94 Lesson Ezek 37:28 c) ו י ד עוּ ה גּוֹי ם כּ י א נ י י הו ה מ ק דּ שׁ א ת י שׂ ר א ל ו יּ שׁ מ עוּ ה כּ ה נ ים ו ה נּ ב א ים ו כ ל ה ע ם א ת י ר מ י הוּ PN מ ד בּ ר א ת ה דּ ב ר ים ה א לּ ה בּ ב ית י הו ה Jer 26:7 (d Gen 41:9 e) א ת ח ט א י GL א נ י מ ז כּ יר ה יּוֹם ו יּ אמ רוּ א ישׁ א ל ר ע הוּ מ י ע שׂ ה ה דּ ב ר ה זּ ה ו יּ ד ר שׁוּ ו י ב ק שׁוּ ו יּ אמ רוּ גּ ד עוֹן PN בּ ן יוֹא שׁ PN ע שׂ ה ה דּ ב ר ה זּ ה Judg 6:29 (f I Sam *22:23 g) כּ י א שׁ ר י ב קּ שׁ א ת נ פ שׁ י י ב קּ שׁ א ת נ פ שׁ ך II Kgs 17:11 h) ו י ק טּ רוּ שׁ ם בּ כ ל בּ מוֹת כּ גּוֹי ם Exod 9:34 i) ו יּ כ בּ ד ל בּוֹ הוּא ו ע ב ד יו Gen 37:16 j) ו יּ א מ ר א ת א ח י א נ כ י מ ב קּ שׁ Exod 6:27 (k ה ם ה מ ד בּ ר ים א ל פּ ר ע ה מ ל ך מ צ ר י ם Exod *31:13 l) כּ י א נ י י הו ה מ ק דּ שׁ א ת כ ם Gen 19:14 m) כּ י מ שׁ ח ית י הו ה א ת ה ע יר Prov *17:15 n) מ צ דּ יק ר שׁ ע וּמ ר שׁ יע צ דּ יק תּוֹע ב ת י הו ה גּ ם שׁ נ יה ם

95 Lesson Exod 32:19 o) ו יּ שׁ ל ך מ יּ דוֹ א ת ה לּ ח ת GL ו י שׁ בּ ר א ת ם תּ ח ת ה ה ר Deut 31:3 (p י הו ה א לה י ך הוּא ע ב ר ל פ נ י ך הוּא י שׁ מ יד א ת ה גּוֹי ם ה א לּ ה מ לּ פ נ י ך Deut *31:18 q) ו א נ כ י א ס תּ יר פּ נ י בּ יּוֹם ה הוּא ע ל כּ ל ה ר ע ה א שׁ ר ע שׂ ה Deut *4:1 r) ה ח קּ ים ו ה מּ שׁ פּ ט ים א שׁ ר א נ כ י מ ל מּ ד א ת כ ם I Chr 15:3 (s ו יּ ק ה ל דּ ו יד א ת כּ ל י שׂ ר א ל א ל י רוּשׁ ל ם Gen *27:15 t) ר ב ק ה ל ק ח ה א ת בּ ג ד י ע שׂ ו PN בּ נ הּ ה גּ ד ל ו תּ ל בּ שׁ א ת י ע ק ב בּ נ הּ ה קּ ט ן 3. From the items in your cumulative vocabulary create five sentences with at least one Piel or Hifil imperfect, past narrative, or participle each. a) b) c) d) e)

96 Lesson 13 Lesson Summary: Introduction to the Prefix Pattern Modal System י פ ק ד תּ פ ק ד א פ ק ד ה Jussive - Qal י פ קּ ד תּ פ קּ ד א פ קּ ד ה Piel י פ ק ד תּ פ ק ד א פ ק י ד ה Hifil ה פ ק ד Hifil פּ קּ ד Piel פּ ק ד Imperative - Qal Overview of the Biblical Hebrew Verbal System Prefix Pattern Modal Verbs 13.1 Introduction to the Prefix Pattern Modal System Biblical Hebrew has two distinct parts to its verb system. The first consists of verbs used to make statements the indicative system. The second consists of verbs used to express the will of the speaker the modal system. You studied for Hebrew class. (indicative) Study for Hebrew class! (modal) Let s study for Hebrew class. (modal) There are two categories of modal verbs in Biblical Hebrew: Jussives and Imperatives. Jussives The Jussive verb occurs in all three persons and expresses both positive and negative commands or wishes. When expressing א ל a negative command or wish, the Jussive is preceded by.(ל א (never (3:4 may he hide his face from them (Mic י ס תּ ר פּ נ יו מ ה ם me do not hide your face from א ל תּ ס תּ ר פּ נ י ך מ מּ נּ י (Ps 102:3) Jussives follow the prefix pattern and are identical to the Imperfect forms with two exceptions:

97 ת, Lesson ) In the Hifil some forms of the Jussive have (tsere) under R 2 instead of י (chiriq-yod). י פ ק ד 3MS Jussive (י פ ק יד (versus 3MS Imperfect תּ פ ק ד 3FS/2MS Jussive (תּ פ ק יד (versus 3FS/2MS Imperfect 2) The 1 st person Jussive forms (sometimes referred to as cohortatives) often end with ה in all binyanim. QAL PIEL HIFIL 1CS א פ ק ד ה א פ קּ ד ה א פ ק יד ה 1CP נ פ ק ד ה נ פ קּ ד ה נ פ ק יד ה attend to muster make oversee The ה suffix originally expressed action to/toward the speaker or on behalf of the speaker, and it periodically occurs on the Imperative and Past Narrative forms with this meaning. However, with first person Jussive forms, it has become conventionalized, and therefore its original sense is not always evident. Imperatives The Imperative verb occurs only in the 2 nd person. It expresses positive commands and wishes (it cannot be negated). (4:9 Guard your life very much (Deut שׁ מ ר נ פ שׁ ך מ א ד The form of the Imperative is identical to the Jussive minus the.(ה are replaced by נ and,א, י prefix (in the Hifil the QAL PIEL HIFIL 2MS פּ ק ד פּ קּ ד ה פ ק ד 2FS פּ ק ד י פּ קּ ד י ה פ ק יד י 2MP פּ ק דוּ פּ קּ דוּ ה פ ק ידוּ 2FP פּ ק ד נ ה פּ קּ ד נ ה ה פ ק ד נ ה attend to muster make oversee

98 Lesson The modal verbs are sometimes followed by א. נ This word most often signals a polite request or command (e.g., English please ), though it is not always necessary (or easy) to translate. ו ע תּ ה דּ בּ ר נ א א ל ה מּ ל ך now, speak, please, to the king (II Sam 13:13) 13.2 Overview of the Biblical Hebrew Verbal System The Biblical Hebrew verbal system is summarized in the following chart (excluding the participle). It consists of both modal forms (Jussive and Imperative) as well as indicative forms (Perfect, Imperfect, and Past). INDICATIVE FUNCTION MODAL FUNCTIONS SUFF PREF SUFF situation) Perfect: perfective (whole view of פּ ק ד poetry) Past Narrative(Preterite): past event in narrative (or (ו )יּ פ ק ד situation) Imperfect: imperfective (partial view of י פ ק ד Modal Perfect: contingent modality/command (וּ)פ ק ד (ל א Modal Imperfect: command or wish (it is negated with י פ ק ד PREF PREF (א ל Jussive: command or wish (any person; it is negated with י פ ק ד Imperative: command or wish (2nd person only; it cannot be פּ ק ד negated) The Perfect and Imperfect, although indicative forms, also have modal functions. This use of indicative verbs to express modal meanings is found in many other languages as well. For example, in English the Past Perfect verb is regularly used to express contrary-to-fact modality, as in the statement Had he known he would have been there, in which the use of the Past Perfect indicates that he did not know. The Biblical Hebrew Perfect can express contingent modality or commands/instructions (see 7.3). The imperfect may also express.(ל א commands, most often categorical negative prohibitions (with ל א תּ ר צ ח ל א תּ נ א ף ל א תּ ג נ ב Do not kill. Do not commit adultery. Do not steal. (Exod 20:13-15)

99 Lesson Vocabulary #13 (one) M one, each א ח ד M tongue, language ל שׁוֹן F gift, grain offering מ נ ח ה PREP/ADV behind, after א ח ר י,א ח ר ADJ another א ח ר M dwelling, tabernacle מ שׁ כּ ן PI bless בּר ך request) ADV please (polite נ א M generation דּוֹר Q lift up נ שׂ א PI praise הלל Q serve, work ע ב ד י מּ ים M sea; P י ם M transgression, iniquity ע ו ן Q go forth י צ א ADV now ע תּ ה Q fear י ר א F lip, shore שׂ פ ה (blood) Q pour out, shed שׁ פ ך כּ ל ים M vessel, utensil; P כּ ל י PI appease, atone כּפר תּ ו ך M midst (often with בּ תוֹ ך, ב in the PREP for the sake of; CONJ in ל מ ע ן midst of) order that Exercises 1. Write out the Imperative paradigm of the listed binyan for the following verbs. קדשׁ Hifil בּקשׁ Piel זכר Qal שׁמר Qal 2MS 2MS 2MS 2MS 2FS 2FS 2FS 2FS 2MP 2MP 2MP 2MP 2FP 2FP 2FP 2FP

100 Lesson Parse the following verb forms and translate. e) א ל תּ שׁ מ ד f) דּ בּ ר נ א g) בּ קּ שׁ נ ה (h a) שׁ מ ר י מ צ אוּ נ א ז כ ר י b) c) א ד ר שׁ ה d) ה שׁ ל ך 3. Translate the following. Identify and parse all of the verbs in each sentence. Gen 27:8 a) ו ע תּ ה ב נ י שׁ מ ע בּ ק ל י Gen 37:22 b) ו יּ א מ ר א ל ה ם ר אוּב ן PN א ל תּ שׁ פּ כוּ ד ם GL ה שׁ ל י כוּ א תוֹ א ל ה בּוֹר ה זּ ה א שׁ ר בּ מּ ד בּ ר ו י ד א ל תּ שׁ ל חוּ בוֹ Exod 28:1 c) ו א תּ ה ה ק ר ב א ל י ך א ת א ה ר ן א ח י ך ו א ת בּ נ יו א תּוֹ מ תּוֹ ך בּ נ י י שׂ ר א ל Psa 34:4 d) גּ דּ לוּ ל יהו ה א תּ י Psa *22:23 e) א ס פּ ר ה GL שׁ מ ך ל א ח י בּ תוֹ ך ק ה ל GL א ה לּ ל אוֹת ךּ Psa 45:18 f) א ז כּ י ר ה שׁ מ ך בּ כ ל דּ ר ו ד ר Psa 122:9 (g ל מ ע ן בּ ית י הו ה א לה י נוּ א ב ק שׁ ה טוֹב ל ך Deut 9:26 h) א ד נ י י הו ה א ל תּ שׁ ח ת ע מּ ך Deut *31:19 i) ו ע תּ ה כּ ת בוּ ל כ ם א ת ה שּׁ יר ה GL ה זּ את ו ל מּ ד אוֹת הּ א ת בּ נ י י שׂ ר א ל

101 Lesson Gen 50:4 (j א ם נ א מ צ את י ח ן GL בּ ע ינ יכ ם דּ בּ רוּ נ א בּ א ז נ י פ ר ע ה Deut 6:4 k) שׁ מ ע י שׂ ר א ל י הו ה א לה י נוּ י הו ה א ח ד Isa 5:3 (l ו ע תּ ה יוֹשׁ ב י רוּשׁ ל ם ו א ישׁ י הוּד ה שׁ פ טוּ נ א בּ ינ י וּב ין כּ ר מ י GL Ps 12:4 m) י כ ר ת י הו ה כּ ל שׂ פ ת י ח ל קוֹת GL ל שׁוֹן מ ד בּ ר ת גּ ד לוֹת ו י ד בּ ר י הו ה א ל מ שׁ ה לּ אמ ר א נ י י הו ה דּ בּ ר א ל פּ ר ע ה מ ל ך מ צ ר י ם א ת כּ ל א שׁ ר א נ י דּ ב ר א ל י ך Exod 6:29 (n Num 1:50 o) ו א תּ ה ה פ ק ד א ת ה ל ו יּ ם PN ע ל מ שׁ כּ ן ו ע ל כּ ל כּ ל יו ו ע ל כּ ל א שׁ ר לוֹ GL Deut *31:12 p) ה ק ה ל א ת ה ע ם ה א נ שׁ ים ו ה נּ שׁ ים ו ה טּ ף GL ו ג ר ך א שׁ ר בּ שׁ ע ר י ך ל מ ע ן י שׁ מ עוּ וּל מ ע ן י ל מ דוּ ו י ר אוּ א ת י הו ה א לה יכ ם ו שׁ מ רוּ א ת כּ ל דּ ב ר י ה תּוֹר ה ה זּ את 4. From the items in your cumulative vocabulary create five sentences with at least one jussive or imperative in each. a) b) c) d) e)

102 Lesson 14 Lesson Summary: Infinitive Construct - ה פ ק יד Hifil פּ קּ ד Piel פּ ק ד Qal Infinitive Absolute - ה פ ק ד Hifil פּ קּ ד Piel פּ קוֹד Qal Infinitive Construct 14.1 Infinitive Construct Infinitives, in contrast to the finite conjugations (Perfect, Imperfect, etc.), are not marked for person, gender, or number. Biblical Hebrew has two infinitive verbs: the Infinitive Construct and the Infinitive Absolute. The Infinitive Construct is equivalent in form to the 2MS Imperative in the same binyan, except in the Hifil. The Hifil Infinitive Construct has י (chiriq-yod) instead of (tsere) for the theme vowel. QAL PIEL HIFIL פּ ק ד פּ קּ ד ה פ ק יד to attend to muster to make oversee The Form of the Infinitive Construct is as follows: It can have pronominal suffixes expressing the subject or object of the infinitive. (2:35 your saying (Jer א מ ר ך (91:11 to keep you (Ps ל שׁ מ ר ך Note: The Qal Infinitive Construct (like the Imperative) often appears with (qamets chatuf) instead of (cholem) when suffixes are added. say to א מ ר saying your א מ ר ך keep to שׁ מ ר you to keep ל שׁ מ ר ך

103 Lesson It is often prefixed with an inseparable preposition. seek to ל ב קּ שׁ reigning ) when he reigns (lit., in his בּ מ ל כוֹ reigning ) when he reigns (lit., at his כּ מ ל כוֹ The Function of the Infinitive Construct is as follows: It can serve as the subject of another verb. ל א טוֹב ה יוֹת ה א ד ם ל ב דּוֹ the man being alone is not good (Gen 2:18) It can serve as the object of another verb. ה נּ ה ל א י ד ע תּ י דּ בּ ר Behold, I do not know (how) to speak (Jer 1:6) It can express purpose/result, usually with a ל preposition. כּ י י צ א שׁ אוּל ל ב קּ שׁ א ת נ פ שׁוֹ that Saul had gone out to seek his life (II Sam 23:15) It can be explanatory after the main verb (i.e., by -ing ). שׁ מוֹר א ת יוֹם ה שּׁ בּ ת ל ק דּ שׁוֹ Keep (INF ABS) the sabbath day by sanctifying it (Deut 5:12) It can express a temporal meaning with the בּ or כּ prepositions. בּ ן שׁ לשׁ ים שׁ נ ה דּ ו ד בּ מ ל כוֹ David was thirty years old when he became king (II Sam 5:4) כ מ ל כוֹ ה כּ ה א ת כּ ל בּ ית י ר ב ע ם As soon as he became king he struck down the whole house of Jeroboam (I Kgs 15:29) Note: With בּ the infinitive has a more general temporal sense, while with כּ it often refers to an immediately preceding event.

104 Lesson Infinitive Absolute 14.2 Infinitive Absolute The Infinitive Absolute in the Qal has a unique form. In the Piel the form is equivalent to the Infinitive Construct and 2MS Imperative, and in the Hifil the form is equivalent to the 2MS Imperative. QAL PIEL HIFIL פּ קוֹד פּ קּ ד ה פ ק ד to attend to muster to make oversee The Infinitive Absolute functions as follows: It is an adverb when it is used with a finite verb of the same root and binyan it expresses a modal nuance (e.g., doubt, necessity, possibility) as the context dictates. שׁ מוֹר תּ שׁ מ רוּ א ת מ צ ו ת י הו ה א לה יכ ם carefully keep the commandments of YHWH your God (Deut 6:17*) ה מ ל ך תּ מ ל ך ע ל י נוּ will you really reign over us? (Gen 37:8) It is occasionally used to replace finite verb forms, especially Imperatives. שׁ מוֹר א ת יוֹם ה שּׁ בּ ת ל ק דּ שׁוֹ keep the sabbath day by sanctifying it (Deut 5:12)

105 Lesson Vocabulary #14 ADV only, surely א ך Q go up ע ל ה M resident alien, stranger גּ ר ע צ ם F bone INTER (marker for yes and ה - F time ע ת no questions) ר בּ ים ADJ many, much; P ר ב Q overturn, destroy ה פ ך Q hate שׂ נ א PN Joseph יוֹס ף N swear (an oath); HI cause שׁבע (children) Q beget, bear י ל ד to swear complete, Q be complete; PI כּ ל ה M, F Sabbath, rest שׁ בּ ת finish M peace, well-being שׁ לוֹם F war, battle מ ל ח מ ה thirty שׁ לשׁ ים FS, MS three; P שׁ לשׁ ה,שׁ לשׁ Q rule מ שׁ ל Exercises 1. Parse and translate the following verbs. a) ה פ ך b) מ שׁ ל c) ה לוֹ ך d) כּ שׁ מ ע e) כּ ד בּ ר f) ה כ בּ ד g) ל ה ק דּ ישׁ h) בּ ה שׁ בּ יע 2. Translate the following. Identify and parse the verbs in each sentence. Exod *20:8 a) ז כוֹר א ת יוֹם ה שּׁ בּ ת ל ק דּ שׁ אוֹתוֹ Gen 19:29 b) ו י ה י בּ שׁ ח ת א לה ים א ת ע ר י ה כּ כּ ר GL ו יּ ז כּ ר א לה ים א ת א ב ר ה ם ו י שׁ לּ ח א ת לוֹט PN מ תּוֹ ך ה ה פ כ ה GL בּ ה פ ך א ת ה ע ר ים א שׁ ר י שׁ ב בּ ה ן לוֹט

106 Lesson I Sam 24:12 (c ה לוֹ ך ו ד בּ ר תּ א ל דּ ו ד כּ ה א מ ר י הו ה Gen 27:30 d) ו י ה י כּ א שׁ ר כּ לּ ה י צ ח ק ל ב ר ך א ת י ע ק ב ו י ה י א ך י צ א י צ א י ע ק ב מ א ת פּ נ י י צ ח ק א ב יו Prov *25:27 e) א כ ל דּ ב שׁ GL ר ב ל א טוֹב ו י ה י בּ שׁ כּ ן י שׂ ר א ל בּ א ר ץ ה ה וא ו יּ ל ך ר אוּב ן PN ו יּ שׁ כּ ב א ת בּ ל ה ה GL א ב יו ו יּ שׁ מ ע י שׂ ר א ל PN Gen 35:22 (f פּ יל ג שׁ Gen 36:31 g) ו א לּ ה ה מּ ל כ ים א שׁ ר מ ל כוּ בּ א ר ץ א דוֹם PN ל פ נ י מ ל ך מ ל ך ל ב נ י י שׂ ר א ל Gen *24:30 h) וּכ שׁ מ עוֹ ל ב ן PN א ת דּ ב ר י ר ב ק ה א ח תוֹ ל אמ ר כּ ה ד בּ ר א ל י ה א ישׁ Gen 37:8 i) ו יּ אמ רוּ לוֹ א ח יו ה מ ל ך תּ מ ל ך ע ל י נוּ א ם מ שׁוֹל תּ מ שׁ ל בּ נוּ Gen 41:46* (j ו יוֹס ף בּ ן שׁ לשׁ ים שׁ נ ה ב ע מ דוֹ ל פ נ י פּ ר ע ה מ ל ך מ צ ר י ם 3. From the items in your cumulative vocabulary create five sentences with at least one infinitive construct or absolute in each. a) b) c)

107 Lesson d) e)

108 Lesson 15 Lesson Summary: The Passive-Reflexive Binyanim Nifal Pual Hitpael Hofal ה פ ק ד ה ת פּ קּ ד פּ קּ ד נ פ ק ד Passive- Reflexive Binyanim Passive- Reflexive Perfect 15.1 Introduction to the Passive-Reflexive Binyanim Lesson 11 introduced the various verbal binyanim and their valency relationships. Lessons then introduced the Perfect, Imperfect, etc., for the active binyanim: Qal, Piel, and Hifil. This lesson provides paradigms for the passive-reflexive binyanim: Nifal, Pual, Hitpael, and Hofal Perfect Conjugation in the Passive-Reflexive Binyanim NIFAL PUAL HITPAEL HOFAL 3MS נ פ ק ד פּ קּ ד ה ת פּ קּ ד ה פ ק ד 3FS נ פ ק ד ה פּ קּ ד ה ה ת פּ קּ ד ה ה פ ק ד ה ה פ ק ד תּ ה ת פּ קּ ד תּ פּ קּ ד תּ נ פ ק ד תּ 2MS ה פ ק ד תּ ה ת פּ קּ ד תּ פּ קּ ד תּ נ פ ק ד תּ 2FS ה פ ק ד תּ י ה ת פּ קּ ד תּ י פּ קּ ד תּ י נ פ ק ד תּ י 1CS 3CP נ פ ק דוּ פּ קּ דוּ ה ת פּ קּ דוּ ה פ ק דוּ 2MP נ פ ק ד תּ ם פּ קּ ד תּ ם ה ת פּ קּ ד תּ ם ה פ ק ד תּ ם 2FP נ פ ק ד תּ ן פּ קּ ד תּ ן ה ת פּ קּ ד תּ ן ה פ ק ד תּ ן 1CP נ פ ק ד נוּ פּ קּ ד נוּ ה ת פּ קּ ד נוּ ה פ ק ד נוּ be attended to be mustered be mustered be made to oversee Characteristics of the passive-reflexive Perfect: Nifal: נ prefix. Pual: u-class ( or ) vowel under R 1, doubled R 2. Hitpael: ה ת prefix, doubled R 2..(ה or ה ( prefix Hofal: u-class vowel under the

109 Lesson Passive- Reflexive Imperfect 15.3 Imperfect Conjugation in the Passive-Reflexive Binyanim NIFAL PUAL HITPAEL HOFAL 3MS י פּ ק ד י פ קּ ד י ת פּ קּ ד י פ ק ד 3FS תּ פּ ק ד תּ פ קּ ד תּ ת פּ קּ ד תּ פ ק ד 2MS תּ פ ק ד תּ ת פּ קּ ד תּ פ קּ ד תּ פּ ק ד 2FS תּ פ ק ד י תּ ת פּ קּ ד י תּ פ קּ ד י תּ פּ ק ד י 1CS א פ ק ד א ת פּ קּ ד א פ קּ ד א פּ ק ד 3MP י פּ ק דוּ י פ קּ דוּ י ת פּ קּ דוּ י פ ק דוּ 3FP תּ פּ ק ד נ ה תּ פ קּ ד נ ה תּ ת פּ קּ ד נ ה תּ פ ק ד נ ה 2MP תּ פ ק דוּ תּ ת פּ קּ דוּ תּ פ קּ דוּ תּ פּ ק דוּ 2FP תּ פ ק ד נ ה תּ ת פּ קּ ד נ ה תּ פ קּ ד נ ה תּ פּ ק ד נ ה 1CP נ פּ ק ד נ פ קּ ד נ ת פּ קּ ד נ פ ק ד be attended to be mustered be mustered be made to oversee Characteristics of the passive-reflexive Prefix pattern: Nifal: doubled R 1 with (a-class qamets) Pual: under the prefix, u-class ( or ) vowel under R 1, doubled R 2. Hitpael: ת after the prefix, doubled R 2. Hofal: u-class vowel under the prefix ( or ). Passive- Reflexive Imperative and Jussive 15.4 Imperative and Jussive in the Passive-Reflexive Binyanim As in the active binyanim, the modal forms for the passive-reflexive binyanim are based upon the Prefix pattern. The passive-reflexive Jussive is identical to the Prefix pattern. The Imperative and 1 st Person Jussive do not occur in the passive binyanim (i.e., Pual and Hofal). The Nifal Imperative generally occurs with that binyan s reflexive

110 sense (as opposed to its passive sense). Imperative: Lesson NIFAL HITPAEL 2MS ה פּ ק ד ה ת פּ קּ ד 2FS ה פּ ק ד י ה ת פּ קּ ד י 2MP ה פּ ק דוּ ה ת פּ קּ דוּ 2FP ה פּ ק ד נ ה ה ת פּ קּ ד נ ה Characteristics of the passive-reflexive Imperatives: Nifal: ה prefix doubled R 1 with (a-class qamets) Hitpael: ה ת prefix doubled R 2. 1 st Person Jussive: NIFAL HITPAEL 1CS א פּ ק ד ה א ת פּ קּ ד ה 1CP נ פּ ק ד ה נ ת פּ קּ ד ה Passive- Reflexive Infinitives 15.5 Infinitives in the Passive-Reflexive Binyanim NIFAL HITPAEL HOFAL INF CST ה פּ ק ד ה ת פּ קּ ד ה פ ק ד INF ABS ה פּ ק ד,נ פ ק ד ה ת פּ קּ ד ה פ ק ד to be attended to to be mustered to be made to oversee There is only one occurrence each of a Pual Infinitive Construct, (Gen 40:15), in the פּ קּ ד Absolute, (Ps 132:1), and Infinitive פּ קּ ד Hebrew Bible. The Hofal Infinitives are also rare; so is the Hitpael Infinitive Absolute, which has the same form as the Infinitive Construct. The Nifal has two alternate forms of the Infinitive Absolute.

111 Lesson Passive- Reflexive Participle 15.6 Participles in the Passive-Reflexive Binyanim NIFAL PUAL HITPAEL HOFAL MS נ פ ק ד מ פ קּ ד מ ת פּ קּ ד מ פ ק ד FS נ פ ק ד ה מ פ קּ ד ה מ ת פּ קּ ד ה מ פ ק ד ה MP נ פ ק ד ים מ פ קּ ד ים מ ת פּ קּ ד ים מ פ ק ד ים FP נ פ ק דוֹת מ פ קּ דוֹת מ ת פּ קּ דוֹת מ פ ק דוֹת being attended to being mustered being mustered being made to oversee Characteristics of the passive-reflexive participles: Nifal: נ prefix, (a-class qamets) under R 2. Pual: מ prefix, u-class vowel under R 1 ( or ), doubled R 2. Hitpael: מ ת prefix, doubled R 2. (מ or מ ( prefix Hofal: u-class vowel under the 15.7 Vocabulary #15 ADV also, even, moreover א ף HIT pray פּלל M garden גּ ן פּ ע ם M step, time M multitude ה מוֹן Q open פּ ת ח F wall חוֹמ ה successful; Q prosper, be צ ל ח M donkey ח מוֹר HI make successful M violence ח מ ס Q PI bury ק ב ר Q take, receive ל ק ח Q buy, acquire ק נ ה F family, clan מ שׁ פּ ח ה Q be whole; PI reward, pay back שׁ ל ם ADV still, yet, again עוֹד

112 Lesson Exercises 1. Write out the full paradigm for ק ד שׁ in the passive-reflexive conjugations. NIFAL PUAL HITPAEL HOFAL PERF 3MS 3FS 2MS 2FS 1CS 3CP 2MP 2FP 1CP IMPF 3MS 3FS 2MS 2FS 1CS

113 Lesson NIFAL PUAL HITPAEL HOFAL 3MP 3FP 2MP 2FP 1CP IMPV 2MS 2FS 2MP 2FP INF CST ABS PTCP MS FS MP FP

114 2. Parse and translate the following verb forms. Lesson f) מ שׁ לּ ח g) מ ת פּ לּ ל ים h) ה שּׁ ח ת (i (j a) ה ת ק דּ שׁוּ נ כ בּ ד י מ ל ך (b (c (d נ שׁ בּ רוּ ו נ ס ת ר ה י שׁ ל ח e) תּ כ פּ ר 3. Translate the following. Identify and parse the verbs in each sentence. Gen 34:19 a) ו הוּא נ כ בּ ד מ כּ ל בּ ית א ב יו Gen 44:3 (b ו ה א נ שׁ ים שׁ לּ חוּ ה מּ ה ו ח מ ר יה ם Gen 3:8 c) ו יּ שׁ מ עוּ א ת קוֹל י הו ה א לה ים מ ת ה לּ ך בּ גּ ן ל רוּח ה יּוֹם II Sam 20:21 d) ו תּ א מ ר ה א שּׁ ה א ל יוֹא ב PN ה נּ ה ר אשׁוֹ מ שׁ ל ך א ל י ך בּ ע ד ה חוֹמ ה ו יּ א מ ר ה א ד ם ז את ה פּ ע ם ע צ ם מ ע צ מ י וּב שׂ ר מ בּ שׂ ר י ל ז את י קּ ר א א שּׁ ה כּ י מ א ישׁ ל ק ח ה זּ את Gen 2:23 (e כּ י י ד ע א לה ים כּ י בּ יוֹם א כ ל כ ם מ מּ נּוּ ו נ פ ק חוּ ע ינ יכ ם ו ה י ית ם כּ א לה ים י ד ע י טוֹב ו ר ע Gen 3:5 (f Prov 16:6 g) בּ ח ס ד ו א מ ת י כ פּ ר ע ו ן

115 Lesson Gen 3:7 h) ו תּ פּ ק ח נ ה GL ע ינ י שׁ נ יה ם ו יּ ד עוּ כּ י ע יר מּ ם GL ה ם Prov 11:31 (i ה ן צ דּ יק בּ א ר ץ י שׁ לּ ם א ף כּ י ר שׁ ע ו חוֹט א Gen 20:17 j) ו יּ ת פּ לּ ל א ב ר ה ם א ל ה א לה ים Ezek 16:5 k) ו תּ שׁ ל כ י א ל פּ נ י ה שּׂ ד ה Gen 5:24 l) ו יּ ת ה לּ ך ח נוֹ ך PN א ת ה א לה ים Gen 6:11 m) ו תּ שּׁ ח ת ה א ר ץ ל פ נ י ה א לה ים ו תּ מּ ל א ה א ר ץ ח מ ס Gen 25:10 n) ה שּׂ ד ה א שׁ ר ק נ ה א ב ר ה ם מ א ת בּ נ י ח ת א שׁ תּוֹ PN שׁ מּ ה ק בּ ר א ב ר ה ם ו שׂ ר ה 4. From the items in your cumulative vocabulary create five sentences with at least one construct phrase each. a) b) c) d) e)

116 Note to student: from this chapter onward word stress ( ) will rarely be marked for you. Lesson 16 Lesson Summary: Using the Lexicon Dynamic and Stative Verbs 16.1 Using a Lexicon At this point in your study of Biblical Hebrew, you should begin to transition from using our glossary to using a full-scale lexicon. Unlike dictionaries, which provide definitions of words and rules of usage, lexica provide glosses from one language to another. In addition, lexica for ancient languages often provide attested forms of words as well as examples taken from ancient texts. In this section, you will be introduced to the basic steps for using a lexicon for Biblical Hebrew. Following this discussion are sample pages from the Hebrew lexicon edited by Brown, Driver, and Briggs (BDB) with sidebar notes explaining the layout of the entries. Step 1: Identify the three-letter root and look it up in the lexicon. Step 2a: If the word is a verb, identify the binyan (see the Parsing Flow Chart in the Appendix B for help). Step 2b: If multiple meanings are listed for the binyan, determine which meaning best fits the context for your passage. The lexicon may reference the verse on which you are working; this is the editors opinion of which meaning best suits the passage. Step 3a: If the word is a noun, look for its entry after the entry for the verbal root. Step 3b: Same as Step 2b.

117 Lesson Verbs Verbs are listed in 3MS Perfect form. The most common meanings are given in bold. In parentheses are attestations and basic meanings of the root in other Semitic languages. Entries are arranged by binyan as follows: Qal, Niph., Pi., Pu., Hithp., Hiph., Hoph. A partial listing of conjugated forms is provided for each binyan. Multiple meanings are given in outline form A.1.a. with italicized glosses.

118 Lesson Nouns Nouns are listed after the related verbal root. Identification as noun (n.) and gender (m. or f.) follow the form. Then the most common meanings are listed in bold. A partial listing of declined forms is given. Multiple meanings are arranged in outline form 2.a. with italicized glosses. Dynamic and Stative 16.2 Dynamic and Stative Verbs The semantic distinction between dynamic and stative forms a basic division among verbs. Dynamic verbs refer to events or movements. Stative verbs refer to states or qualities. In English, stative verbs are distinguished from dynamic verbs not only by their basic meaning (i.e., state versus event), but in their

119 Lesson semantic limitations: stative verbs do not usually appear in progressive conjugations (*He was knowing) or as imperatives (*Know!). In Biblical Hebrew, statives not only have semantic limitations (statives are usually used intransitively, i.e., without an object), but are also distinguished from dynamics morphologically. The vowel patterns in dynamic and stative verbs usually contrast with each other in both the Suffix Pattern and Prefix Pattern. Dynamic Suffix Pattern Stative Suffix Pattern attended he פּ ק ד = heavy he is/was כּ ב ד = small he is/was ק ט ן Dynamic Prefix Pattern Stative Prefix Pattern attend he will י פ ק ד = heavy he will be י כ בּ ד = small he will be י ק ט ן Note: All III-Gutturals verbs have a Prefix Pattern like the statives, whether they are semantically dynamic or stative (see.י שׁ ל ח :(17.3 Stative verbs do not have an active Participle form, but often have an adjective form equivalent to the 3MS Perfect form. 3MS Perfect MSA adjective heavy he is/was כּ ב ד = heavy כּ ב ד = Stative verbs in the Perfect Conjugation may express a present state or a past state. ו ח טּ את ם כּ י כ ב ד ה מ א ד (and) their sin, indeed, is very heavy (= serious) (Gen 18:20) ו ע ינ י י שׂ ר א ל כּ ב דוּ מ זּ ק ן (and) Israel s eyes were heavy (= dim) from age (Gen 48:10)

120 Lesson Stative verbs may express either a state or the inception of or entrance into a state (i.e., became). כּ י ג ד ל ה צ ע ק ת ם א ת פּ נ י י הו ה for their outcry has become great before the YHWH (Gen 19:13) 16.3 Vocabulary #16 Q tread, march דּ ר ך ADJ clean, innocent, exempt נ ק י Q be wise ח כ ם Q be small, insignificant ק ט ן Q be polluted, profane ח נ ף Q rejoice, be glad שׂ מ ח Q be bereaved, childless שׁ כ ל Q rise, come forth, appear ז ר ח F work מ ל אכ ה שׁ מ שׁ M/F sun Exercises 1. Translate the following verses. Look up in BDB and identify/parse the boxed words. Determine the best meaning for the word in the context. Neh 1:7 a) ח ב ל ח ב ל נוּ ל ך ו ל א שׁ מ ר נוּ א ת ה מּ צ ו ת ו א ת ה ח קּ ים Hab 3:15 b) דּ ר כ תּ ב יּ ם סוּס י ך ח מ ר מ י ם ר בּ ים פּ ק ד יה ם ל מ טּ ה ר אוּב ן שׁ שּׁ ה GL ו א ר בּ ע ים GL א ל ף ו ח מ שׁ GL מ אוֹת GL Num 1:21 (c Isa 59:1 d) ה ן GL ל א ק צ ר ה י ד י הו ה מ הוֹשׁ יע ו ל א כ ב ד ה א ז נוֹ מ שּׁ מוֹע Josh 2:7 (e ו ה א נ שׁ ים ר ד פוּ א ח ר יה ם דּ ר ך ה יּ ר דּ ן PN

121 Lesson GL בּ ג נ ב תוֹ GL א ם ז ר ח ה ה שּׁ מ שׁ ע ל יו דּ מ ים לוֹ שׁ לּ ם י שׁ לּ ם א ם א ין לוֹ ו נ מ כּ ר Exod 22:2 f) 2. Parse and translate the following verbs and indicate whether each verb is dynamic or stative. f) י ק דּ שׁ a) י ח כּ ם ו יּ ק בּ ר ק ט נ תּ י (g (h b) שׁ כ ל תּ י c) תּ ד ר ך d) ח ז ק i) מ שׁ ל תּ GL ו תּ ח נ ף j) תּ שׂ מ ח נ ה (e 3. Translate the following. Identify and parse the verbs in each sentence (also indicate whether the verbs are dynamic or stative). Gen *24:1 a) ו א ב ר ה ם ז ק ן בּ יּ מ ים ו יהו ה בּ ר ך א ת א ב ר ה ם בּ כּ ל Gen *27:45 b) ו שׁ ל ח תּ י וּל ק ח תּ י אוֹת ך מ שּׁ ם ל מ ה א שׁ כּ ל גּ ם שׁ נ יכ ם יוֹם א ח ד Gen 41:57 (c ו כ ל ה א ר ץ בּ אוּ ל מ צ ר י ם ל שׁ בּ ר GL א ל יוֹס ף כּ י ח ז ק ה ר ע ב בּ כ ל ה א ר ץ Deut 12:12 d) וּשׂ מ ח תּ ם ל פ נ י י הו ה א לה יכ ם א תּ ם וּב נ יכ ם וּב נ ת יכ ם ו ע ב ד יכ ם ו א מ ה ת יכ ם ו ה לּ ו י PN א שׁ ר בּ שׁ ע ר יכ ם כּ י א ין לוֹ ח ל ק GL ו נ ח ל ה GL א תּ כ ם ו תּ ק ט ן עוֹד ז את בּ ע ינ י ך א ד נ י י הו ה ו תּ ד בּ ר גּ ם א ל בּ ית ע ב דּ ך ל מ ר חוֹק GL II Sam 7:19

122 Lesson ו תּ שׁ ל ם כּ ל ה מּ ל אכ ה א שׁ ר ע שׂ ה ה מּ ל ך שׁ למ ה PN בּ ית י הו ה ו יּ ב א שׁ למ ה א ת ק ד שׁ י דּ ו ד א ב יו א ת ה כּ ס ף ו א ת ה זּ ה ב ו א ת ה כּ ל ים נ ת ן בּ א צ רוֹת GL בּ ית י הו ה I Kgs 7:51 ו יּ שׁ פּ כוּ ד ם GL נ ק י דּ ם בּ נ יה ם וּב נוֹת יה ם א שׁ ר ז בּ חוּ ל ע צ בּ י GL כ נ ע ן ו תּ ח נ ף GL ה א ר ץ בּ דּ מ ים Ps 106:38 Prov 15:20 בּ ן ח כ ם י שׂ מּ ח א ב Prov 23:15 בּ נ י א ם ח כ ם ל בּ ך י שׂ מ ח ל בּ י ג ם א נ י

123 ה, Lesson 17 Lesson Summary: Introduction to Guttural Verbs ח ז ק ע מ ד Verbs: I-Guttural בּ ר ך שׁ ח ט Verbs: II-Guttural שׁ ל ח Verbs: III-Guttural Guttural Verbs 17.1 Introduction to Guttural Verbs You should remember from Lesson 2 (2.5) that the guttural consonants ( ח,א and (ע have three main characteristics. Characteristic #1: Gutturals (and (ר cannot be lengthened (i.e., they cannot have a dagesh chazaq). Characteristic #2: Gutturals prefer a-class vowels (placed both before and after). Characteristic #3: Gutturals usually have a compound sheva instead of a simple sheva. In this lesson, we will study how these three characteristics affect verbs that have guttural consonants for their first (I-Guttural), second (II-Guttural), or third (III-Guttural) radicals. I-Guttural Verbs 17.2 I-Guttural Verbs #1: Nifal Imperfect has a (tsere) prefix vowel instead of the normal (chiriq) to compensate for the fact that the guttural consonant cannot take a dagesh chazaq. (י פּ ק ד (compare to י ע מ ד* instead of י ע מ ד #2: Qal Imperfect Dynamic verbs have a (patach) prefix vowel instead of (chiriq). Qal Imperfect Stative verbs have a (segol) prefix vowel instead of (chiriq).

124 Lesson (י פ ק ד (compare י ע מ ד* instead of י ע מ ד (י כ בּ ד (compare י ח ז ק* instead of י ח ז ק Note: Both dynamic and stative 1CS Qal Impf. Have (segol) as א ח ז ק and א ע מ ד vowel: the prefix #3: Qal Imperative and Infinite Construct will have (chatef patach) under the first radical. (פּ ק ד (compare ע מ ד* instead of ע מ ד Note: In I-Guttural verbs, the chatef vowel will always be the same class as that of the preceding vowel (where there is one). Imperfect) (Hifil 3MS Perfect and י ע מ יד ה ע מ יד Note: The chatef vowel may change to a full vowel if the vowel in the following syllable is reduced to a sheva. Imperfect) (Qal 3MP י ע מ דוּ (Qal 3MS Imperfect) BUT י ע מ ד I-Guttural: Representative Forms QAL DYNAMIC STATIVE PERF ע מ ד ח ז ק נ ע מ ד IMPF י ח ז ק י ע מ ד י ע מ ד PAST ו יּ ח ז ק ו יּ ע מ ד ו יּ ע מ ד IMPV ע מ ד ח ז ק ה ע מ ד INF CST ע מ ד ח ז ק ה ע מ ד INF ABS ח זוֹק ע מוֹד ה ע מ ד נ ע מ ד PTCP עוֹמ ד ח ז ק נ ע מ ד NIFAL PI, PU, HITP HIFIL HOFAL R E G U L A R ה ע מ ד י ע מ ד ו יּ ע מ ד ה ע מ ד ה ע מ ד מ ע מ ד ה ע מ יד י ע מ יד ו יּ ע מ ד ה ע מ ד ה ע מ יד ה ע מ ד מ ע מ יד 17.3 II-Guttural Verbs II-Guttural Verbs #1: The Piel, Pual, and Hitpael binyanim do not have their characteristic dagesh chazaq in R 2. The preceding vowel may lengthen. Before ר the vowel always lengthens: (פּ קּ ד (compare בּ רּ ך* instead of בּ ר ך

125 Lesson Before א the vowel usually lengthens: בּ אּ ר* instead of בּ א ר Before,ה,ח or ע the vowel usually does not lengthen: נ ח ם* instead of נ ח ם #2: Qal Imperfect and Imperative have an a-class theme vowel with both stative and dynamic roots. Stative: י א ה ב (expected) (י פ ק ד (compare י שׁ ח ט* instead of י שׁ ח ט Dynamic: #3: R 2 has a compound sheva instead of a simple sheva when the verb ends in a vocalic inflectional suffix in all binyanim except for the Hifil. (פּ ק ד ה (compare בּ ח ר ה* instead of בּ ח ר ה (פּ ק דוּ (compare בּ ח רוּ* instead of בּ ח רוּ בּ ר כוּ sheva: does not always require a compound ר Note: II-Guttural: Representative Forms (two different roots appear in this paradigm since none appears in all binyanim) QAL NIFAL PIEL PUAL HITPAEL PERF שׁ ח ט נ שׁ ח ט בּ ר ך בּ ר ך ה ת בּ ר ך IMPF י שׁ ח ט י שּׁ ח ט י ב ר ך י ב ר ך י ת בּ ר ך PAST ו יּ שׁ ח ט ו יּ שּׁ ח ט ו י ב ר ך ו י ב ר ך ו יּ ת בּ ר ך IMPV שׁ ח ט ה שּׁ ח ט בּ ר ך ה ת בּ ר ך INF CST שׁ ח ט ה שּׁ ח ט בּ ר ך ה ת בּ ר ך INF ABS שׁ חוֹט נ שׁ ח ט בּ ר ך בּ רוֹך ה ת בּ ר ך PTCP שׁוֹח ט נ שׁ ח ט מ ב ר ך מ ב ר ך מ ת בּ ר ך Note: The Hifil and Hofal binyanim are regular III-Guttural Verbs III-Guttural Verbs #1: There is often no effect on III-Guttural verbs י שׁ ל חוּ שׁ ל חוּ

126 ס, Lesson #2: Some forms have an a-class theme vowel. (י פ ק ד (compare י שׁ לח* instead of י שׁ ל ח (ה פ ק ד (compare ה שׁ ל ח* (HIF 2MS IMV) instead of ה שׁ ל ח BUT, some non-a-class theme vowels remain. In these cases, a furtive patach appears before R 3. (ה פ ק יד (compare ה שׁ ל יח* ה instead of שׁ ל יח #3: When III-Guttural verbs have object suffixes (discussed in Lesson 18), the linking vowel is often a compound sheva instead of a simple sheva. (א פ ק ד ך (compare א שׁ ל ח ך* instead of א שׁ ל ח ך III-Guttural: Representative Forms QAL NIFAL PIEL PUAL HITPAEL HIFIL HOFAL PERF שׁ ל ח נ שׁ ל ח שׁ לּ ח שׁ לּ ח ה שׁ תּ לּ ח ה שׁ ל יח ה שׁ ל ח IMPF י שׁ ל ח י שּׁ ל ח י שׁ לּ ח י שׁ לּ ח י שׁ תּ לּ ח י שׁ ל יח י שׁ ל ח PAST ו יּ שׁ ל ח ו יּ שּׁ ל ח ו י שׁ לּ ח ו י שׁ לּ ח ו יּ שׁ תּ לּ ח ו יּ שׁ ל ח ו יּ שׁ ל ח IMPV שׁ ל ח ה שּׁ ל ח שׁ לּ ח ה שׁ תּ לּ ח ה שׁ ל ח INF ה שׁ ל יח ה שׁ תּ לּ ח שׁ לּ ח ה שּׁ ל ח שׁ לח CST INF ה שׁ ל ח ה שׁ ל ח ה שׁ תּ לּ ח שׁ לּ ח נ שׁ לח שׁ לוֹח ABS מ שׁ ל ח מ שׁ ל יח מ שׁ תּ לּ ח מ שׁ לּ ח מ שׁ לּ ח נ שׁ ל ח שׁוֹל ח PTCP Note: The infixed ת of the Hitpael and R 1 of roots that begin with a שׂ, צ,ז switches places with a ת sibilant undergo metathesis, i.e., the.שׁ or

127 Lesson Vocabulary #17 Q support; HI believe א מ ן Q subdue, dominate כּ ב שׁ M guilt, guilt offering א שׁ ם M meeting, appointed time מוֹע ד Q choose בּ ח ר F chariot מ ר כּ ב ה Q PI commit adultery נ א ף Q be strong; PI strengthen; HI ח ז ק seize, grasp NI be sorry, regret, comforted; PI נחם Q think, devise; NI be reckoned ח שׁ ב comfort, console F dove; PN Jonah יוֹנ ה F congregation ע ד ה פּ ת ח M deliverance, rescue, salvation י שׁ ע M opening Q slaughter שׁ ח ט Exercises 1. Parse the following Guttural verbs. ו יּ ע ז ב f) g) בּ ח ר י י ח שׁ ב h) i) שׁ כ נ נוּ (j a) מ נ א ף נ ח מוּ ו יּ שׁ ל ח b) c) ה א מ ינוּ י נ ח מוּ d) e) בּ ט ח 2. Translate the following verses. Identify and parse the verbs in each sentence. Gen 50:20* (a ו א תּ ם ח שׁ ב תּ ם ע ל י ר ע ה א לה ים ח שׁ ב אוֹת הּ ל ט ב ה Exod 10:20 b) ו י ח זּ ק י הו ה א ת ל ב פּ ר ע ה ו ל א שׁ לּ ח א ת בּ נ י י שׂ ר א ל

128 Lesson I Kgs 22:35 c) ו ה מּ ל ך ה י ה מ ע מ ד בּ מּ ר כּ ב ה Gen *24:67 d) ו תּ ה י לוֹ ל א שּׁ ה ו יּ א ה ב אוֹת הּ ו יּ נּ ח ם י צ ח ק א ח ר י א מּוֹ Exod 17:9 e) ו יּ אמ ר מ שׁ ה א ל י הוֹשׁ ע בּ ח ר ל נוּ א נ שׁ ים Lev 7:2 f) בּ מ קוֹם א שׁ ר י שׁ ח טוּ א ת ה ע ל ה י שׁ ח טוּ א ת ה א שׁ ם ו יּ קּ ה לוּ כּ ל ע ד ת בּ נ י י שׂ ר א ל שׁ לה PN ו יּ שׁ כּ ינוּ שׁ ם א ת א ה ל מוֹע ד ו ה א ר ץ נ כ בּ שׁ ה ל פ נ יה ם Josh 18:1 (g Isa 40:1 (h נ ח מוּ נ ח מוּ ע מּ י י אמ ר א לה יכ ם Deut 5:18 (i ו ל א תּ נ א ף Gen 9:1 (j ו י ב ר ך א לה ים א ת נ ח ו א ת בּ נ יו Gen 8:8 k) ו י שׁ לּ ח א ת ה יּוֹנ ה מ א תּוֹ Gen 26:29* (l ו נּ שׁ לּ ח אוֹת ך בּ שׁ לוֹם Gen 18:10 (m ו ה נּ ה ב ן ל שׂ ר ה א שׁ תּ ך ו שׂ ר ה שׁ מ ע ת פּ ת ח ה א ה ל Exod 5:2 n) ו יּ אמ ר פּ ר ע ה מ י י הו ה א שׁ ר א שׁ מ ע בּ ק לוֹ ל שׁ לּ ח א ת י שׂ ר א ל ל א י ד ע תּ י א ת י הו ה ו ג ם א ת י שׂ ר א ל ל א א שׁ לּ ח

129 Lesson ו יּ אמ ר נ ת ן PN א ל בּ ת שׁ ב ע PN א ם שׁ למ ה PN ל אמ ר ה לוֹא שׁ מ ע תּ כּ י מ ל ך א ד נ יּ הוּ PN ב ן ח גּ ית PN ו א ד נ ינוּ ד ו ד ל א י ד ע I Kgs 1:11 (o Isa 17:10 p) כּ י שׁ כ ח תּ א לה י י שׁ ע ך

130 Lesson 18 Lesson Summary: Introduction to Weak Verbs Object Pronouns Suffixed to Verbs Weak Verbs 18.1 Introduction to Weak Verbs The paradigms in this book use the root פקד because it has regular consonants (i.e., no gutturals or glides). It is a strong verb. Biblical Hebrew, however, contains many more weak verbs than strong. Weak verbs have one or more weak (e.g., glide) consonants in the root that may affect the form s vowel pattern. Weak verbs fall into one of four main classes (Roman numerals are used to refer to the position of the weak letter in the root): Roots that begin or end with :א I-Alef, III-Alef Roots that begin with :נ I-Nun Roots with ו or י (i.e., glides): I-Vav/Yod, II-Vav/Yod, III-He (originally III-Vav/Yod) Roots with an identical consonant in second and third positions: II-III The chart below lists all the classes of weak verbs: Class Traditional Name Examples Lesson Studied I-Alef Pe Alef א מ ר 19 III-Alef Lamed Alef מ צ א 19 I-Nun Pe Nun נ פ ל 20 I-Vav/Yod Pe Vav/Yod י שׁ ב י ר שׁ 21 III-He Lamed He גּ ל ה 22 II-Vav/Yod Ayin Vav/Yod קוּם שׂ ים 23 II-III Ayin Ayin ס ב ב 24 Biblical Hebrew also has doubly-weak roots (Lesson 25). These roots have more than one weak consonant. Some frequently

131 occurring doubly-weak roots are listed here. Lesson I-Nun, III-He נ ט ה I-Alef, III-He א ב ה II-Vav/Yod, III-Alef בּוֹא I-Vav/Yod, III-He י ר ה II-Vav/Yod, III-He ה י ה I-Vav/Yod, III-Alef י צ א I-Nun, III-Alef נ שׂ א Suffixed Object Pronouns 18.2 Object Pronouns Suffixed to Verbs Lesson 7 introduced suffixed pronouns that express objects when.(א ת/א ת ) added to prepositions or the direct object marker Suffixed object pronouns can also be added directly to verbs. When added to finite verbs these pronouns express the object of the verb (just as suffixes that are added to the direct object marker). him He visited פּ ק דוֹ = פּ ק ד אוֹתוֹ Suffixes added to a verb ending in a vowel 1) Suffixes added to any verb ending in a Vowel 3MS 3FS 2MS 2FS 1CS 3MP 3FP 2MP 2FP 1CP -ו / -הוּ -ה - ך - ך -נ י -ם -ן -כ ם -כ ן -נוּ פּ ק דוּ הוּ (פּ ק ד תּ יו) פּ ק דוּ ה פּ ק דוּ ך פּ ק דוּ ך פּ ק דוּ נ י פּ ק דוּם פּ ק דוּן פּ ק דוּכ ם פּ ק דוּכ ן פּ ק דוּ נוּ they visited him ( I visited him ) they visited her they visited you they visited you they visited me they visited them they visited them they visited you they visited you they visited us Note: Several verb forms are altered before suffixed pronouns: 2FS Suff him you (FS)/I visited - תּ תּ י פּ ק ד תּ יו 2MP/2FP Suff them you (MP/FP) visited - תּ ן,-תּ ם -תּוּ פּ ק ד תּוּם

132 וּ- Lesson FP/2FP Prefix תּ פ ק דוּ ה her they (FP)/you (MP/FP) will visit - נ ה Suffixes added to a Suffix pattern verb ending in a consonant 2) Suffixes added to a Suffix pattern verb ending in a Consonant 3MS ו פּ ק דוֹ he visited him 3FS הּ פּ ק ד הּ he visited her 2MS ך פּ ק ד ך he visited you 2FS ך / ך פּ ק ד ך he visited you 1CS נ י פּ ק ד נ י he visited me 3MP ם פּ ק ד ם he visited them 3FP ן פּ ק ד ן he visited them 2MP כ ם פּ ק ד כ ם he visited you 2FP כ ן פּ ק ד כ ן he visited you 1CP נוּ פּ ק ד נוּ he visited us Note: This chart applies only to the 3MS and 3FS -ה) becomes -ת before suffixes). 3) Suffixes added to an Prefix pattern verb (e.g., Imperfect, Imperative) ending in a Consonant Suffixes on a Prefix pattern verb ending in a consonant 3MS 3FS 2MS 2FS 1CS 3MP 3FP 2MP 2FP הוּ ה ך ך נ י ם ן כ ם כ ן י פ ק ד הוּ (פּ ק ד הוּ) י פ ק ד ה י פ ק ד ך י פ ק ד ך י פ ק ד נ י י פ ק ד ם י פ ק ד ן י פ ק ד כ ם י פ ק ד כ ן he will visit him ( visit him! ) he will visit her he will visit you he will visit you he will visit me he will visit them he will visit them he will visit you he will visit you 1CP י פ ק ד נוּ נוּ he will visit us Note: The u-class vowel between R 2 and R 3 is (qamets chatuf).

133 Lesson Suffixes on the 3FS Perfect 4) The 3FS Perfect verb replaces the ה ending with a ת before suffixes. + 3MS suff ( ת הוּ) פּ ק ד תוּ פּ ק ד ת ם + 3MP suff ( ת ה ( פּ ק ד תּ ה + 3FS suff + 3FP suff פּ ק ד ת ן פּ ק ד ת ך + 2MS suff פּ ק ד ת נוּ + 1CP suff פּ ק ד ת ך + 2FS suff פּ ק ד ת נ י + 1CS suff 5) Suffixes added with an energic nun: Sometimes there is an extra nun between the suffixes listed below and an imperfect verb. (Usually the nun is assimilated.) Energic Nun נ הוּ נּוּ י פ ק ד נּוּ +3MS suff +3FS suff +2MS suff +1CS suff +1CP suff נ ה * נּ ה י פ ק ד נּ ה ךּ י פ ק ד ךּ נ ך* נ נ י * נ נוּ* נּ י י פ ק ד נּ י נּוּ י פ ק ד נּוּ 3MS 3FS 2MS 2FS 1CS 3MP 3FP 2MP 2FP 1CP Summary of Suffixed Object Pronouns on Verbs Following Vowel -ו / -הוּ -ה - ך - ך -נ י -ם -ן -כ ם -כ ן -נוּ FOLLOWING CONSONANT SUFFIX VERB Prefix Verb With Energic Nun ו הוּ נ הוּ נּוּ הּ ה נ ה * נּ ה ך ך ךּ נ ך* ך / ך ך נ י נ י נּ י נ נ י* נּוּ נ נוּ* ם ן כ ם כ ן נוּ ם ן כ ם כ ן נוּ Note: Generally speaking, Suffix pattern/perfect verbs use an a-class vowel (usually ) before a suffixed pronoun, while Prefix pattern verbs use an i-class vowel (usually ).

134 Lesson Vocabulary #18 recognize, NI be recognized; HI נכר Q cast out, thrust out; PI drive גּ ר שׁ out, away regard see! INTJ behold, ה ן CONJ that, which, who שׁ Q lay hold of, wield תּ פ שׂ M tablet, board, plank, plate לוּח M couch, place of lying מ שׁ כּ ב Exercises 1. Identify the class of the following weak roots (e.g., אמר I-Alef) g) נ פ ל d) מ ל א h) א כ ל i) בּוֹשׁ e) מוּת גּ ל ה f) בּ כ ה (a b) רוּם c) א ב ד 2. Find a weak root in BDB that fits the following criteria. List the basic meaning(s) of the root (i.e., the meanings listed in bold in BDB). :ד a) II-III weak root that begins with :ר b) III-He weak root that has a middle :ק c) I-Nun weak root that ends with :ק d) I-Vav/Yod weak root that ends with e) I-Alef and II-Vav/Yod weak root:

135 Lesson Parse and translate the following verbs (be sure to fully parse the suffixes). a) תּ שׁ כּ ח נוּ ו י שׁ לּ ח נוּ f) g) א כ בּ ד ך h) ק דּ שׁ תּוֹ (i b) ק דּ שׁוּהוּ c) ה ר גוּם א ל מּ ד כ ם j) ה ר ג ת הוּ (d (e ז כ ר תּ נ י י שׁ מ ר נוּ 4. Translate the following. Identify and parse the verbs in each sentence. Ezek 25:7 (a י הו ה ו ה כ ר תּ י ך מ ן ה ע מּ ים ו ה א ב ד תּ י ך מ ן ה א ר צוֹת א שׁ מ יד ך ו י ד ע תּ כּ י א נ י Gen 27:23 b) ו ל א ה כּ ירוֹ כּ י ה יוּ י ד יו כּ יד י ע שׂ ו PN א ח יו שׂ ע ר ת GL ו י ב ר כ הוּ Deut 9:17 (c ו א ת פּ שׂ בּ שׁ נ י ה לּ ח ת ו א שׁ ל כ ם מ ע ל שׁ תּ י י ד י ו א שׁ בּ ר ם ל ע ינ יכ ם Zeph 1:6 d) ל א ב ק שׁוּ א ת י הו ה ו ל א ד ר שׁ הוּ Song *3:1 e) ע ל מ שׁ כּ ב י בּ לּ יל ה בּ קּ שׁ תּ י א ת שׁ א ה ב ה נ פ שׁ י בּ קּ שׁ תּ יו ו ל א מ צ את יו ו יּ שׁ א לוּ א נ שׁ י ה מּ קוֹם ל א שׁ תּוֹ ו יּ אמ ר א ח ת י ה וא כּ י י ר א ל אמ ר א שׁ תּ י פּ ן י ה ר ג נ י א נ שׁ י ה מּ קוֹם ע ל ר ב ק ה PN כּ י טוֹב ת מ ר א ה ה יא Gen. 26:7 (f Gen 28:15* (g ו ה נּ ה א נ כ י ע מּ ך וּשׁ מ ר תּ י ך כּ י ל א א ע ז ב ך Gen 29:18 h) ו יּ א ה ב י ע ק ב א ת ר ח ל PN ו יּ אמ ר א ע ב ד ך שׁ ב ע שׁ נ ים בּ ר ח ל בּ תּ ך ה קּ ט נּ ה

136 Lesson Deut 4:10 i) ה ק ה ל ל י א ת ה ע ם ו א שׁ מ ע ם א ת דּ ב ר י א שׁ ר י ל מ דוּ ל י ר א ה א ת י כּ ל ה יּ מ ים א שׁ ר ה ם ח יּ ים ע ל ה א ד מ ה ו א ת בּ נ יה ם י ל מּ דוּן Gen 37:20* (j ו ע תּ ה ו נ ה ר ג הוּ ו נ שׁ ל כ הוּ בּ א ח ד ה בּ רוֹת ו א מ ר נוּ ח יּ ה ר ע ה א כ ל ת הוּ Exod 4:3 k) ו יּ אמ ר ה שׁ ל יכ הוּ א ר צ ה ו יּ שׁ ל יכ הוּ א ר צ ה Gen *4:14 l) ה ן גּ ר שׁ תּ א ת י ה יּוֹם מ ע ל פּ נ י ה א ד מ ה וּמ פּ נ י ך א סּ ת ר ו ה י ה כ ל מ צ א י י ה ר ג נ י

137 Lesson Summary: Lesson 19 א כ ל Verbs: I-Alef Weak מ ל א מ צ א Verbs: III-Alef Weak I-Alef Weak Verbs 19.1 I-Alef Weak Verbs The majority of verbs that begin with א are classified as I-Guttural weak verbs, and follow the I-Guttural pattern outlined in Lesson 17. י א ז ר is א ז ר Qal 3MS Imperfect (dynamic) Gl י א ה ב is א ה ב (stative) Qal 3MS Imperfect However, there are five verbs that are classified as I-Alef weak verbs because they have a unique vocalization in the Qal Imperfect and Past Narrative conjugations. In all the other conjugations and binyanim these roots behave exactly as I-Gutturals. The five I-Alef roots can be remembered by a mnemonic device: said he א מ ר willing he was א ב ה he ate א כ ל to eat what I bake perished he א ב ד even if I perish! baked he א פ ה Mnemonic: He said: I am willing Quiescent Alef In the Qal Imperfect and Past Narrative conjugations the initial א in these five roots becomes quiescent; in other words, it loses its consonantal status. The following changes take place in these verb forms: An R 2 BeGaD KeFaT lacks a dagesh qal. (י כ תּ ב (compare י אכ ל The prefix vowel becomes a. (י א ה ב (compare י אכ ל

138 Lesson The theme vowel (the vowel between R 2 and R 3 ) becomes. (י א ז ר (compare י אכ ל Note: The theme vowel also appears as in pausal forms, as in.ו יּ א מ ר as אמר and as in the Past Narrative of,י אכ ל Often the א R 1 is not written in the 1CS form. א אכ ל* instead of א כ ל 19.2 III-Alef Weak Verbs A similar phenomenon takes place in III-Alef verbs as in I-Alef: the becomes quiescent it cannot close א becomes quiescent. When the א a syllable. מ צ א תּ * of instead מ צ את The quiescent א cannot be vocalized with a sheva. a BeGaD KeFaT letter following the quiescent א never has a dagesh qal. The vowel preceding the quiescent א lengthens. Here are the other characteristics to note about the III-Alef verbs. appears before א in the 3FP/2FP Imperfect in all binyanim. Qal תּ מ צ א נ ה Nifal תּ מּ צ א נ ה Piel תּ מ צּ א נ ה Pual תּ מ צּ א נ ה Hitpael תּ ת מ צּ א נ ה Hifil תּ מ צ א נ ה תּ מ צ א נ ה Hofal Only Qal Perfect shows a distinction in vowel pattern between dynamic and stative. Perfect מ צ א (dynamic) versus מ ל א (stative) Imperfect י מ צ א (dynamic) like י מ ל א (stative)

139 Lesson Nifal, Piel, and Hifil Perfect have a theme vowel instead of before consonantal inflectional suffixes. Nifal Piel Hifil 2MS נ מ צ א ת מ צּ א ת ה מ צ א ת 2FS נ מ צ את מ צּ את ה מ צ את 1CS נ מ צ א ת י מ צּ א ת י ה מ צ א ת י 2MP מ צּ את ם נ מ צ את ם ה מ צ את ם 2FP נ מ צ את ן מ צּ את ן ה מ צ את ן 1CP נ מ צ א נוּ מ צּ א נוּ ה מ צ א נוּ Hofal has a instead of (short) under the prefix. ה מ צ א* instead of ה מ צ א י מ צ א * of instead י מ צ א III-Alef: Representative Forms QAL NIFAL PIEL PUAL HITPAEL HIFIL HOFAL PERF מ צ א נ מ צ א מ צּ א מ צּ א ה ת מ צּ א ה מ צ יא ה מ צ א IMPF י מ צ א י מּ צ א י מ צּ א י מ צּ א י ת מ צּ א י מ צ יא י מ צ א PAST ו יּ מ צ א ו יּ מּ צ א ו י מ צּ א ו י מ צּ א ו יּ ת מ צּ א ו יּ מ צ א ו יּ מ צ א IMPV מ צ א ה מּ צ א מ צּ א ה ת מ צּ א ה מ צ א ה מ צ א ה מ צ יא ה ת מ צּ א מ צּ א ה מּ צ א מ צ א INF CST INF ABS ה מ צ א ה ת מ צּ א מ צּ א נ מ צ א מ צוֹא מ מ צ א מ מ צ יא מ ת מ צּ א מ מ צּ א מ מ צּ א נ מ צ א מוֹצ א PTCP

140 Lesson Vocabulary #19 NI HIT be difficult, extraordinary; HI do פּלא Q be willing, consent א ב ה F maid, handmaid א מ ה an extraordinary thing Q bake א פ ה Q be thirsty צ מ א PI boil בּשׁל M assembly, congregation ק ה ל M male ז כ ר ADJ near ק רוֹב F sin ח ט א ה M water-trough ר ה ט ADV little, few מ ע ט ADJ far ר חוֹק Q forgive ס ל ח Q heal ר פ א HI water, give drink שׁקה Exercises 1. Parse the following I- and III-Alef verbs. (a (b f) ר פ א g) מ ל את ו יּ אמ ר נ אב ד ה (c נ מ צ את י אכ ל נּוּ (h (two possible parsings) i) צ מ את d) א ב ד ו א כ ל e) י מ צ יא הוּ j) 2. Translate the following verses. Identify and parse the verbs in each sentence. Gen 2:16 a) מ כּ ל ע ץ ה גּ ן א כ ל תּ אכ ל Gen 26:2 b) שׁ כ ן בּ א ר ץ א שׁ ר א מ ר א ל י ך

141 Lesson Exod 16:23 c) א ת א שׁ ר תּ אפוּ א פוּ ו א ת א שׁ ר תּ ב שּׁ לוּ בּ שּׁ לוּ Lev 6:11 d) כּ ל ז כ ר בּ ב נ י א ה ר ן י אכ ל נּ ה Num 16:33 e) ו יּ אב דוּ מ תּוֹ ך ה קּ ה ל Deut 8:20 f) כּ גּוֹי ם א שׁ ר י הו ה מ א ב יד מ פּ נ יכ ם כּ ן ת אב דוּן Deut 29:19 g) ל א י אב ה י הו ה ס לח לוֹ Gen 18:3 h) ו יּ אמ ר א ד נ י א ם נ א מ צ את י ח ן בּ ע ינ י ך א ל נ א ת ע ב ר מ ע ל ע ב דּ ך Gen 20:17 i) ו יּ ת פּ לּ ל א ב ר ה ם א ל ה א לה ים ו יּ ר פּ א א לה ים א ת א ב ימ ל ך ו א ת א שׁ תּוֹ ו א מ ה ת יו Gen 26:27 (j ו א תּ ם שׂ נ את ם א ת י ו תּ שׁ לּ חוּנ י מ א תּ כ ם Exod 32:30 k) ו יּ אמ ר מ שׁ ה א ל ה ע ם א תּ ם ח ט את ם ח ט א ה ג ד ל ה Lev 19:17 l) ל א ת שׂ נ א א ת א ח י ך בּ ל ב ב ך Judg 4:19 m) ו יּ אמ ר א ל יה ה שׁ ק ינ י נ א מ ע ט מ י ם כּ י צ מ את י

142 Lesson Isa 57:19 n) שׁ לוֹם שׁ לוֹם ל ר חוֹק ו ל קּ רוֹב א מ ר י הו ה Ruth 1:20 (o מ א ד ו תּ אמ ר א ל יה ן א ל תּ ק ר אנ ה ל י נ ע מ י PN ק ר אן ל י מ ר א PN כּ י ה מ ר שׁ דּ י ל י

143 Lesson Summary: Lesson 20 נ פ ל נ ג שׁ Verbs: I-Nun Weak נ ת ן and ל ק ח I-Nun Verbs 20.1 I-Nun Weak Verbs I-Nun weak verbs undergo two changes that make them weak: 1) When the נ closes a syllable (i.e., it does not have a vowel and is preceded by a verbal prefix), it assimilates to the following consonant. Qal 3MS Imperfect Nifal 3MS Perfect (י נ פ ל* (instead of י פּ ל (נ נ ג שׁ* (instead of נ גּ שׁ (מ נ ג ישׁ* (instead of מ גּ ישׁ Hifil MS Participle.י נ ה ג gutturals does not assimilate to נ BUT, 2) When the נ occurs at the beginning of a form and it does not נ have a vowel, it may undergo aphaeresis (i.e., the initial drops out). Aphaeresis only occurs in the Qal Imperative and Infinitive. (נ ג שׁ* (instead of גּ שׁ Qal 2MS Imperative (נ ג שׁ* (instead of,גּ שׁ ת * from,גּ שׁ ת Qal Infinitive Construct Note: the Infinitive Construct forms that undergo aphaeresis also add a ת to the end of the form. BUT, the נ remains with a few roots: נ פ ל Qal Infinitive Construct/2MS Imperative

144 I-Nun: Representative Forms Lesson QAL NIFAL PI, PU, HIT HIFIL HOFAL PERF נ פ ל נ ג שׁ נ גּ שׁ R ה גּ ישׁ ה גּ שׁ י נּ ג שׁ י פּ ל י גּ שׁ IMPF E י גּ שׁ י גּ ישׁ ו יּ נּ ג שׁ ו יּ פּ ל ו יּ גּ שׁ PAST ו יּ גּ שׁ ו יּ גּ שׁ G ה נּ ג שׁ נ פ ל גּ שׁ IMPV ה גּ שׁ U INF ה נּ ג שׁ נ פ ל גּ שׁ ת CST L ה גּ שׁ ה גּ ישׁ INF ABS נ פוֹל נ גוֹשׁ ה נּ ג שׁ נ גּ שׁ A ה גּ שׁ ה גּ שׁ PTCP נוֹפ ל נוֹג שׁ נ גּ שׁ R מ גּ ישׁ מ גּ שׁ נ ת ן and ל ק ח 20.2 נ ת ן and ל ק ח The verb ל ק ח follows the I-Nun pattern:.ק would) to the נ assimilates (just like a ל 1) The י קּ ח Qal 3MS Imperfect תּ קּ ח Qal 3FS Imperfect In addition, the ל undergoes aphaeresis in the imperative and infinitive construct forms. ק ח Qal 2MS Imperative ק ח ת Qal Infinitive Construct However, the ל does not assimilate in the Nifal. נ ל ק ח Nifal 3MS Perfect 2) The verb נ ת ן is not only a I-Nun verb, it also has a נ as the final consonant of the root. When inflectional endings are added and the final נ in נ ת ן does not have a full vowel, it נ assimilates to the following consonant (just like the initial does in the same environment). Note that this does not happen.נ in other roots that end in Qal 2MS Perfect Qal 2FS Perfect Qal 1CS Perfect (נ ת נ תּ * (from נ ת תּ (נ ת נ תּ * (from נ ת תּ (נ ת נ תּ י* (from נ ת תּ י (תּ נ ת * from,תּ ת- suffixes, (with תּ ת Qal Infinitive Construct

145 Lesson Vocabulary #20 Q create בּ ר א Q draw near, approach נ ג שׁ ז ר ע M seed Q pull up (tent pegs), set out, journey נ ס ע why? INTER ל מ ה / ל מּ ה Q fall נ פ ל Q blot out, wipe away מ ח ה NI be delivered, deliver oneself; HI נצל PI, HI look, gaze נבט snatch away, deliver נ ג ב M south; PN Negeb M fruit פּ ר י HI declare נגד M front, east; ADV anciently ק ד ם F maidservant שׁ פ ח ה Q touch, reach, strike (often נ ג ע takes ;(ב HI touch, arrive 1. Parse the following I-Nun weak verbs. Exercises (f (g (h (i a) מ גּ יד b) ה גּ ע תּ יהוּ ו יּ ס עוּ נ תּ ן נ סוֹע י גּ יד ה j) ק ח נ תּ ן c) d) ל ק ח ת ו תּ פּ ל e) 2. Translate the following verses. Identify and parse the verbs in each sentence. Gen 3:3 (a וּמ פּ ר י ה ע ץ א שׁ ר בּ תוֹ ך ה גּ ן א מ ר א לה ים ל א ת אכ לוּ מ מּ נּוּ ו ל א ת גּ עוּ בּוֹ Gen 3:6 (b ו תּ קּ ח מ פּ ר יוֹ ו תּ אכ ל ו תּ תּ ן גּ ם ל א ישׁ הּ ע מּ הּ ו יּ אכ ל

146 Lesson Gen 3:11 (c ו יּ אמ ר מ י ה גּ יד ל ך כּ י ע יר ם א תּ ה Gen 11:2 (d ו י ה י בּ נ ס ע ם מ קּ ד ם ו יּ מ צ אוּ ב ק ע ה בּ א ר ץ שׁ נ ע ר Gen 12:9 (e ו יּ סּ ע א ב ר ם ה לוֹ ך ו נ סוֹע ה נּ ג בּ ה Gen 12:19 f) ל מ ה א מ ר תּ א ח ת י ה וא ו א קּ ח א ת הּ ל י ל א שּׁ ה ו ע תּ ה ה נּ ה א שׁ תּ ך ק ח Gen 13:11 (g ו יּ ב ח ר לוֹ לוֹט א ת כּ ל כּ כּ ר ה יּ ר דּ ן ו יּ סּ ע לוֹט מ קּ ד ם Gen 13:15 h) כּ י א ת כּ ל ה א ר ץ א שׁ ר א תּ ה ר א ה ל ך א תּ נ נּ ה וּל ז ר ע ך ע ד עוֹל ם Gen 17:3 (i ו יּ פּ ל א ב ר ם ע ל פּ נ יו ו י ד בּ ר א תּוֹ א לה ים Gen 19:26 j) ו תּ בּ ט א שׁ תּוֹ מ א ח ר יו Gen 22:20 k) ו י ה י א ח ר י ה דּ ב ר ים ה א לּ ה ו יּ גּ ד ל א ב ר ה ם ל אמ ר ה נּ ה י ל ד ה מ ל כּ ה PN ג ם ה וא בּ נ ים ל נ חוֹר PN א ח י ך Gen 24:23 l) ו יּ אמ ר בּ ת מ י א תּ ה גּ יד י נ א ל י Gen 32:12 m) ה צּ יל נ י נ א מ יּ ד א ח י מ יּ ד ע שׂ ו כּ י י ר א א נ כ י א תוֹ Gen 33:6 (n ו תּ גּ שׁ ן ה שּׁ פ חוֹת ה נּ ה ו י ל ד יה ן

147 Lesson 21 Lesson Summary: י שׁ ב י ר שׁ Verbs: I-Vav/Yod Weak ה ל ך I-Vav/Yod Verbs 21.1 I-Vav/Yod Weak Verbs I-Vav/Yod weak verbs undergo two changes: 1) The ו or י contracts with the preceding vowel. (י י שׁ ב* (from י שׁ ב Qal 3MS Imperfect (י י ר שׁ* (from י יר שׁ Qal 3MS Imperfect (ה ו שׁ יב* (from הוֹשׁ יב Hifil 3MS Perfect (ה ו שׁ ב* (from הוּשׁ ב Hofal 3MS Perfect 2) The ו or י undergoes aphaeresis when it lacks a full vowel at the beginning of the word (only in Qal Imperative and Infinitive Construct of some I-Vav roots). This is similar to the form of I-Nun weak verbs. י שׁ ב* instead of,שׁ ב 2MS Imperative י שׁ ב* instead of,(שׁ ב ת * (from שׁ ב ת Infinitive Construct (Morphologically, the ת is a feminine ending with no semantic value that was added after the י underwent aphaeresis.) BUT, ירא is an example of a root which retains the initial י in the.(י ר א) and Infinitive Construct (י ר א) Imperative There are three different types of I-Vav/Yod weak verbs:.ו 1) Original I-Vav verbs these verbs originally began with The ו is replaced with a י in Qal, Piel, Pual, and Hitpael. י שׁ ב and Imperfect י שׁ ב Qal 3MS Perfect

148 Lesson The original ו appears (as a consonant or vowel marker) in Nifal, Hifil, and Hofal. י וּ שׁ ב and Imperfect נוֹשׁ ב Nifal 3MS Perfect יוֹשׁ יב and Imperfect הוֹשׁ יב Hifil 3MS Perfect Qal Prefix verbs of dynamic I-Vav/Yod roots have an a-i pattern. י י שׁ ב* from י שׁ ב (a-i) Dynamic Qal Prefix verbs of stative I-Vav/Yod roots have an i-a pattern. י י ר שׁ* from י יר שׁ (i-a) Stative.י 2) Original I-Yod verbs these verbs originally began with The י appears in all forms (as a consonant or a vowel marker). י ב שׁ and Infinitive Construct י יב שׁ Qal 3MS Imperfect י יט יב and 3MS Imperfect ה יט יב Hifil 3MS Perfect There are only seven I-Yod roots (all with the stative i-a vowel pattern in the Prefix pattern). dry Q it was י ב שׁ suckled Q he י נ ק good Q he was י ט ב awoke Q he י ק ץ* howled HI he ילל upright Q it was straight, י שׁ ר arm HI he chose/used the right ימן 3) I-Yod-Tsade verbs these roots begin with יצ and undergo changes like I-Nun weak verbs. The י assimilates to the צ when it closes a syllable (this is similar to the assimilation of the נ in I-Nun verbs). (ה י צ יב* (from ה צּ יב Hifil 3MS Perfect

149 Lesson There are only six I-Yod-Tsade roots (all with the stative i-a pattern in the Prefix pattern). poured Q he י צ ק himself HIT he stationed יצב placed HI he set, יצג fashioned Q he formed, י צ ר lay HI he spread, יצע Q it kindled, burned י צ ת I-Vav/Yod: Representative Forms Original I-Vav Original I-Yod QAL NIFAL PI, PU, HIT HIFIL HOFAL הוּשׁ ב יוּשׁ ב ו יּוּשׁ ב יוּשׁ ב הוּשׁ ב הוּשׁ ב מוּשׁ ב הוֹשׁ יב יוֹשׁ יב ו יּוֹ שׁ ב יוֹשׁ ב הוֹשׁ ב הוֹשׁ יב הוֹשׁ ב מוֹשׁ יב נוֹשׁ ב י שׁ ב PERF י וּ שׁ ב י שׁ ב IMPF ו יּ וּ שׁ ב ו יּ שׁ ב PAST י וּ שׁ ב י שׁ ב JUSS ה וּ שׁ ב שׁ ב IMPV שׁ ב ת ה וּ שׁ ב INF CST R E G U L A R INF ה וּ שׁ ב י שׁוֹב ABS נוֹשׁ ב יוֹשׁ ב PTCP QAL י ט ב י יט ב ו יּ יט ב י יט ב י ט ב י טוֹב יוֹט ב HIFIL ה יט יב י יט יב ו יּ י ט ב י יט ב ה יט ב ה יט יב ה יט ב מ יט יב ה ל ך ה ל ך 21.2 The verb ה ל ך follows the original I-Vav pattern: Qal 3MS Perfect Qal 3MS Imperfect Qal 3MS Past Narrative Qal 2MS Imperative Qal Infinitive Construct Hifil 3MS Perfect Hifil 3MS Imperfect ה ל ך י ל ך ו יּ ל ך ל ך ל כ ת הוֹל י ך יוֹל י ך

150 Lesson Vocabulary #21 M way, path א ר ח NI be saved; HI save ישׁע even, Q be smooth, right; PI make י שׁ ר Q be(come) dry; HI cause to be dry י ב שׁ F dry land י בּ שׁ ה smooth Q be good, pleasing; HI do י ט ב M deed, practice מ ע ל ל (something) well, deal well פּ ר שׁ M horseman with F bow ק שׁ ת M wine י י ן PI have compassion on רחם Q awake י ק ץ Q shepherd, tend, pasture ר ע ה PN Jordan River י ר דּ ן PTCP) M shepherd (Q ר ע ה ADJ complete, sound תּ מ ים Exercises 1. Parse the following I-Vav/Yod weak verbs. f) אוֹב ישׁ g) צ את (h (i ו יּ יק ץ נוֹשׁ ע נוּ (a (b ו יּ ל ך נוֹר א c) תּוֹס ף d) תּ יט ב י e) מוֹד יע ם j) תּ ישׁ ר 2. Translate the following verses. Identify and parse the verbs in each sentence. Gen 3:10 a) א ת ק ל ך שׁ מ ע תּ י בּ גּ ן ו א יר א כּ י ע יר ם GL א נ כ י ו א ח ב א GL Gen 3:22 (b ו יּ אמ ר י הו ה א לה ים ה ן ה א ד ם ה י ה כּ א ח ד מ מּ נּוּ ל ד ע ת טוֹב ו ר ע

151 Lesson Gen 4:1* (c ו ה א ד ם י ד ע א ת ח וּ ה PN א שׁ תּוֹ ו תּ ל ד א ת ק י ן PN Gen 4:2 d) ו תּ ס ף GL ל ל ד ת א ת א ח יו א ת ה ב ל PN ו י ה י ה ב ל ר ע ה צ אן ו ק י ן PN ה י ה ע ב ד א ד מ ה Gen 9:24 e) ו יּ יק ץ נ ח PN מ יּ ינוֹ ו יּ ד ע א ת א שׁ ר ע שׂ ה לוֹ בּ נוֹ ה קּ ט ן Gen 22:2 f) ו יּ אמ ר ק ח נ א א ת בּ נ ך א ת י ח יד ך GL א שׁ ר א ה ב תּ א ת י צ ח ק ו ל ך ל ך א ל PN א ר ץ ה מּ ר יּ ה Exod 1:20 (g ו יּ יט ב א לה ים ל מ י לּ ד ת GL Lev 10:20 h) ו יּ שׁ מ ע מ שׁ ה ו יּ יט ב בּ ע ינ יו PN Josh 2:10 i) כּ י שׁ מ ע נוּ א ת א שׁ ר הוֹב ישׁ י הו ה א ת מ י י ם סוּף מ מּ צ ר י ם מ פּ נ יכ ם בּ צ את כ ם Josh 4:22 (j ו הוֹד ע תּ ם א ת בּ נ יכ ם ל אמ ר בּ יּ בּ שׁ ה ע ב ר י שׂ ר א ל א ת ה יּ ר דּ ן ה זּ ה ו א ת בּ ית י הוּד ה א ר ח ם ו הוֹשׁ ע תּ ים בּ יהו ה א לה יה ם ו ל א אוֹשׁ יע ם בּ ק שׁ ת וּב ח ר ב וּב מ ל ח מ ה בּ סוּס ים וּב פ ר שׁ ים Hos 1:7 (k Prov 3:6 l) בּ כ ל דּ ר כ י ך ד ע הוּ ו הוּא י י שּׁ ר א ר ח ת י ך Prov 21:19 m) טוֹב שׁ ב ת בּ א ר ץ מ ד בּ ר מ א שׁ ת מ דוֹנ ים GL ו כ ע ס GL Prov 28:18 n) הוֹל ך תּ מ ים י וּ שׁ ע

152 Lesson Summary: Lesson 22 בּ נ ה גּ ל ה Verbs: III-He Weak III-He Verbs 22.1 III-He Weak Verbs Most III-He weak verbs originally had a י (or (ו as their R 3. The ה in the 3MS Perfect form is only a vowel letter marking the long final vowel. This vowel letter was added after the final י or ו was lost. The original י R 3 or ו shows up only rarely in some forms. :י exhibits the original (פּ קוּד) Qal Passive Participle uncovered גּ לוּי :ו Qal 3MS Perfect of some verbs shows the original ease he was at שׁ ל ו Note: the few roots that actually have a ה as their original R 3 have a mappiq in the,ה i.e.,.הּ This signifies that the הּ is a consonant rather than a vowel letter: high/lofty/tall it was גּ ב הּ :ה All forms without an inflectional suffix end in גּ ל ה Perfect 3MS י ג ל ה Imperfect 3MS גּ ל ה Imperative 2MS גּ לוֹת Construct Infinitive גּ לה Absolute Infinitive גּ ל ה MS CST ;גּ ל ה Participle MS ABS

153 Lesson Forms with a vocalic inflectional suffix or a object suffix :ה with a linking vowel drop the R 3 גּ לוּ Qal Perfect 3CP גּ ל נ י Qal Perfect 3MS + 1CS suffix In all forms with a consonantal suffix, the R 3 contracts: 1) into י _in the active binyanim (Qal, Piel, Hitpael, and Hifil). גּ ל י ת Qal Perfect 2MS 2) into י in the passive binyanim (Nifal, Pual, and Hofal). נ ג ל י ת Nifal Perfect 2MS 3) into י in Prefix verb 3FP/2FP in all binyanim. תּ ג ל י נ ה Qal Imperfect 3FP/2FP In Past and Jussive forms without an inflectional suffix, the R 3 drops. ה uncover let him י ג ל uncovered he ו יּ ג ל III-He: Representative Forms QAL NIFAL PIEL PUAL HITPAEL HIFIL HOFAL PERF ה ג ל ה ה ג ל ה ה ת גּ לּ ה גּ לּ ה גּ לּ ה נ ג ל ה גּ ל ה ה ג ל י ת ה ג ל י ת ה ת גּ לּ י ת גּ לּ י ת גּ לּ י ת נ ג ל י ת גּ ל י ת IMPF י ג ל ה י גּ ל ה י ג לּ ה י ג לּ ה י ת גּ לּ ה י ג ל ה י ג ל ה PAST ו יּ ג ל ו יּ גּ ל ו י ג ל ו י ג ל* ו יּ ת גּ ל ו יּ ג ל IMPV גּ ל ה ה גּ ל ה גּ לּ ה ה ת גּ לּ ה ה ג ל ה INF ה ג לוֹת ה ג לוֹת ה ת גּ לּוֹת גּ לּוֹת גּ לּוֹת ה גּ לוֹת גּ לוֹת CST INF ABS גּ לה נ ג לה גּ לה גּ לה ה ת גּ לה ה ג ל ה ה ג ל ה PTCP גּ ל ה נ ג ל ה מ ג לּ ה מ ג לּ ה מ ת גּ לּ ה מ ג ל ה מ ג ל ה (FSA) גּ ל ה נ ג ל ה מ ג לּ ה מ ג לּ ה מ ת גּ לּ ה מ ג ל ה מג ל ה

154 Lesson Vocabulary #22 M light אוֹר Q answer, respond ע נ ה M nose, face, anger א ף F heifer, cow פּ ר ה steer; M young bull, פּ ר HI divide, separate בּדל Q bear fruit, be fruitful פּ ר ה Q build בּ נ ה Q see, look; NI show oneself, appear; HI ר א ה Q uncover, reveal גּ ל ה show, exhibit ר ב ה גּ מ לּ ים M camel; P גּ מ ל Q be(come) many, multiply; HI make Q burn, be kindled ח ר ה much/many, make multiply M darkness ח שׁ ך Q have dominion, rule ר ד ה ADV, CONJ so, thus כּ ן to, Q cease, desist, rest; HI put an end שׁ ב ת turn, Q stretch out, extend; HI נ ט ה destroy incline (something) Q drink שׁ ת ה Exercises 1. Parse the following III-He verbs. f) ל ה טּוֹת הּ g) ר ד ם h) תּ שׁ תּ i) ה ר א נ י j) ו יּ גּ לוּ י ר ב ו א ר א (a (b c) ע נ הוּ d) ח רוֹת e) נ ב נ ית

155 Lesson Translate the following verses. Identify and parse the verbs in each sentence. Gen 1:4 a) ו יּ ר א א לה ים א ת ה אוֹר כּ י טוֹב ו יּ ב דּ ל א לה ים בּ ין ה אוֹר וּב ין ה ח שׁ ך Gen 1:7 b) ו יּ ע שׂ א לה ים א ת ה ר ק יע GL ו יּ ב דּ ל בּ ין ה מּ י ם א שׁ ר מ תּ ח ת ל ר ק יע וּב ין ה מּ י ם א שׁ ר מ ע ל ל ר ק יע ו י ה י כ ן Gen 1:22 c) ו י ב ר ך א ת ם א לה ים ל אמ ר פּ רוּ וּר בוּ וּמ ל אוּ א ת ה מּ י ם בּ יּ מּ ים GL כּ ד מוּת נוּ GL ו יּ אמ ר א לה ים נ ע שׂ ה א ד ם בּ צ ל מ נוּ Gen 1:26 d) GL וּב עוֹף ה שּׁ מ י ם וּב בּ ה מ ה ו י ר דּוּ ב ד ג ת ה יּ ם GL Gen 2:1 e) ו י כ לּוּ ה שּׁ מ י ם ו ה א ר ץ ו כ ל צ ב א ם Gen 2:2 f) ו י כ ל א לה ים בּ יּוֹם ה שּׁ ב יע י מ ל אכ תּוֹ א שׁ ר ע שׂ ה ו יּ שׁ בּ ת בּ יּוֹם ה שּׁ ב יע י מ כּ ל מ ל אכ תּוֹ א שׁ ר ע שׂ ה GL GL ו יּ אמ ר י הוֹ ה א לה ים א ל ה נּ ח שׁ כּ י ע שׂ ית זּ את א רוּר א תּ ה מ כּ ל GL GL ה בּ ה מ ה וּמ כּ ל ח יּ ת ה שּׂ ד ה ע ל גּ ח נ ך ת ל ך ו ע פ ר תּ אכ ל כּ ל י מ י ח יּ י ך Gen 3:14 (g ו יּ ב ן נ ח מ ז בּ ח ל יהו ה ו יּ קּ ח מ כּ ל ה בּ ה מ ה ה טּ הוֹר ה ו יּ ע ל ע לת בּ מּ ז בּ ח וּמ כּ ל ה עוֹף ה טּ ה ר GL Gen 8:20 (h ו י ה י א ב ר ם בּ ן תּ שׁ ע ים שׁ נ ה ו ת שׁ ע שׁ נ ים ו יּ ר א י הו ה א ל א ב ר ם ו יּ אמ ר א ל יו PN א נ י א ל שׁ דּ י ה ת ה לּ ך ל פ נ י ו ה י ה ת מ ים Gen 17:1 (i Gen 23:5 j) ו יּ ע נוּ ב נ י ח ת א ת א ב ר ה ם ל אמ ר לוֹ... PN ו י ה י כ שׁ מ ע א ד נ יו א ת דּ ב ר י א שׁ תּוֹ א שׁ ר דּ בּ ר ה א ל יו ל אמ ר כּ דּ ב ר ים ה א לּ ה ע שׂ הּ ל י ע ב דּ ך ו יּ ח ר א פּוֹ Gen 39:19 (k

156 Lesson Summary: Lesson 23 שׂ ים בּוֹא קוּם Verbs: II-Vav/Yod Weak II-Vav/Yod Verbs 23.1 II-Vav/Yod Weak Verbs II-Vav/Yod weak verbs have a ו or י as R 2. They are classified as weak verbs because the ו or י undergoes one of two changes: 1) elides (i.e., drops out) שׂ ם בּ א ק ם Qal 3MS Perfect/MS Participle 2) contracts with a preceding or following vowel the ו or י in these forms is merely a vowel letter, not a remnant of the original ו or י consonant. י שׂ ים י בוֹא י קוּם Qal 3MS Imperfect Note: several common roots retain their ו R 2 or י as a consonant (and thus the ו or י does not disappear or contract). waited he ק ו ה alive ; he is ח י ה is ; he ה י ה Lexicon Tip #1: The II-Vav/Yod weak verbs are listed in your lexicons by their Infinite Construct form because this form (unlike the 3MS Perfect as in other verbs) better reflects the three root consonants of these weak verbs. Lexicon Tip #2: A few roots are listed as both II-Vav and II-Yod roots because they exhibit two infinitive construct forms: an.י and an R 2 ו R 2 שׂ ים and שׂוּם ל ין and לוּן Though these roots should be classified as II-Yod forms, some older lexicons list them as II-Vav roots

157 II-Vav/Yod: Representative Forms Lesson שׂ ם QAL II-VAV DYNAMIC QAL II-VAV STATIVE QAL II-YOD מ ת PERF (3FS) ק ם ק מ ה בּ א בּ א ה בּוֹשׁ בּוֹ שׁ ה מ ת מ ת ה שׂ ם שׂ מ ה IMPF י קוּם י בוֹא י בוֹשׁ י מוּת י שׂ ים PAST ו יּ ק ם ו יּ ב א ו יּ ב שׁ ו יּ מ ת ו יּ שׂ ם JUSS י ק ם י ב א י ב שׁ י מ ת י שׂ ם IMPV קוּם בּוֹא בּוֹשׁ מוּת שׂ ים INF CST קוּם בּוֹא בּוֹשׁ מוּת שׂ ים INF ABS קוֹם בּוֹא בּוֹשׁ מוֹת שׂוֹם שׂ מ ה מ ת ה בּוֹשׁ בּוֹשׁ ה בּ א בּ א ה ק ם ק מ ה PTCP (FS) NIFAL POLEL ( POLAL, HITP) HIFIL HOFAL PERF הוּק ם ה ק ים קוֹמ ם נ קוֹם (3FS) הוּק מ ה ה ק י מ ה קוֹמ מ ה נ קוֹ מ ה IMPF י קּוֹם י קוֹמ ם י ק ים יוּק ם PAST ו יּ קּוֹם ו י קוֹמ ם ו יּ ק ם ו יּוּק ם JUSS י קּוֹם י קוֹמ ם י ק ם IMPV ה קּוֹם קוֹמ ם ה ק ם INF CST ה קּוֹם קוֹמ ם ה ק ים הוּק ם INF ABS ה קּוֹם ה ק ם הוּק ם PTCP (MS) (FS) מוּק ם מוּק מ ה מ ק ים מ ק ימ ה מ קוֹמ ם מ קוֹמ מ ה נ קוֹם נ קוֹמ ה Some roots exhibit a distinction between dynamic and stative vowel patterns in the Qal. (stative) מ ת (dynamic) versus ק ם Instead of Piel, Pual, and Hitpael, most II-Vav/Yod roots have Polel, Polal, and Hitpolel binyanim. צ וּ ה and Pual צ וּ ה but Piel ה ת קוֹמ ם קו מ ם קוֹמ ם Linking vowels often connect the consonantal inflectional suffixes to the roots: ו in Nifal and Hifil Perfect, י in Qal and

158 Lesson Hifil Imperfect. Nifal 2MS Perfect Hifil 2MS Perfect Qal 3FP/2FP Imperfect Hifil 3FP/2FP Imperfect נ קוּמוֹ ת ה ק ימוֹ ת תּ קוּמ י נ ה (תּ ק מ נ ה (sometimes תּ ק ימ י נ ה 23.2 Vocabulary #23 F kingdom, rule מ מ ל כ ה Q come, enter; HI bring, make בּוֹא enter Q plant נ ט ע Q be ashamed בּוֹשׁ M foreign thing נ כ ר M first-born בּ כוֹר Q turn aside, depart; HI cause סוּר Q form, fashion, shape י צ ר to depart, remove M dust, dirt, dry earth ע פ ר fixed; NI be set up, established, כּון HI establish, set up, make confirm, Q rise, stand up; PI קוּם firm establish; HI raise, erect כּ ס אוֹת M throne; P כּ סּ א Q put, place, set שׂ ים / שׂוּם M wonder, sign, portent מוֹפ ת Q turn back, return; HI return שׁוּב Q die; HI kill מוּת (something) 1. Parse the following II-Vav/Yod verbs. Exercises (hint: II-Yod verb) ו יּ ק ם ו יּ שׂ ם (f (g a) בּוֹשׁ י b) מוּב אוֹת h) שׁוּב i) תּ שׂ ימ י j) נ כוֹנ ה c) ה כ ינוּ d) ה כ ינוֹנוּ e) ו יּ מ ת

159 Lesson Translate the following verses. Identify and parse the verbs in each sentence. Gen 2:8 a) ו יּ טּ ע י הו ה א לה ים גּ ן בּ ע ד ן מ קּ ד ם ו יּ שׂ ם שׁ ם א ת ה א ד ם א שׁ ר י צ ר Gen 3:4 b) ו יּ אמ ר ה נּ ח שׁ GL א ל ה א שּׁ ה ל א מוֹת תּ מ תוּן GL Gen 3:19 c) בּ ז ע ת א פּ י ך תּ אכ ל ל ח ם ע ד שׁוּב ך א ל ה א ד מ ה כּ י מ מּ נּ ה ל קּ ח תּ כּ י ע פ ר א תּ ה ו א ל ע פ ר תּ שׁוּב ו יּ אמ ר ק י ן PN א ל ה ב ל PN א ח יו ו י ה י בּ ה יוֹת ם בּ שּׂ ד ה ו יּ ק ם ק י ן א ל ה ב ל א ח יו ו יּ ה ר ג הוּ Gen 4:8 (d GL ו ה ק מ ת י א ת בּ ר ית י א תּ ך וּב את א ל ה תּ ב ה ב נ י ך א תּ ך א תּ ה וּב נ י ך ו א שׁ תּ ך וּנ שׁ י Gen 6:18 (e Gen 9:9 f) ו א נ י ה נ נ י מ ק ים א ת בּ ר ית י א תּ כ ם ו א ת ז ר ע כ ם א ח ר יכ ם Gen 21:18 g) קוּמ י שׂ א י א ת ה נּ ע ר ו ה ח ז יק י א ת י ד ך בּוֹ כּ י ל גוֹי גּ דוֹל א שׂ ימ נּוּ Gen 13:16 h) ו שׂ מ תּ י א ת ז ר ע ך כּ ע פ ר ה א ר ץ א שׁ ר א ם יוּכ ל ע פ ר ה א ר ץ גּ ם ז ר ע ך י מּ נ ה א ישׁ ל מ נוֹת א ת GL GL Gen 20:7 i) ו ע תּ ה ה שׁ ב א שׁ ת ה א ישׁ כּ י נ ב יא הוּא ו י ת פּ לּ ל בּ ע ד ך ו ח י ה מ שׁ יב דּ ע כּ י מוֹת תּ מוּת א תּ ה ו כ ל א שׁ ר ל ך ו א ם א ינ ך GL Gen 35:2 (j בּ ת כ כ ם ו יּ אמ ר י ע ק ב א ל בּ יתוֹ ו א ל כּ ל א שׁ ר ע מּוֹ ה ס רוּ א ת א לה י ה נּ כ ר א שׁ ר

160 Lesson Exod 4:21 k) ו יּ אמ ר י הו ה א ל מ שׁ ה בּ ל כ תּ ך ל שׁוּב מ צ ר י מ ה ר א ה כּ ל ה מּ פ ת ים א שׁ ר שׂ מ תּ י ב י ד ך ו ע שׂ ית ם ל פ נ י פ ר ע ה ו א נ י א ח זּ ק א ת ל בּוֹ ו ל א י שׁ לּ ח א ת ה ע ם II Sam 7:13 l) הוּא י ב נ ה בּ י ת ל שׁ מ י ו כ נ נ תּ י א ת כּ סּ א מ מ ל כ תּוֹ ע ד עוֹל ם

161 Lesson 24 Lesson Summary: סבב קלל Verbs: II-III Weak II-III Verbs 24.1 II-III Weak Verbs II-III weak verbs are roots with identical second (R 2 ) and third (R 3 ) root letters. They have the following characteristics: The identical root letters may assimilate. ס ב בוּ or ס בּוּ Qal 3CP Perfect Note: When the doubled (from assimilation) consonant is at the end of the word, the dagesh chazaq drops out. (ס בּ* (from ס ב Qal 3MS Perfect Sometimes instead of R 2 assimilating forward to R 3, it assimilates back to R 1. י סּ בוּ but also י ס בּו Qal 3MP Imperfect Instead of Piel, Pual, and Hitpael, most II-III weak verbs have Po el, Po al, and Hitpo el. ק לּ ל BUT Piel סוֹב ב Po el Linking vowels often appear before consonantal inflectional suffixes in some forms: Qal, Nifal, Hifil, and Hofal Suffix patterns have,ו and Qal, Nifal, Hifil, and Hofal Prefix patterns. י have ה ס בּ וֹת HI נ ס בּ וֹת NI ס בּ וֹת 2MS PERF: Q תּ ס בּ ינ ה HI תּ סּ בּ ינ ה NI תּ ס בּ ינ ה 2/3FP IMPF: Q FP IMV: ה ס בּ ינ ה HI ה סּ בּ ינ ה NI ס בּ ינ ה Q

162 II-III: Representative Forms Lesson PERF (FS) QAL DYNAMIC QAL STATIVE NIFAL POEL HIFIL HOFAL הוּס ב הוּס בּ ה ה ס ב ה ס בּ ה סוֹב ב סוֹב ב ה נ ס ב נ ס בּ ה ק ל ק לּ ה ס ב ב / ס ב ס בּ ה יוּס ב י ס ב י סוֹב ב י סּ ב י ק ל י סּ ב / י ס ב IMPF ו יּוּס ב ו יּ ס ב ו י סוֹב ב ו יּ סּ ב ו יּ ק ל ו יּ ס ב PAST יוּס ב י ס ב י סוֹב ב י סּ ב י ק ל י ס ב JUSS ה ס ב סוֹב ב ה סּ ב ס ב IMPV הוּס ב ה ס ב סוֹב ב ה סּ ב ק ל ס ב INF CST הוּס ב ה ס ב סוֹב ב ה סּוֹב ס בוֹב INF ABS PTCP מוּס ב מ ס ב מ סוֹב ב ק ל נ ס ב סוֹב ב (FS) מוּס בּ ה מ ס בּ ה מ סוֹב ב ה נ ס בּ ה ק לּ ה סוֹב ב ה 24.2 Vocabulary #24 M chest, ark א רוֹן ADV not yet, before ט ר ם Q take possession, inherit י ר שׁ Q conceive, become pregnant ה ר ה Q turn about, go around, surround ס ב ב HISHTAFEL bow down, prostrate חוה oneself HI break, frustrate פּרר M bosom, lap ח יק Q show hostility צ ר ר Q be slight, trifling; be quick ק ל ל NI be defiled; PI pollute, defile; HI חלל begin M multitude, greatness, abundance ר ב Q show favor, be gracious ח נ ן Q, PI give a ringing cry ר נ ן Q be shattered, dismayed ח ת ת Q be complete, finished תּ מ ם

163 Lesson Exercises 1. Parse the following II-III verbs. (f (g ו י ח ן י ח תּ נ י h) צ ר ר י י ר נּוּ i) j) מוּס בּוֹת (a (b (c נ ס ב י ק ל ו יּ פ ר d) תּ תּ ם ו א ח ל e) 2. Translate the following verses. Identify and parse the verbs in each sentence. Gen 6:1 a) ו י ה י כּ י ה ח ל ה א ד ם ל ר ב GL ע ל פּ נ י ה א ד מ ה וּב נוֹת י לּ דוּ ל ה ם ו תּ אמ ר שׂ ר י PN א ל א ב ר ם ח מ ס י ע ל י ך א נ כ י נ ת תּ י שׁ פ ח ת י בּ ח יק ך ו תּ ר א כּ י ה ר ת ה ו א ק ל בּ ע ינ יה י שׁ פּ ט י הו ה בּ ינ י וּב ינ י ך Gen 16:5 (b Gen 37:7 c) ו ה נּ ה ת ס בּ ינ ה א ל מּ ת יכ ם GL ו תּ שׁ תּ ח ו ין ל א ל מּ ת י Lev 9:24 d) ו יּ ר א כּ ל ה ע ם ו יּ ר נּוּ ו יּ פּ לוּ ע ל פּ נ יה ם א ד נ י י הו ה א תּ ה ה ח לּוֹת ל ה ר אוֹת א ת ע ב דּ ך א ת גּ ד ל ךGL Deut 3:24 e) Josh 4:1 f) ו י ה י כּ א שׁ ר תּ מּוּ כ ל ה גּוֹי ל ע בוֹר א ת ה יּ ר דּ ן ו יּ אמ ר י הו ה א ל י הוֹשׁ ע Josh 4:11 g) ו י ה י כּ א שׁ ר תּ ם כּ ל ה ע ם ל ע בוֹר ו יּ ע ב ר א רוֹן י הו ה ו ה כּ ה נ ים ל פ נ י ה ע ם

164 Lesson Josh 6:3 h) ו ס בּ ת ם א ת ה ע יר Josh 6:11 i) ו יּ סּ ב א רוֹן י הו ה א ת ה ע יר Judg 2:1 j) ו א מ ר ל א א פ ר בּ ר ית י א תּ כ ם ל עוֹל ם II Sam 12:22 k) כּ י א מ ר תּ י מ י יוֹד ע י ח נּ נ י י הו ה ו ח י ה יּ ל ד II Kgs 13:23 l) ו יּ ח ן י הו ה א ת ם ו י ר ח מ ם

165 Lesson 25 Lesson Summary: Doubly-Weak Verbs Identifying the Roots of Doubly-Weak Verbs Doubly-Weak Verbs 25.1 Doubly-Weak Verbs At this point, you have studied all of the major categories of weak roots in Biblical Hebrew. However, many verb roots contain more than one weak consonant. Thus, such roots are referred to as doubly-weak. This is the final category of weak roots that you will study. Below are listed some common doubly-weak roots: I-Nun, III-He נ ט ה I-Alef, III-He א ב ה II-Vav/Yod, III-Alef בּוֹא I-Vav/Yod, III-He י ר ה II-Vav/Yod, III-He ה י ה I-Vav/Yod, III-Alef י צ א I-Nun, III-Alef נ שׂ א 25.2 Identifying the Roots of Doubly-Weak Verbs Although most of these roots are still relatively simple to identify, other roots become more difficult to identify since it is possible that up to two of their three root consonants may not be apparent, as in.ו יּ ך the verb The key to correctly identifying and parsing these doubly weak verbs is to use a three step process of elimination. STEP 1: Identify what parts of the verb form are inflectional affixes and what parts are remnants of the root. are clearly inflectional affixes for the Past Narrative יּ and ו the :ו יּ ך conjugation; thus ך is the only remaining consonant from the root of this verb.

166 Lesson STEP 2 : Rule out which weak consonants cannot be part of the verbal root, or vice versa, and identify which weak consonants can account for what is left of the verbal root in the verb form. Since we have only one consonant of the root left, the other two : ך consonants must be ones that disappear in some way. Of the weak consonants (the gutturals, נ, ו and,(י only,ו,ה and assimilates. Hence, the remaining consonants נ elide, and י.ר or,א, ח,ע of this verb s root cannot be so,(נתן only assimilates at the beginning of a root (except in נ.נ we can rule out a root that ends in only elides at the end of a root, so we can rule out a root that ה.ה begins with often elide in II-Vav/Yod verbs; however, these weak י and ו verbs never have a final ה which elides or an initial נ which assimilates. Thus we can conclude that this verb is not a II- Vav/Yod. For the verb ו יּ ך we are left with two logical possibilities after the.יכה or נכה first two steps: the root is either STEP 3: Use your lexicon to identify which of your logical roots actually exists in the Hebrew Bible. If both exist, then scan through the existing forms in each root to aid you in identifying which is your verb s root. יכה the the lexicon should tell you that the root ו יּ ך In the case of does not exist. Therefore, the root for this verb is נכה HI smite, strike. (ו יּ נ כ ה* (from נכה Hifil 3MS Past :ו יּ ך

167 Lesson Vocabulary #25 where? INTER where?, to א נ ה HI give thanks, praise, confess ידה ADV not, except בּ ל תּ י (arrows) Q, HI throw, cast, shoot י ר ה Q rest; HI cause to rest, make quiet; set נוּח bind, Q bind, bind on, bind up; PI ח ב שׁ restrain; PU be bound up down; let remain, leave M new moon, month ח ד שׁ HI smite, strike נכה Q avenge, take vengeance; NI avenge נ ק ם Q, PI divide, distribute; NI divide ח ל ק oneself oneself; HO be avenged Q interpret פּ ת ר Q incline, bend down, camp ח נ ה Q tear, rend, pluck ט ר ף F ark תּ ב ה Q hang תּ ל ה Exercises 1. Parse the following Doubly-Weak verbs. ו תּ שּׂ אנ ה ו תּ יפ י נ בּ את (f (g (h a) בּ את b) תּ ר א c) י אבוּ i) ה ב את ם j) ו יּוֹר d) הוֹד יע e) י א תוּ 2. Translate the following verses. Identify and parse the verbs in each sentence. Gen 4:15 a) ו יּ אמ ר לוֹ י הו ה ל כ ן כּ ל ה ר ג ק י ן שׁ ב ע ת י ם י קּ ם ו יּ שׂ ם י הו ה ל ק י ן אוֹת ל ב ל תּ י ה כּוֹת א תוֹ כּ ל מ צ אוֹ

168 Lesson Gen 8:4 b) ו תּ נ ח ה תּ ב ה בּ ח ד שׁ ה שּׁ ב יע י GL בּ שׁ ב ע ה GL ע שׂ ר GL יוֹם ל ח ד שׁ ע ל ה ר י PN א ר ר ט Gen 14:15 c) ו יּ ח ל ק ע ל יה ם ל י ל ה הוּא ו ע ב ד יו ו יּ כּ ם Gen 16:8 d) ו יּ אמ ר ה ג ר PN שׁ פ ח ת שׂ ר י א י מ זּ ה ב את ו א נ ה ת ל כ י Gen 26:17 e) ו יּ ל ך מ שּׁ ם י צ ח ק ו יּ ח ן בּ נ ח ל GL גּ ר ר PN ו יּ שׁ ב שׁ ם Gen 29:35 f) ו תּ ה ר עוֹד ו תּ ל ד בּ ן ו תּ אמ ר ה פּ ע ם אוֹד ה א ת י הו ה ע ל כּ ן ק ר א ה שׁ מוֹ י הוּד ה ו תּ ע מ ד מ לּ ד ת Gen 37:21 g) ו יּ שׁ מ ע ר אוּב ן ו יּ צּ ל הוּ מ יּ ד ם ו יּ אמ ר ל א נ כּ נּוּ נ פ שׁ Gen 40:22 h) ו א ת שׂ ר ה א פ ים תּ ל ה כּ א שׁ ר פּ ת ר ל ה ם יוֹס ף Gen 49:8 i) י הוּד ה א תּ ה יוֹדוּ ך א ח י ך Isa 12:1 j) ו א מ ר תּ בּ יּוֹם ה הוּא אוֹד ך י הו ה Hos 6:1 k) ל כוּ ו נ שׁוּב ה א ל י הו ה Ps 44:9 l) בּ א לה ים ה לּ ל נוּ כ ל ה יּוֹם ו שׁ מ ך ל עוֹל ם נוֹד ה

169 Lesson 26 Lesson Summary: Introduction to Syntax in Biblical Hebrew: Part 1 Complements and Adjuncts Argument Structure Syntax Constituent Clause 26.1 Introduction to Syntax in Biblical Hebrew: Part 1 Throughout the last 25 lessons, we primarily discussed the morphology of Biblical Hebrew words. In this lesson, we will begin our discussion of syntax the system of relationships among constituents. Constituent is the label used for the individual words or phrases (e.g., nouns / noun phrases, verbs / verb phrases, prepositions / prepositional phrases) that relate to each other to form a larger, more complex unit called a clause. A basic definition of a clause is that it is the combination of at least two constituents: a subject and a predicate. (1:5 (Jon ו יּ יר אוּ ה מּ לּ ח ים The sailors were afraid subject predicate Subject Predicate Verbal and Verbless Clauses Subjects are usually nouns, noun phrases, or some other nominal constituent (such as a substantive adjective). Predicates may be verbal (e.g., a Perfect verb, Imperfect verb, Participle) or nominal (e.g., an adjective / adjective phrase, or a prepositional phrase). Clauses with verbal predicates are called verbal clauses; clauses with nominal predicates are called verbless clauses (the copula, or be verb, must be supplied).

170 Lesson Verbal (Imperfect) Clause: אוּל י י ת ע שּׁ ת ה א לה ים ל נוּ perhaps God will think about us (Jon 1:6) Complements and Adjuncts Verbless Clause: ע ב ר י א נ כ י a Hebrew (am) I (Jon 1:9) 26.2 Complements and Adjuncts When we consider the relationship between constituents, a major issue is the relationship between a verb and its modifiers. An important distinction is between complements and adjuncts. Complements are obligatory constituents following the verb in a clause; if such constituents were omitted, the clause would be incomplete. In other words, a verb may require a constituent(s), such as a noun phrase or a prepositional phrase, or both, to fulfill it (i.e., to function as its object or to specify location, manner, etc.). The boldfaced, underlined constituents in the following examples are complements their presence is required by the verbs in order for the clauses to be grammatical (i.e., to make sense). ו יהו ה ה ט יל רוּח גּ דוֹל ה א ל ה יּ ם YHWH cast a great wind to the sea (Jon 1:4) כּ י י ד עוּ ה א נ שׁ ים כּ י מ לּ פ נ י י הו ה הוּא ב ר ח Because the men knew that he was fleeing from YHWH (Jon 1:10) ו י מ ן י הו ה דּ ג גּ דוֹל ל ב לע א ת יוֹנ ה YHWH appointed a big fish to swallow Jonah (Jon 2:1) The presence and number of complements are generally determined by the valency of the verb, whether it is intransitive, transitive, or ditransitive. In contrast to complements, adjuncts are optional constituents

171 Lesson following the verb in a clause; such constituents may be omitted without affecting the basic grammaticality of the clause. The boldfaced, italicized constituents in the following clauses are adjuncts. ו יּ ת פּ לּ ל יוֹנ ה א ל י הו ה א לה יו מ מּ ע י ה דּ ג ה Jonah prayed to YHWH his God from the belly of the fish (Jon 2:2) ו יּ ק ם יוֹנ ה ו יּ ל ך א ל נ ינ ו ה כּ ד ב ר י הו ה Jonah arose and went to Nineveh according to the word of YHWH (Jon 3:3) 26.3 Argument Structure Another way of analyzing syntax is in terms of argument structure. An argument is a constituent that is a participant involved in the event or action denoted by the predicate. An analogy might help: we can think of a predicate as the script of a play in which there are a number of roles, which correspond to the constituents. Each and every role must be filled for the play to work. In the same way, each predicate specifies the number of arguments needed to complete its argument structure. One-place predicates (e.g., intransitive verbs) take just one argument, a subject. (1:5 (Jon ו יּ יר אוּ ה מּ לּ ח ים The sailors were afraid external predicate argument Two-place predicates (e.g., transitive verbs), in contrast, take two arguments, a subject and another obligatory constituent that modifies the verb objects, adverbs, prepositional phrases, etc. (3:10 (Jon ו יּ ר א ה א לה ים א ת מ ע שׂ יה ם their deeds God saw internal external predicate argument argument

172 Lesson Some predicates (e.g., ditransitive verbs) may take more than two arguments, such as a subject and two direct objects or a subject, a direct object (e.g., an object), and an oblique object (e.g., a prepositional phrase. (1:4 (Jon ו יהו ה ה ט יל רוּח גּ דוֹל ה א ל ה יּ ם to the sea a great wind cast YHWH internal internal pred. external argument argument argument 26.4 Vocabulary #26 Q weep, bewail; PI lament בּ כ ה Q glean, pick up, gather ל ק ט INTER why מ דּוּע Q cling, cleave, keep close דּ ב ק Q cease, come to an end ח ד ל property, F possession, נ ח ל ה F mother-in-law ח מוֹת inheritance נ כ ר י M favor, grace ח ן נ כ ר יּ ה ADJ foreign, alien; F נ שׁ ק F daughter-in-law, bride כּ לּ ה Q, PI kiss ע ד M witness Exercises 1. Translate the following verses and identify all of the constituents by their lexical category: mark each one as a noun/pronoun (N), verb (V; include infinitives and participles), preposition (P), adjective (Adj), adverb (Adv), or other grammatical word (GW; such as interrogatives, negatives, or conjunctions). PN Ruth 1:4 a) ו יּ שׂ אוּ ל ה ם נ שׁ ים מ א ב יּוֹת PN שׁ ם ה א ח ת ע ר פּ ה PN ו שׁ ם ה שּׁ נ ית רוּת ו יּ שׁ בוּ שׁ ם כּ ע שׂ ר GL שׁ נ ים Ruth 1:6 b) ו תּ ק ם ה יא ו כ לת יה ו תּ שׁ ב מ שּׂ ד י מוֹא ב PN כּ י שׁ מ ע ה בּ שׂ ד ה מוֹא ב כּ י פ ק ד י הו ה א ת ע מּוֹ ל ת ת ל ה ם ל ח ם

173 Lesson Ruth 2:8 c) ו יּ אמ ר בּ ע ז PN א ל רוּת ה לוֹא שׁ מ ע תּ בּ תּ י א ל תּ ל כ י ל ל ק ט בּ שׂ ד ה א ח ר ו ג ם ל א ת ע בוּר י מ זּ ה ו כ ה ת ד בּ ק ין ע ם נ ע ר ת י Ruth 3:16 d) ו תּ בוֹא א ל ח מוֹת הּ ו תּ אמ ר מ י א תּ בּ תּ י ו תּ גּ ד ל הּ א ת כּ ל א שׁ ר ע שׂ ה ל הּ ה א ישׁ 2. Translate the following verses and identify the syntactic relationships between the constituents mark each subject (S), verb (V), complement (Comp), and adjunct (Adt) that you find. Ruth 1:14 a) ו תּ שּׂ נ ה קוֹל ן ו תּ ב כּ ינ ה עוֹד ו תּ שּׁ ק ע ר פּ ה ל ח מוֹת הּ ו רוּת דּ ב ק ה בּ הּ Ruth 1:6 b) ו תּ ק ם ה יא ו כ לת יה ו תּ שׁ ב מ שּׂ ד י מוֹא ב כּ י שׁ מ ע ה בּ שׂ ד ה מוֹא ב כּ י פ ק ד י הו ה א ת ע מּוֹ ל ת ת ל ה ם ל ח ם Ruth 2:10 c) ו תּ פּ ל ע ל פּ נ יה ו תּ שׁ תּ חוּ א ר צ ה ו תּ אמ ר א ל יו מ דּוּע מ צ את י ח ן בּ ע ינ י ך ל ה כּ יר נ י ו א נ כ י נ כ ר יּ ה Ruth 4:10 d) ו ג ם א ת רוּת ה מּ א ב יּ ה א שׁ ת מ ח לוֹן PN ק נ ית י ל י ל א שּׁ ה ל ה ק ים שׁ ם ה מּ ת ע ל נ ח ל תוֹ ו ל א י כּ ר ת שׁ ם ה מּ ת מ ע ם א ח יו וּמ שּׁ ע ר מ קוֹמוֹ ע ד ים א תּ ם ה יּוֹם 3. Translate the following verses and identify the argument structure mark each predicate (Pred), external argument (EA), and internal argument (IA). Ruth 1:14 a) ו תּ שּׂ נ ה קוֹל ן ו תּ ב כּ ינ ה עוֹד ו תּ שּׁ ק ע ר פּ ה ל ח מוֹת הּ ו רוּת דּ ב ק ה בּ הּ

174 Lesson Ruth 1:18 b) ו תּ ר א כּ י מ ת א מּ צ ת ה יא ל ל כ ת א תּ הּ ו תּ ח דּ ל ל ד בּ ר א ל יה Ruth 2:10 c) ו תּ פּ ל ע ל פּ נ יה ו תּ שׁ תּ חוּ א ר צ ה ו תּ אמ ר א ל יו מ דּוּע מ צ את י ח ן בּ ע ינ י ך ל ה כּ יר נ י ו א נ כ י נ כ ר יּ ה Ruth 3:14 d) ו תּ שׁ כּ ב מ ר גּ לוֹת יו ע ד ה בּ ק ר ו תּ ק ם בּ ט ר ם י כּ יר א ישׁ א ת ר ע הוּ ו יּ אמ ר GL א ל י וּ ד ע כּ י ב א ה ה א שּׁ ה ה גּ ר ן

175 Lesson 27 Lesson Summary: Introduction to Syntax in Biblical Hebrew: Part 2 Main and Subordinate Clauses Biblical Hebrew Word Order 27.1 Introduction to Syntax in Biblical Hebrew: Part 2 In the last lesson, syntax was introduced as the system of relationships between constituents and a clause was defined as a subject and a predicate. This lesson will introduce you to two further important aspects of Biblical Hebrew syntax: the relationships between clauses, and the basic order of constituents within clauses. Main and Subordinate Clauses 27.2 Main and Subordinate Clauses One way to classify clauses is by how they relate to each other. There are two basic types: main clauses and subordinate clauses. A main clause is one that can stand on its own; that is, it is not grammatically controlled by another clause. In contrast, a subordinate clause is one that is grammatical controlled by another clause. Related to this classification is the distinction between the two ways that clauses relate to each other: coordination and subordination. Coordination Coordination is the linking of two or more clauses that are of equal syntactic status, i.e. there is no syntactic hierarchical relationship between the two or more clauses. ו יּ ק ם יוֹנ ה... ו יּ ר ד י פוֹ ו יּ מ צ א א נ יּ ה...ו יּ תּ ן שׂ כ ר הּ ו יּ ר ד בּ הּ (and) Jonah rose... and went down (to) Joppa and found a ship... and gave its fare and went down in it (Jon 1:3) Coordination in Biblical Hebrew is most often marked with coordinating conjunctions: ו and, אוֹ or, א ב ל but, אוּל ם but. (See 3.6 for further discussion of ו and why it is not always

176 appropriate to translate it.) Lesson Asyndesis However, it is not uncommon for the coordinating conjunction to be absent, resulting in asyndesis, or unmarked coordination. Compare the two clauses below: ו יּ אמ רוּ א ישׁ א ל ר ע הוּ ל כוּ ו נ פּ יל ה גוֹר לוֹת (and) they said to each other: come and let us cast lots (Jon 1:7) קוּם ל ך א ל נ ינ ו ה ה ע יר ה גּ דוֹל ה Rise, Go to Nineveh, the great city (Jon 1:2) Subordination Subordination is the linking of two or more clauses with the result that they have different syntactic status, i.e. one clause is syntactically dependent on the other. ו יּ אמ רוּ א ל יו מ ה זּ את ע שׂ ית כּ י י ד עוּ ה א נ שׁ ים כּ י מ לּ פ נ י י הו ה הוּא ב ר ח כּ י ה גּ יד ל ה ם (and) they said to him, What is this (that) you have done? Because the men knew that he was fleeing from YHWH because he had told them (Jon 1:10) Subordinating Conjunctions Subordination in English is most often marked with subordinating conjunctions: when, if, although, since, because, while, after, before, etc. The list below provides the most commonly used Biblical Hebrew subordinating conjunctions: before because, when, if, that, though just as, when if not while, until in order to, so that א ח ר י after א ם א שׁ ר לוּ if ל כ ן פּ ן ל פ נ י כּ י כּ א שׁ ר לוּל י ע ד ל מ ע ן if, though who/which, that therefore lest, so that not Traditionally, clauses in coordinate relationship are said to form a compound sentence, whereas those in subordinate relationship form a complex sentence.

177 Lesson Note: Biblical Hebrew, in contrast to English as well as Indo- European languages in general, has a few coordinating conjunctions, but very few subordinating conjunctions. As a result, often times clauses which are syntactically coordinate in Biblical Hebrew may in fact be semantically subordinate. An accurate translation from Biblical Hebrew to English will reflect this semantic subordination despite the syntactical coordination of the clauses. Consider the following segments from parallel material in Kings and Chronicles. ע ל ה וּנ ת תּ ים בּ י ד ך Go up and (= so that, or because) I will place them in your hand (1 Chr. 14:10) ע ל ה כּ י נ ת ן א תּ ן א ת ה פּ ל שׁ תּ ים בּ י ד ך Go up because I will surely place the Philistines in your hand (2 Sam. 5:19) Word Order BH = Subj-Pred (in indicative clauses) 27.3 Biblical Hebrew Word Order Like English, Hebrew is primarily a Subject-Predicate word order language. This means that in normal ( without emphasis ) indicative clauses, the subject precedes the predicate (regardless of whether the predicate is a verb, adjective, etc.). For instance: ו יהו ה ה ט יל רוּח גּ דוֹל ה א ל ה יּ ם YHWH cast a great wind upon the sea (Jon 1:4) However, you will have noticed by now that many clauses in Biblical Hebrew are not Subject-Predicate in order. כּ י י ד עוּ ה א נ שׁ ים כּ י מ לּ פ נ י י הו ה הוּא ב ר ח because the men knew that he was fleeing from YHWH (Jon 1:10) Inversion = X-Pred-Subj כּ י As illustrated in Jonah 1:10, whenever a grammatical word like because, that stands at the front of the clause, the word order of the remaining clause is inverted, i.e., it becomes predicate-subject. The words, like י,כּ that trigger this inversion include the relatives, and א ל, ל א, etc., negatives ה, ל מּ ה, מ ה the interrogatives,שׁ and א שׁ ר. פּ ן,א ם,א ז, ל מ ע ן e.g., most other grammatical words,

178 Lesson The only two grammatical words in Biblical Hebrew that do not.ע תּ ה and ה נּ ה generally trigger Predicate-Subject word order are Past Narr. verb = Pred-Subj Finally, Subject-Predicate word order is not present in the most common type of clause in the Hebrew Bible, the clause in which the Past Narrative verb is used. For instance: ו יּ ק ם יוֹנ ה ל ב ר ח תּ ר שׁ ישׁ ה מ לּ פ נ י י הו ה Jonah arose to flee to Tarshish from before YHWH (Jon 1:3) In the case of Jonah 1:3, the Past Narrative verb ו יּ ק ם precedes the subject ה.יוֹנ This is the case with every Past Narrative verb the verb precedes the subject. One possible explanation for this is that the dagesh chazaq in the prefix of the Past Narrative verb (e.g., יּ ק ם (ו represents a grammatical word that has been assimilated into the prefix consonant. Thus, because of that little grammatical word represented by the dagesh, any clause including a Past Narrative verb is predicate-subject in order. Modal Clause = Pred-Subj All of the clauses we have discussed to this point have contained indicative verbs. Unlike indicative verbs, which exist primarily in Subject-Predicate clauses, modal verbs exist in inverted clauses. Thus, when we examine the Jussives given below, we see the Predicate-Subject order. ו י שׁ תּ ק ה יּ ם מ ע ל ינוּ (so that) the sea may be quiet from upon us (Jon 1:11) ו י שׁ בוּ א ישׁ מ דּ ר כּוֹ ה ר ע ה let (each) man turn from his evil way (Jon 3:8) The Modal Perfect (Lesson 7) also has a modal value; thus, it too stands in inverted clauses. Notice the Predicate-Subject order of the following Modal Perfect examples: מ י יוֹד ע י שׁוּב ו נ ח ם ה א לה ים Who knows? Maybe God shall turn back and repent (Jon 3:9)

179 Lesson ו נ ח ם In Jonah 3:9, the Predicate-Subject word order for the clause reflects the normal word order for modal clauses. Also ה א לה ים notice how the Modal Perfect follows a Jussive. This is a common verb sequence for Modal Perfects (i.e., that they follow other modal forms, such as Imperatives and Jussives). Participles & Verbless = Subj-Pred Our final discussion focuses on Participles and verbless clauses. Like the indicative finite verbal clauses presented above, clauses with participial and adjectival (i.e., verbless) predicates exhibit primarily Subject-Predicate order. כּ י ה יּ ם הוֹל ך ו ס ע ר ע ל יה ם because the sea was growing stormier upon them (Jon 1:13) וּק ר א א ל יה א ת ה קּ ר יא ה א שׁ ר א נ כ י דּ ב ר א ל י ך call to her the proclamation that I am speaking to you (Jon 3:2) From the examples in Jonah 1:13 and 3:2, we can also notice that, unlike the finite verbal clauses above, function words do not invert the word order of participial or verbless clauses. Summary: Biblical Hebrew is a Subject-Predicate language. In clauses with finite indicative verbs, the order becomes inverted (Predicate-Subject) when there is a function word at the beginning of the clause. In modal clauses, the order is Predicate-Subject.

180 Lesson Vocabulary #27 How! ADV, INTER how; INTJ א י ך Q seek refuge ח ס ה י ב מ ת Q be long; HI prolong, lengthen א ר ך F sister-in-law Q perceive, observe, have insight; ל פ נ ים ADV formerly, previously HI understand, give בּ ין FP place of feet מ ר גּ לוֹת understanding, teach Q be bitter; PI HI make bitter מרר Q to sojourn, abide גּוּר נ ע ל F sandal, shoe M threshing floor גּ ר ן PI command צוה Q live, be alive ח י ה Q draw out, off שׁ ל ף Exercises 1. Translate the following verses and identify which clauses are main and which are subordinate. Also, identify any coordination. Gen 17:18 a) ו יּ אמ ר א ב ר ה ם א ל ה א לה ים לוּ GL י שׁ מ ע אל PN י ח י ה ל פ נ י ך Deut 4:40 b) ו שׁ מ ר תּ א ת ח קּ יו ו א ת מ צ ו ת יו א שׁ ר א נ כ י מ צ וּ ך ה יּוֹם א שׁ ר י יט ב ל ך וּל ב נ י ך א ח ר י ך וּל מ ע ן תּ א ר י ך י מ ים ע ל ה א ד מ ה א שׁ ר י הו ה א לה י ך נ ת ן ל ך כּ ל ה יּ מ ים I Kgs 13:31 c) ו י ה י א ח ר י ק ב רוֹ א תוֹ ו יּ אמ ר א ל בּ נ יו ל אמ ר בּ מוֹת י וּק ב ר תּ ם א ת י בּ קּ ב ר GL א שׁ ר א ישׁ ה א לה ים ק בוּר בּוֹ א צ ל GL ע צ מ ת יו ה נּ יחוּ א ת ע צ מ ת י I Kgs 22:19 d) ו יּ אמ ר ל כ ן שׁ מ ע דּ ב ר י הו ה ר א ית י א ת י הו ה י שׁ ב ע ל כּ ס אוֹ ו כ ל צ ב א ה שּׁ מ י ם ע מ ד ע ל יו מ ימ ינוֹ GL וּמ שּׂ מ אלוֹ GL

181 GL Lesson Isa 1:9 e) לוּל י GL י הו ה צ ב אוֹת הוֹת יר GL ל נוּ שׂ ר יד GL כּ מ ע ט כּ ס ד ם PN ה י ינוּ ל ע מ ר ה דּ מ ינוּ GL Isa 6:10 f) ה שׁ מ ן GL ל ב ה ע ם ה זּ ה ו א ז נ יו ה כ בּ ד ו ע ינ יו ה שׁ ע GL פּ ן י ר א ה ב ע ינ יו וּב א ז נ יו י שׁ מ ע וּל ב בוֹ י ב ין ו שׁ ב ו ר פ א לוֹ Ruth 1:20 g) ו תּ אמ ר א ל יה ן א ל תּ ק ר אנ ה ל י נ ע מ י PN ק ר אן ל י מ ר א PN כּ י ה מ ר שׁ דּ י ל י מ א ד 2. Translate the following clauses. For each clause with an explicit subject indicate whether the word order is Subject-Predicate or Predicate-Subject. If the order is Predicate-Subject, identify why. Ruth 1:1 a) ו יּ ל ך א ישׁ מ בּ ית ל ח ם PN י הוּד ה PN ל גוּר בּ שׂ ד י מוֹא ב PN Ruth 1:6 b) כּ י שׁ מ ע ה בּ שׂ ד ה מוֹא ב כּ י פ ק ד י הו ה א ת ע מּוֹ ל ת ת ל ה ם ל ח ם Ruth 1:8 c) י ע שׂ י הו ה ע מּ כ ם ח ס ד כּ א שׁ ר ע שׂ ית ם ע ם ה מּ ת ים ו ע מּ ד י Ruth 2:4 d) ו ה נּ ה ב ע ז בּ א מ בּ ית ל ח ם PN GL Ruth 2:12 e) י שׁ לּ ם י הו ה פּ ע ל ך GL וּת ה י מ שׂ כּ ר תּ ך GL א שׁ ר בּ את ל ח סוֹת תּ ח ת כּ נ פ יו שׁ ל מ ה מ ע ם י הו ה א לה י י שׂ ר א ל

182 Lesson Ruth 3:6 f) ו תּ ע שׂ כּ כ ל א שׁ ר צ וּ תּ ה ח מוֹת הּ Ruth 3:8 g) ו ה נּ ה א שּׁ ה שׁ כ ב ת מ ר גּ לת יו Ruth 3:14 h) ו תּ ק ם בּ ט ר ם י כּ יר א ישׁ א ת ר ע הוּ Ruth 3:14 i) ו יּ אמ ר א ל י וּ ד ע כּ י ב א ה ה א שּׁ ה ה גּ ר ן Ruth 3:18 j) ו תּ אמ ר שׁ ב י ב תּ י ע ד א שׁ ר תּ ד ע ין א י ך י פּ ל דּ ב ר Ruth 4:7 k) ו ז את ל פ נ ים בּ י שׂ ר א ל ע ל ה גּ אוּלּ ה ו ע ל ה תּ מוּר ה ל ק יּ ם כּ ל דּ ב ר שׁ ל ף א ישׁ נ ע לוֹ ו נ ת ן ל ר ע הוּ

183 Lesson 28 Lesson Summary: Introduction to Semantics Lexical Semantics Case Roles Semantics 28.1 Introduction to Semantics Semantics is concerned with meaning in language. It deals with various meaning issues, both at the word and phrase level (e.g., ambiguity, polysemy, synonymy, and semantic overlap) and at the clause level (e.g., truth values, communicative potential, and entailment). Lexical semantics and case roles are examined in the following sections. The treatment of the Biblical Hebrew verbal system in this grammar illustrates the main concerns of semantics. In 13.2 the verbs in Biblical Hebrew were examined as a system in which certain forms contrast with each other and others overlap in meaning. This is illustrated by the following diagram. Venn Diagram of a Semantic Model of BH Verbal System ו יּ ק ט ל Past Tense (narrative verb) simple past gnomic past habitual קוֹט ל Progressive Aspect expected future present progressive past progressive י ק ט ל ק ט ל Perfective Aspect perfect immediate future performative commissive contingent directive Imperfective Aspect general future future in the past volitive (H) י ק ט ל/ ק ט ל Deontic Modality

184 Lesson Lexical Semantics 28.2 Lexical Semantics Lexical semantics is concerned with discerning semantic contrast and overlap between words in terms of their lexical meaning (as opposed to grammatical meanings such as tense, aspect, modality, definiteness, etc.). In 11.1 you were introduced to the binyanim. Depending on which binyan a verb appears in, it may have a different number of arguments (see 26.3). Semantics is also interested in analyzing the case roles of these arguments. Lexical semantics involves two areas of study: multiple meanings for the same word, and related meanings between words. You have noticed that the lexicon gives numbered entries of the various meanings a word may have. The crucial task in reading a passage is deciding which meaning best fits the context in which it occurs. Every meaning of a word is not represented by each instance where it occurs. For instance, the lexicon lists six different meanings for the verb proclaim; in Qal: (1) call, cry aloud; (2) call to (someone); (3) ק ר א (4) read aloud; (5) summon; (6) name. However, generally the context will limit an occurrence of ק ר א to one of these meanings. Thus, the eight occurrences of this root in Jonah appear to have one of two meanings: call, cry aloud (1:6; 1:14; 2:3; 3:8), or proclaim (1:2; 3:2, 4, 5) Examining the interrelated meanings of words helps sharpen our understanding of the range of meanings of a particular word. For instance, by looking at other color terms related to red we can more precisely define the allowable range of meaning of red. For instance, at one point is a color no longer red but maroon? We can sharpen the range of meaning of ק ר א by comparing it to semantically related words like ז ע ק and ע ק.צ Although they all have the basic meaning cry out, they often differ in nuance. For instance, only ק ר א is used as to read aloud, and only ז ע ק is used explicitly as to make a cry of horror/alarm/distress/sorrow.

185 Lesson ו ה א ישׁ בּ א ל ה גּ יד בּ ע יר ו תּ ז ע ק כּ ל ה ע יר (when) the man came to the report in the city [that the ark had been captured], all of the city cried out (in alarm) (1 Sam 4:13) ו יּ ק ר א בּ ס פ ר תּוֹר ת ה א לה ים יוֹם בּ יוֹם (and) they read in the book of the law of God daily (Neh 8:18) Case Roles 28.3 Case Roles in Biblical Hebrew Case involves morphology, syntax, and semantics. Cases indicate the particular syntactic role or relationship between words in an expression, often by morphological distinctions (e.g., Latin, German). The role of each case can also be analyzed semantically (e.g., nominative is syntactically the subject but semantically the agent of a dynamic verb but the patient of a stative verb). In English, morphological case marking is preserved only in the personal pronouns. Nominative Accusative Genitive I me my he him his she her her we us our they them their Similarly, Hebrew at one time distinguished these cases morphologically. However, by the period of Biblical Hebrew cases are mostly abstract, and the Genitive case has been replaced by the construct relationship (see 6.1). The Nominative case includes the agent of a dynamic verb or the patient of a stative or passive verb. An agent is the entity that performs an action or brings about a change of state. A patient is an entity in a state or undergoing change. ו יהו ה ה ט יל רוּח גּ דוֹל ה א ל ה יּ ם (and) YHWH cast a great wind onto the sea (Jon 1:4) עוֹד א ר בּ ע ים יוֹם ו נ ינ ו ה נ ה פּ כ ת yet forty days and Nineveh will be destroyed (Jon 3:4) The Accusative case includes all the nouns governed by the verb whether complements or adjuncts. Although accusative is most

186 Lesson often associated with the direct object of a verb, it is also associated with nouns expressing nuances such as location, source, path, or manner. ו יהו ה ה ט יל רוּח גּ דוֹל ה א ל ה יּ ם (and) YHWH cast a great wind onto the sea (Jon 1:4) ו יּ ח ל יוֹנ ה ל בוֹא ב ע יר מ ה ל ך יוֹם א ח ד (and) Jonah began to enter into the city a journey of one day (Jon 3:4) 28.4 Vocabulary #28 Note: Often verbs take a direct object headed by a preposition. Sometimes different prepositions signal different meanings of the predication. א ך אוֹס יף ל ה בּ יט א ל ה יכ ל ק ד שׁ ך Surely I will again look at/to your holy temple (Jon 2:5) The Genitive case has been replaced in Biblical Hebrew by the construct. In a construct relationship the noun in the absolute can modify the noun in construct in a number of ways. Most often the absolute noun represents the agent or possessor of the activity behind the construct noun or simply modifies the construct noun adjectivally. ו י ה י דּ ב ר י הו ה א ל יוֹנ ה ב ן א מ תּ י the word of YHWH came to Jonah, son of Amitai (Jon 1:1) מ ה ל ך שׁ לשׁ ת י מ ים... a journey of three days (= a three day s journey) (Jon 3:3) CONJ or אוֹ ADJ sacred, holy ק דוֹשׁ M god, God, mighty one א ל M end, extremity ק צ ה M morning בּ ק ר Q reap, harvest ק צ ר NI be left over, behind, remain; HI שׁאר again, Q add; HI multiply, do י ס ף continue leave over, behind M deed, work מ ע שׂ ה ADJ inhabitant, neighbor שׁ כ ן Q be quiet, undisturbed; HI show שׁ ק ט stationed, NI take one s stand; be נצב appointed quietness, cause quietness

187 Lesson Exercises 1. Examine the range of meanings for ח ס ד using the lexicon, and determine the best meaning(s) for the word in its occurrences in Ruth. 2. Determine the degree of overlap between these related words (use a diagram like the one given for the verbal system in the lesson to show the overlap). א ד ם א ישׁ גּ בּוֹר 3. Translate the following clauses and identify the case roles of the nouns in each nominative (Nom), genitive (Gen), or accusative (Acc). PN Ruth 1:3 a) ו יּ מ ת א ל ימ ל ך PN א ישׁ נ ע מ י ו תּ שּׁ א ר ה יא וּשׁ נ י ב נ יה Ruth 1:8 b) ו תּ אמ ר נ ע מ י ל שׁ תּ י כ לת יה ל כ נ ה שּׁ ב נ ה א שּׁ ה ל ב ית א מּ הּ י ע שׂ י הו ה ע מּ כ ם ח ס ד כּ א שׁ ר ע שׂ ית ם ע ם ה מּ ת ים ו ע מּ ד י Ruth 1:14 c) ו תּ שּׂ נ ה קוֹל ן ו תּ ב כּ ינ ה עוֹד ו תּ שּׁ ק ע ר פּ ה ל ח מוֹת הּ ו רוּת דּ ב ק ה בּ הּ GL א ל נ ע מ י א ל כ ה נּ א ה שּׂ ד ה ו א ל ק ט ה ב שּׁ בּ ל ים PN ו תּ אמ ר רוּת ה מּוֹא ב יּ ה Ruth 2:2 d) א ח ר א שׁ ר א מ צ א ח ן בּ ע ינ יו ו תּ אמ ר ל הּ ל כ י ב תּ י Ruth 2:5 e) ו יּ אמ ר בּ ע ז ל נ ע רוֹ ה נּ צּ ב ע ל ה קּוֹצ ר ים ל מ י ה נּ ע ר ה ה זּ את

188 Lesson GL ו תּ ב א ב לּ ט GL ו יּ אכ ל בּ ע ז ו יּ שׁ תּ ו יּ יט ב ל בּוֹ ו יּ ב א ל שׁ כּ ב בּ ק צ ה ה ע ר מ ה Ruth 3:7 f) ו תּ ג ל מ ר גּ לת יו ו תּ שׁ כּ ב Ruth 3:18 g) ו תּ אמ ר שׁ ב י ב תּ י ע ד א שׁ ר תּ ד ע ין א י ך י פּ ל דּ ב ר כּ י ל א י שׁ ק ט ה א ישׁ כּ י א ם כּ לּ ה ה דּ ב ר ה יּוֹם ו יּ קּ ח בּ ע ז א ת רוּת ו תּ ה י לוֹ ל א שּׁ ה ו יּ ב א א ל יה ו יּ תּ ן י הו ה ל הּ ה ר יוֹןGL Ruth 4:13 h) ו תּ ל ד בּ ן Ruth 4:17 i) ו תּ ק ר אנ ה לוֹ ה שּׁ כ נוֹת שׁ ם ל אמ ר י לּ ד בּ ן ל נ ע מ י ו תּ ק ר אנ ה שׁ מוֹ עוֹב ד PN הוּא א ב י י שׁ י PN א ב י ד ו ד PN

189 Lesson 29 Lesson Summary: Introduction to Pragmatics Information Structure Biblical Hebrew Word Order and Information Structure Pragmatics 29.1 Introduction to Pragmatics Pragmatics is the study of how the relationship between an utterance, the speaker, the addressee, and any other aspect of the context/discourse are encoded (e.g., by means of prosody, word order, or use of discourse markers). Unlike syntax, which is the study of the relationship of constituents or clauses to each other, pragmatics incorporates the notion of the larger linguistic and extra-linguistic context. Also, unlike semantics, which is the study of the relationship between linguistic expressions and the objects to which they refer, pragmatics is the study of the use of linguistic expressions and includes such issues as deixis, theme, rheme, and focus. Pragmatics is a broad field of study; in what follows, the discussion and definitions will reflect our focus on the application of pragmatic analysis to written texts. The linguistic context that is the object of pragmatic study ranges from the level of the clause (e.g., how the word order of constituents reflects pragmatic concerns) to the levels of discourse beyond the clause (i.e., how pragmatic concerns affect the structure of an entire text). In this lesson we will focus on clause-level pragmatics (discourselevel pragmatics will be discussed in Lesson 30).

190 Lesson Information Structure 29.2 Information Structure One of the common ways to study the pragmatics of a language is by analyzing what is called the information structure of that language. Information structure refers to the interface between the linguistic content of a text and how the reader cognitively processes that linguistic information. Information structure is concerned with studying why, when two or more possible linguistic options may express the same propositional information, one is chosen over the others. Central concepts to the study of information structure are the concepts of theme, rheme, and focus. The Theme is that piece of information that anchors the added information to the existing information state; it is the presupposed information in a discourse. Thus, the Theme is a known, active entity within the discourse and stands in contrast to the Rheme. The Rheme represents that information which has been added to a discourse situation (i.e., it is the non-presupposed information), often marked in languages by word order, prosody, or both. While the Rheme may often mark new discourse items, it may also mark old discourse items that are being re-added to the discourse. Consider the following example. י שׂ ר א ל נוֹשׁ ע Israel was victorious (Isa 45:17) Rheme Rheme (All the constituents are new) Theme Rheme (Israel is not new to the context) Rheme Theme (Israel is new, was victorious is not) There are at least three basic contexts that we can supply to understand how the clause Israel was victorious can signal different states of information. If all the material is new to the discourse, it is all considered to be the Rheme. If we supply a context in which Israel has already been introduced, then we could consider Israel as the Theme and was victorious as the Rheme. Finally, if we supply a context that is discussing the various people who were victorious but Israel has not yet been mentioned, then Israel is the Rheme and was

191 victorious is the Theme. Lesson The final information structure concept that we must discuss is Focus. Focus represents a constituent that is highlighted for some sort of emphasis within the discourse (e.g., for contrast, identification). Israel was victorious (not its enemies) Biblical Hebrew Word Order and Information Structure In Lesson 27, Biblical Hebrew was described as a Subject-Verb language. In other words, the basic order of constituents in a clause has the subject preceding the verb. However, many clauses in the Hebrew Bible contain a focused constituent. Focused constituents are usually placed at the front of the clause (this is sometimes referred to as fronting ). The fronting of a focused constituent almost always results in Verb-Subject order. There are numerous examples in which the Verb-Subject (or Predicate-Subject in a verbless clause) order is triggered by a fronted focused constituent. Consider the following four examples: א ת ע נ י י phrase: Genesis 31:42 contains the focusing of an object.ו א ת י ג יע כּ פּ י לוּל י א לה י א ב י א לה י א ב ר ה ם וּפ ח ד י צ ח ק ה י ה ל י כּ י ע תּ ה ר יק ם שׁ לּ ח תּ נ י א ת ע נ י י ו א ת י ג יע כּ פּ י ר א ה א לה ים ו יּוֹכ ח א מ שׁ if the God of my father, the God of Abraham and the Fear of Isaac had not been for me, indeed now you would have sent me away empty. My affliction and the labor of my hands God has seen and he judged last night (Gen 31.42) The fronting of this focused phrase also results in the inversion of ). ר א ה א לה ים ( Verb-Subject the word order for the rest of the clause: Jonah 1:9 illustrates Predicate-Subject inversion in a verbless clause.

192 Lesson ע ב ר י א נ כ י A Hebrew am I (Jon 1:9) The predicate ע ב ר י is in the initial position because Jonah is telling the sailors who he is. Genesis 3:5 illustrates Verb-Subject inversion with the participle.י ד ע כּ י י ד ע א לה ים כּ י בּ יוֹם א כ ל כ ם מ מּ נּוּ ו נ פ ק חוּ ע ינ יכ ם ו ה י ית ם כּ א לה ים י ד ע י טוֹב ו ר ע because God knows that on the day you eat from it, your eyes will be opened and you will become like gods... (Gen 3:5) In this case, the serpent in Genesis 3 wants Eve to believe that God is well aware of the effects of eating the forbidden fruit and that He is trying to keep Eve and Adam from something desirable. When we turn our attention to modal clauses (in which the normal word order is Verb-Subject), it only makes sense that the focusing and fronting of a constituent triggers inversion back to Subject-Verb order. In Genesis 44:33, the subject noun ה נּ ע ר is focused and thus fronted. ו ע תּ ה י שׁ ב נ א ע ב דּ ך תּ ח ת ה נּ ע ר ע ב ד ל אד נ י ו ה נּ ע ר י ע ל ע ם א ח יו Now, please let your servant stay instead of the lad as a servant to my lord; and let the lad go up with his brothers (Gen 44:33) The result of the focusing and fronting of the subject noun, is that it now precedes the modal verb ל,י ע producing Subject-Verb order in a modal clause (which is normally Verb-Subject order). Summary: Words (such as objects, prepositional phrases, etc.) may be focused (for contrast or some other kind of emphasis); a focused constituent is almost always fronted, that is, placed at the front of the Biblical Hebrew clause.

193 Lesson Such fronted words trigger Predicate-Subject (i.e., inverted) word order in indicative clauses. In modal clauses, which have Predicate-Subject order as their basic word order, the Subject-Predicate word order is triggered when a focused constituent is fronted Vocabulary #29 מ ו ת Q be strong, bold; PI strengthen א מ ץ M death (something); HIT make oneself מ כ ר Q sell bold, obstinate Q separate; HI divide, separate פּ ר ד דּ ע ת F/M knowledge (something) F righteousness צ ד ק ה M strength, wealth, valor; army ח י ל F portion ח ל ק ה ADV emptily, vainly ר יק ם Q go down, descend י ר ד F underworld, Sheol שׁ אוֹל M/F deep, sea, abyss תּ הוֹם Exercises 1. Translate the following clauses. Identify the Theme, Rheme, and Focus (if there is one) for each clause in the following verses. (If necessary, consult the context of each for help in identifying the information structure.) GL Gen 1:2 a) ו ה א ר ץ ה י ת ה ת הוּ GL ו ב הוּ GL ו ח שׁ ך ע ל פּ נ י ת הוֹם ו רוּח א לה ים מ ר ח פ ת ע ל פּ נ י ה מּ י ם Gen 1:10 b) ו יּ ק ר א א לה ים ל יּ בּ שׁ ה א ר ץ וּל מ ק ו ה GL ה מּ י ם ק ר א י מּ ים ו יּ ר א א לה ים כּ י טוֹב

194 Lesson Gen 2:16 c) ו י צ ו י הו ה א לה ים ע ל ה א ד ם ל אמ ר מ כּ ל ע ץ ה גּ ן א כ ל תּ אכ ל Gen 2:17 d) וּמ ע ץ ה דּ ע ת טוֹב ו ר ע ל א ת אכ ל מ מּ נּוּ כּ י בּ יוֹם א כ ל ך מ מּ נּוּ מוֹת תּ מוּת Gen 4:1 e) ו ה א ד ם י ד ע א ת ח וּ ה PN א שׁ תּוֹ ו תּ ה ר ו תּ ל ד א ת ק י ן PN ו תּ אמ ר ק נ ית י א ישׁ א ת י הו ה Gen 31:34 f) ו ר ח ל ל ק ח ה א ת ה תּ ר פ ים GL ו תּ שׂ מ ם בּ כ ר GL ה גּ מ ל ו תּ שׁ ב ע ל יה ם ו י מ שּׁ שׁ ל ב ן א ת כּ ל ה א ה ל ו ל א מ צ א 2. Translate the following clauses. For each clause indicate whether the word order is Subject-Predicate or Predicate-Subject and explain why the word order is that way (i.e., indicate whether the word order is basic, or triggered due to syntactic or pragmatic reasons). Ruth 1:14 a) ו תּ שּׁ ק ע ר פּ ה ל ח מוֹת הּ ו רוּת דּ ב ק ה בּ הּ Ruth 1:15 b) ו תּ אמ ר ה נּ ה שׁ ב ה י ב מ תּ ך א ל ע מּ הּ ו א ל א לה יה Ruth 1:17 c) כּ י ה מּ ו ת י פ ר יד בּ ינ י וּב ינ ך Ruth 1:18 d) ו תּ ר א כּ י מ ת א מּ צ ת ה יא ל ל כ ת א תּ הּ Ruth 1:21 e) א נ י מ ל א ה ה ל כ תּ י ו ר יק ם ה שׁ יב נ י י הו ה

195 Lesson Ruth 3:11 f) כּ י יוֹד ע כּ ל שׁ ע ר ע מּ י כּ י א שׁ ת ח י ל א תּ Ruth 4:3 g) ו יּ אמ ר ל גּ א ל GL ח ל ק ת ה שּׂ ד ה א שׁ ר ל א ח ינוּ ל א ל ימ ל ך PN מ כ ר ה נ ע מ י

196 Lesson 30 Lesson Summary: Introduction to Discourse Linguistics The Foreground and Background of Narrative Discourse Topic Discourse Linguistics 30.1 Introduction to Discourse Linguistics Discourse linguistics, in contrast to traditional, sentence-based, linguistics, takes a discourse or text as the object of linguistic analysis. The study of discourse linguistics is still developing. The following presentation represents just one approach out of many. We shall approach discourse linguistics as the study of information structure beyond the level of individual clauses (as opposed to Lesson 29, in which we focused on clause-level pragmatics and information structure). In this way, we may describe discourse linguistics as the linguistic counterpart to traditional literary analysis. Some elements that shape discourse include the genre or type of discourse (e.g., a narrative, a poem), how speech is incorporated into the discourse (e.g., direct or indirect speech), how the saliency of events are marked (e.g., foreground or background). In the next two sections we will examine two areas of discourse analysis on the Hebrew Bible that have proven quite fruitful: 1) foreground and background of narrative, and 2) discourse topic. Foreground and Background 30.2 The Foreground and Background of Narrative The majority of the Hebrew Bible is narrative. Because Biblical Hebrew has a Past Narrative verb form, this discourse type is readily identifiable. The main thread or foreground of narrative discourse features the Past Narrative verb. ו י ה י דּ ב ר י הו ה א ל יוֹנ ה ב ן א מ תּ י (and) the word of YHWH came to Jonah, son of Amitai (Jon 1:1)

197 Lesson Whenever the narrator chooses to communicate something that is not part of the development or progression of the plot action, he avoids using the Past Narrative verb. For instance, in Jonah 3:3 the Perfect ה י ת ה is used instead of the Past Narrative form because the clause provides the reader with background information regarding an important element in the plot the city of Nineveh. ו יּ ק ם יוֹנ ה ו יּ ל ך א ל נ ינ ו ה כּ ד ב ר י הו ה ו נ ינ ו ה ה י ת ה ע יר גּ דוֹל ה ל א לה ים (and) Jonah rose and went to Nineveh according to the word of YHWH. Now Ninevah was a great city to God (Jon 3:3) In addition to communicating background information, the narrator also avoids using the Past Narrative verb to portray events in an order other than their occurrence in the narrative. Thus, in Jonah 1:5, the Perfect verb י ר ד indicates that, prior to the storm being sent and the sailors emergency measures, Jonah had gone down into the ship. ו יּ יר אוּ ה מּ לּ ח ים ו יּ ז ע קוּ א ישׁ א ל א לה יו ו יּ ט לוּ א ת ה כּ ל ים א שׁ ר בּ א נ יּ ה א ל ה יּ ם ל ה ק ל מ ע ל יה ם ו יוֹנ ה י ר ד א ל י ר כּ ת י ה סּ פ ינ ה ו יּ שׁ כּ ב ו יּ ר ד ם (and) the sailors were afraid and each cried out to his god, and they cast the vessels that were on the ship into the sea in order to lighten (the ship) of them. Now Jonah had gone down into the recesses of the ship and laid down and fallen asleep. (Jon 1:5) Similarly, in Genesis 2:6, the narrator uses the Imperfect and Modal Perfect verbs to report events that contribute to the setting (the state of creation) rather than the main plot line of the narrative, which begins with God creating man in verse 7. ו א ד י ע ל ה מ ן ה א ר ץ ו ה שׁ ק ה א ת כּ ל פּ נ י ה א ד מ ה (and) mist would come up from the earth and would water the entire surface of the ground (Gen 2:6)

198 Summary: Lesson Discourse material that is presented with the Past Narrative verb is called foreground material. Foreground events are the most salient or important for the development of the plot line and very frequently occur in succession (i.e., this happened, then this happened, etc.). Discourse material is presented with other predicates (e.g., verbless clause, Participle, Perfect, Imperfect) is generally background material. Background material describes the narrative setting or reports simultaneous or out-of-sequence events relative to the narrative plot Discourse Topic In Lesson 29 when we examined Biblical Hebrew word order, we discussed the fact that the basic word order in Biblical Hebrew is Subject-Verb. Clearly, however, Hebrew narrative is typically Verb-Subject because of the predominant use of the Past Narrative verb. Thus, when the narrator wants to introduce a new character in the narrative or signal an important change in which character is doing the action, the Focus on the character is signaled by the use of Subject-Verb word order. Consider the following examples: In Jonah 1:4 the narrator avoids the Past Narrative to introduce an important new agent into the sequence of events. ו יהו ה ה ט יל רוּח גּ דוֹל ה א ל ה יּ ם ו י ה י ס ע ר גּ דוֹל בּ יּ ם ו ה א נ יּ ה ח שּׁ ב ה ל ה שּׁ ב ר (and) YHWH cast a great wind onto the sea and there was a great storm in the sea (so that) the ship threatened to break apart (Jon 1:4) is not necessarily new to the narrative (it was his word which י הו ה came to Jonah in the first place). However, in verse 3 the narrator focuses entirely on what Jonah does. The use of a non-past Narrative verb in verse 4 signals the switch from Jonah as the.י הו ה primary agent to In Jonah 1:5 we have a related use of a non-past Narrative verb.

199 Lesson ו יּ יר אוּ ה מּ לּ ח ים ו יּ ז ע קוּ א ישׁ א ל א לה יו ו יּ ט לוּ א ת ה כּ ל ים א שׁ ר בּ א נ יּ ה א ל ה יּ ם ל ה ק ל מ ע ל יה ם ו יוֹנ ה י ר ד א ל י ר כּ ת י ה סּ פ ינ ה ו יּ שׁ כּ ב ו יּ ר ד ם The sailors were afraid and each cried out to his gods. They cast the vessels that were on the ship into the sea in order to lessen (the load) upon them. (However), Jonah had gone down to the recesses of the ship and laid down and fallen asleep. (Jon 1:5) As we noted above, in the case of Jonah 1:5, the non-narrative Past clause יוֹנ ה י ר ד presents information that both is background (because the narrator had already informed the audience that Jonah had gone down into the ship in verse 3) and includes a focused subject. Jonah is focused in order to contrast Jonah s actions with those of the sailors. In the case of narrative, this focus is signalled by the non-use of the Narrative Past verb. This means, of course, that Subject-Verb order can represent either a basic clause, or one with a focused subject. Also, since both backgrounded material as well as character or topic changes avoid the use of the Past Narrative verb, it is necessary to identify which is occurring (i.e., whether the non-past Narrative clause is signaling backgrounded material or a character change or both). This can only be determined based on the context. Keep in mind, however, that a character change is not necessarily backgrounded information (see Ruth 4:1). Thus, there is not a one-to-one correspondence between non-past Narrative clauses and any particular discourse function.

200 Lesson Exercises (Since we have now come to the end of this grammar, and we have been focusing on the book of Ruth in the exercises of the last five lessons, the exercises for this final lesson presume a familiarity with the entire book of Ruth.) 1. Translate the following clauses. Identify any non-past Narrative clauses and specify their discourse function. Ruth 1:2 ו שׁ ם ה א ישׁ א ל ימ ל ך ו שׁ ם א שׁ תּוֹ נ ע מ י ו שׁ ם שׁ נ י ב נ יו מ ח לוֹן ו כ ל יוֹן א פ ר ת ים מ בּ ית ל ח ם י הוּד ה ו יּ ב אוּ שׂ ד י מוֹא ב ו יּ ה יוּ שׁ ם Ruth 1:4 ו יּ שׂ אוּ ל ה ם נ שׁ ים מ א ב יּוֹת שׁ ם ה א ח ת ע ר פּ ה ו שׁ ם ה שּׁ נ ית רוּת ו יּ שׁ בוּ שׁ ם כּ ע שׂ ר שׁ נ ים Ruth 2:1 וּל נ ע מ י מוֹד ע ל א ישׁ הּ א ישׁ גּ בּוֹר ח י ל מ מּ שׁ פּ ח ת א ל ימ ל ך וּשׁ מוֹ בּ ע ז Ruth 2:4 ו ה נּ ה ב ע ז בּ א מ בּ ית ל ח ם ו יּ אמ ר ל קּוֹצ ר ים י הו ה ע מּ כ ם ו יּ אמ רוּ לוֹ י ב ר כ ך י הו ה Ruth 4:1 וּב ע ז ע ל ה ה שּׁ ע ר ו יּ שׁ ב שׁ ם ו ה נּ ה ה גּ א ל ע ב ר א שׁ ר דּ בּ ר בּ ע ז ו יּ אמ ר סוּר ה שׁ ב ה פּ ה פּ לנ י א ל מ נ י ו יּ ס ר ו יּ שׁ ב

201 1a. Noun Inflection (6.1) Appendix A Noun, Adjective, and Pronoun Paradigms Masculine Feminine Absolute Construct Absolute Construct דּ ב ר י ם דּ ב ר י א ד מ ת י ם א ד מ ת י Singular Plural Dual דּ ב ר ים דּ ב ר י א ד מוֹת א ד מוֹת דּ ב ר דּ ב ר א ד מ ה א ד מ ת 1b. Adjective Inflection (6.1) Masculine Feminine Singular Plural Dual ח כ מ י ם ח כ מ י ח כ מ ת י ם ח כ מ ת י Absolute ח כ מ ים ח כ ם Construct ח כ מ י ח כ ם Absolute ח כ מ ה ח כ מוֹת Construct ח כ מ ת ח כ מוֹת 2. Frequent Irregular Nouns (6.2) Singular Absolute Singular Construct Plural Absolute Plural Construct father M א ב א ב, א ב י א בוֹת א בוֹת brother M א ח א ח י א ח ים א ח י sister F א חוֹת א חוֹת א ח יוֹת א ח יוֹת man M א ישׁ א ישׁ א נ שׁ ים א נ שׁ י woman F א שּׁ ה א שׁ ת נ שׁ ים נ שׁ י house M בּ י ת בּ ית בּ תּ ים בּ תּ י son M בּ ן בּ ן בּ נ ים בּ נ י daughter F בּ ת בּ ת בּ נוֹת בּ נוֹת day M יוֹם יוֹם י מ ים י מ י city F ע יר ע יר ע ר ים ע ר י head M ר אשׁ ר אשׁ ר אשׁ ים ר אשׁ י

202 Appendix A Personal Pronouns (10.1) 3MS הוּא he 3MP ה ם they 3FS ה יא she 3FP ה ן / ה נּ ה they 2MS א תּ ה you 2MP א תּ ם you 2FS א תּ you 2FP א תּ ן you 1CS א נ י / א נ כ י I 1CP א נ ח נוּ we 4. Demonstrative Pronouns (9.2) Near M this ז ה M א לּ ה F } these ז את F this Far הוּא M that ה מּ ה M those ה נּ ה F those ה יא F that

203 5a. Suffixed Pronouns on Nouns ו 3MS הּ 3FS ך 2MS ך 2FS י 1CS ם 3MP ן 3FP כ ם 2MP כ ן 2F נוּ 1CP Appendix A 193 Added to Masculine Singular Added to Feminine Singular Added to Masculine Plural Added to Feminine Plural word his דּ ב רוֹ word her דּ ב ר הּ word your דּ ב ר ך word your דּ ב ר ך word my דּ ב ר י word their דּ ב ר ם word their דּ ב ר ן word your דּ ב ר כ ם word your דּ ב ר כ ן word our דּ ב ר נוּ law his תּוֹר תוֹ law her תּוֹר ת הּ law your תּוֹר ת ך law your תּוֹר ת ך law my תּוֹר ת י law their תּוֹר ת ם law their תּוֹר ת ן law your תּוֹר ת כ ם law your תּוֹר ת כ ן law our תּוֹר ת נוּ יו 3MS יה 3FS י ך 2MS י ך 2FS י 1CS יה ם 3MP יה ן 3FP יכ ם 2MP יכ ן 2FP ינוּ 1CP words his דּ ב ר יו words her דּ ב ר יה words your דּ ב ר י ך words your דּ ב ר י ך words my דּ ב ר י words their דּ ב ר יה ם words their דּ ב ר יה ן words your דּ ב ר יכ ם words your דּ ב ר יכ ם words our דּ ב ר ינוּ laws his תּוֹרוֹת יו laws her תּוֹרוֹת יה laws your תּוֹרוֹת י ך laws your תּוֹרוֹת י ך laws my תּוֹרוֹת י laws their תּוֹרוֹת יה ם laws their תּוֹרוֹת יה ן laws your תּוֹרוֹת יכ ם laws your תּוֹרוֹת יכ ן laws our תּוֹרוֹת ינוּ.אוֹת/א ת- and the Direct Object Marker מ ן and כּ מוֹ /כּ /כּ,ל 5b. Suffixed Pronouns on Prepositions ו 3MS הּ 3FS ך 2MS ך 2FS י 1CS ה ם/ ם 3MP ה ן 3FP כ ם 2MP כ ן 2FP נוּ 1CP him for לוֹ her for ל הּ you for ל ך you for ל ך me for ל י them for ל ה ם them for ל ה ן you for ל כ ם you for ל כ ן us for ל נוּ him like כּ מ הוּ her like כּ מ וֹה you like כּ מ וֹ ך you like כּ מוֹ ך me like כּ מ וֹנ י them like כּ ה ם them like כּ ה ן you like כּ כ ם you like כּ כ ן us like כּ מ וֹנוּ him from מ מּ נּוּ her from מ מּ נ ה you from מ מּ ך you from מ מּ ך me from מ מּ נ י them from מ ה ם them from מ ה ן you from מ כּ ם you from מ כּ ן us from מ מּ נּוּ him אוֹתוֹ her אוֹת הּ you אוֹת ך you אוֹת ך me אוֹת י them אוֹת ם them א ת ה ן you א ת כ ם you א ת כ ן us אוֹת נוּ

204 Appendix B Strong Verb Paradigms ) (4.3, 5.2, 8.1-2, 10.2, , , 13.1, , to attend פּקד 1. QAL NIFAL PIEL PUAL HITPAEL HIFIL HOFAL PERF 3MS פּ ק ד נ פ ק ד פּ קּ ד פּ קּ ד ה ת פּ קּ ד ה פ ק יד ה פ ק ד 3FS פּ ק ד ה נ פ ק ד ה פּ קּ ד ה פּ קּ ד ה ה ת פּ קּ ד ה ה פ ק יד ה ה פ ק ד ה 2MS פּ ק ד תּ נ פ ק ד תּ פּ קּ ד תּ פּ קּ ד תּ ה ת פּ קּ ד תּ ה פ ק ד תּ ה פ ק ד תּ 2FS פּ ק ד תּ נ פ ק ד תּ פּ קּ ד תּ פּ קּ ד תּ ה ת פּ קּ ד תּ ה פ ק ד תּ ה פ ק ד תּ 1CS פּ ק ד תּ י נ פ ק ד תּ י פּ קּ ד תּ י פּ קּ ד תּ י ה ת פּ קּ ד תּ י ה פ ק ד תּ י ה פ ק ד תּ י 3CP פּ ק דוּ נ פ ק דוּ פּ קּ דוּ פּ קּ דוּ ה ת פּ קּ דוּ ה פ ק ידוּ ה פ ק דוּ 2MP פּ ק ד תּ ם נ פ ק ד תּ ם פּ קּ ד תּ ם פּ קּ ד תּ ם ה ת פּ קּ ד תּ ם ה פ ק ד תּ ם ה פ ק ד תּ ם 2FP פּ ק ד תּ ן נ פ ק ד תּ ן פּ קּ ד תּ ן פּ קּ ד תּ ן ה ת פּ קּ ד תּ ן ה פ ק ד תּ ן ה פ ק ד תּ ן ה פ ק ד נוּ ה פ ק ד נוּ ה ת פּ קּ ד נוּ פּ קּ ד נוּ פּ קּ ד נוּ נ פ ק ד נוּ פּ ק ד נוּ 1CP י פ ק ד י פ ק יד י ת פּ קּ ד י פ קּ ד י פ קּ ד י פּ ק ד י פ ק ד IMPF 3MS 3FS/2MS תּ פ ק ד תּ פּ ק ד תּ פ קּ ד תּ פ קּ ד תּ ת פּ קּ ד תּ פ ק יד תּ פ ק ד 2FS תּ פ ק ד י תּ פּ ק ד י תּ פ קּ ד י תּ פ קּ ד י תּ ת פּ קּ ד י תּ פ ק יד י תּ פ ק ד י 1CS א פ ק ד א פּ ק ד א פ קּ ד א פ קּ ד א ת פּ קּ ד א פ ק יד א פ ק ד 3MP י פ ק דוּ י פּ ק דוּ י פ קּ דוּ י פ קּ דוּ י ת פּ קּ דוּ י פ ק ידוּ י פ ק דוּ 3FP תּ פ ק ד נ ה תּ פּ ק ד נ ה תּ פ קּ ד נ ה תּ פ קּ ד נ ה תּ ת פּ קּ ד נ ה תּ פ ק ד נ ה תּ פ ק ד נ ה 2MP תּ פ ק דוּ תּ פּ ק דוּ תּ פ קּ דוּ תּ פ קּ דוּ תּ ת פּ קּ דוּ תּ פ ק ידוּ תּ פ ק דוּ 2FP תּ פ ק ד נ ה ת פּ ק ד נ ה תּ פ קּ ד נ ה תּ פ קּ ד נ ה תּ ת פּ קּ ד נ ה תּ פ ק ד נ ה תּ פ ק ד נ ה 1CP נ פ ק ד נ פּ ק ד נ פ קּ ד נ פ קּ ד נ ת פּ קּ ד נ פ ק יד נ פ ק ד

205 Appendix B: Strong Verb Paradigms 195 QAL NIFAL PIEL PUAL HITPAEL HIFIL HOFAL PAST 3MS ו יּ פ ק ד ו יּ פּ ק ד ו י פ קּ ד ו י פ קּ ד ו יּ ת פּ קּ ד ו יּ פ ק ד ו יּ פ ק ד JUSS 3MS י פ ק ד י פ ק ד י ת פּ קּ ד י פ קּ ד י פ קּ ד י פּ ק ד י פ ק ד 1CS א פ ק יד ה א ת פּ קּ ד ה א פ קּ ד ה א פ קּ ד ה א פּ ק ד ה א פ ק ד ה IMV MS ה פ ק ד ה ת פּ קּ ד פּ קּ ד ה פּ ק ד פּ ק ד FS ה פ ק יד י ה ת פּ קּ ד י פּ קּ ד י ה פּ ק ד י פּ ק ד י MP ה פ ק ידוּ ה ת פּ קּ דוּ פּ קּ דוּ ה פּ ק דוּ פּ ק דוּ ה פ ק ד נ ה ה ת פּ קּ ד נ ה פּ קּ ד נ ה FP ה פּ ק ד נ ה פּ ק ד נ ה INF CST ה פ ק ד ה פ ק יד ה ת פּ קּ ד פּ קּ ד פּ קּ ד ה פּ ק ד פּ ק ד ה פ ק ד ה פ ק ד ה ת פּ קּ ד פּ קּ ד פּ קּ ד INF ABS פּ קוֹד נ פ ק ד ה פּ ק ד PTCP MSA פּ ק ד נ פ ק ד מ פ קּ ד מ פ קּ ד מ ת פּ קּ ד מ פ ק יד מ פ ק ד FSA פּ ק ד ה נ פ ק ד ה מ פ קּ ד ה מ פ קּ ד ה מ ת פּ קּ ד ה מ פ ק יד ה מ פ ק ד ה פּ ק ד ת נ פ ק ד ת מ פ קּ ד ת מ פ קּ ד ת מ ת פּ קּ ד ת מ פ ק ד ת מ פ ק ד ת MPA פּ ק ד ים נ פ ק ד ים מ פ קּ ד ים מ פ קּ ד ים מ ת פּ קּ ד ים מ פ ק יד ים מ פ ק ד ים FPA פּ ק דוֹת נ פ ק דו ת מ פ קּ דוֹת מ פ קּ דוֹת מ ת פּ קּ דוֹת מ פ ק ידוֹת מ פ ק דוֹת

206 2. Object Pronouns Suffixed to Verbs (18.2) Appendix B: Strong Verb Paradigms 196 3MS 3FS 2MS 2FS 1CS 3MP 3FP 2MP 2FP 1CP FOLLOWING VOWEL -ו / -הוּ -ה - ך - ך -נ י -ם -ן -כ ם -כ ן -נוּ FOLLOWING CONSONANT SUFFIX VERB PREFIX VERB WITH ו הּ ך ך / ך נ י ם ן כ ם כ ן נוּ הוּ ה ך ך נ י ם ן כ ם כ ן נוּ ENERGIC NUN נּוּ נּ ה ךּ נּ י נּוּ נ הוּ נ ה * נ ך* נ נ י* נ נוּ* Note: Suffix Pattern (Perfect) verbs have an a-class linking vowel (i.e., the vowel between the verb form and the suffixed pronoun). Prefix Pattern (Imperfect, Past Narrative, and Imperative) have an i-class linking vowel.

207 Appendix B: Strong Verb Paradigms 197

208 Appendix C Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 1. I-Guttural Verb: ע מ ד stand (17.2) I-Guttural QAL (DYNAMIC) QAL (STATIVE) NIFAL PI/PU/HIT HIFIL HOFAL PERF 3MS ע מ ד ח ז ק נ ע מ ד ה ע מ יד ה ע מ ד 3FS ע מ ד ה ח ז ק ה נ ע מ ד ה ה ע מ יד ה ה ע מ ד ה 2MS ע מ ד תּ ח ז ק תּ נ ע מ ד תּ ה ע מ ד תּ ה ע מ ד תּ 2FS ע מ ד תּ ח ז ק תּ נ ע מ ד תּ R ה ע מ ד תּ ה ע מ ד תּ 1CS ע מ ד תּ י ח ז ק תּ י נ ע מ ד תּ י ה ע מ ד תּ י ה ע מ ד תּ י 3CP ע מ דוּ ח ז קוּ נ ע מ דוּ E ה ע מ ידוּ ה ע מ דוּ 2MP ע מ ד תּ ם ח ז ק תּ ם נ ע מ ד תּ ם ה ע מ ד תּ ם ה ע מ ד תּ ם 2FP ע מ ד תּ ן ח ז ק תּ ן נ ע מ ד תּ ן G ה ע מ ד תּ ן ה ע מ ד תּ ן 1CP ע מ ד נוּ ח ז ק נוּ נ ע מ ד נוּ ה ע מ ד נוּ ה ע מ ד נוּ U IMPF 3MS י ע מ ד י ח ז ק י ע מ ד י ע מ יד י ע מ ד 3FS/2MS תּ ע מ ד תּ ח ז ק תּ ע מ ד L תּ ע מ יד תּ ע מ ד 2FS תּ ע מ ד י תּ ח ז ק י תּ ע מ ד י תּ ע מ יד י תּ ע מ ד י 1CS א ע מ ד א ח ז ק א ע מ ד A א ע מ יד א ע מ ד 3MP י ע מ דוּ י ח ז קוּ י ע מ דוּ י ע מ ידוּ י ע מ דוּ 3FP תּ ע מ ד נ ה תּ ח ז ק נ ה תּ ע מ ד נ ה R תּ ע מ ד נ ה תּ ע מ ד נ ה 2MP תּ ע מ דוּ תּ ח ז קוּ תּ ע מ דוּ תּ ע מ ידוּ תּ ע מ דוּ 2FP תּ ע מ ד נ ה תּ ח ז ק נ ה תּ ע מ ד נ ה תּ ע מ ד נ ה תּ ע מ ד נ ה 1CP נ ע מ ד נ ח ז ק נ ע מ ד נ ע מ יד נ ע מ ד

209 Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 199 I-Guttural QAL (DYNAMIC) QAL (STATIVE NIFAL PI/PU/HIT HIFIL HOFAL PAST 3MS ו יּ ע מ ד ו יּ ח ז ק ו יּ ע מ ד R ו יּ ע מ ד ו יּ ע מ ד JUSS 3MS י ע מ ד י ח ז ק י ע מ ד י ע מ ד י ע מ ד 1CS א ע מ ד ה א ח ז ק ה א ע מ ד ה E א ע מ יד ה IMV MS ה ע מ ד ה ע מ ד ח ז ק ע מ ד FS ה ע מ יד י G ה ע מ ד י ח ז ק י ע מ ד י MP ה ע מ ידוּ ה ע מ דוּ ח ז קוּ ע מ דוּ ה ע מ ד נ ה U ה ע מ ד נ ה FP ח ז ק נ ה ע מ ד נ ה INF CST ע מ ד ח ז ק ה ע מ ד ה ע מ יד ה ע מ ד INF ABS ה ע מ ד ח זוֹק ע מוֹד ה ע מ ד ה ע מ ד L נ ע מ ד PTCP MSA ע מ ד ח ז ק נ ע מ ד מ ע מ יד מ ע מ ד FSA ע מ ד ה ח ז ק ה נ ע מ ד ה A מ ע מ יד ה מ ע מ ד ה ע מ ד ת נ ע מ ד ת מ ע מ ד ת מ ע מ ד ת MPA ע מ ד ים ח ז ק ים נ ע מ ד ים R מ ע מ יד ים מ ע מ ד ים FPA ע מ דוֹת ח ז קוֹת נ ע מ דוֹת מ ע מ ידוֹת מ ע מ דוֹת

210 2. II-Guttural Verb: שׁ ח ט slaughter and בּר ך bless (17.3) II- Guttural PERF 3MS Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 200 QAL NIFAL PIEL PUAL HITPAEL HIFIL HOFAL ה ת בּ ר ך בּ ר ך בּ ר ך נ שׁ ח ט שׁ ח ט 3FS ה ת בּ ר כ ה בּ ר כ ה בּ ר כ ה נ שׁ ח ט ה שׁ ח ט ה ה ת בּ ר כ תּ בּ ר כ תּ בּ ר כ תּ 2MS נ שׁ ח ט תּ שׁ ח ט תּ 2FS שׁ ח ט תּ נ שׁ ח ט תּ בּ ר כ תּ בּ ר כ תּ ה ת בּ ר כ תּ R R 1CS שׁ ח ט תּ י נ שׁ ח ט תּ י בּ ר כ תּ י בּ ר כ תּ י ה ת בּ ר כ תּ י 3CP שׁ ח טוּ נ שׁ ח טוּ בּ ר כוּ בּ ר כוּ ה ת בּ ר כוּ E E 2MP שׁ ח ט תּ ם נ שׁ ח ט תּ ם בּ ר כ תּ ם בּ ר כ תּ ם ה ת בּ ר כ תּ ם 2FP שׁ ח ט תּ ן נ שׁ ח ט תּ ן בּ ר כ תּ ן בּ ר כ תּ ן ה ת בּ ר כ תּ ן G G 1CP שׁ ח ט נוּ נ שׁ ח ט נוּ בּ ר כ נוּ בּ ר כ נוּ ה ת בּ ר כ נוּ U U IMPF 3MS י שׁ ח ט י שּׁ ח ט י ב ר ך י ב ר ך י ת בּ ר ך 3FS/2MS תּ שׁ ח ט תּ שּׁ ח ט תּ ב ר ך תּ ב ר ך תּ ת בּ ר ך L L 2FS תּ שׁ ח ט י תּ שּׁ ח ט י תּ ב ר כ י תּ ב ר כ י תּ ת בּ ר כ י 1CS א שׁ ח ט א שּׁ ח ט א ב ר ך א ב ר ך א ת בּ ר ך A A 3MP י שׁ ח טוּ י שּׁ ח טוּ י ב ר כוּ י ב ר כוּ י ת בּ ר כוּ 3FP תּ שׁ ח ט נ ה תּ שּׁ ח ט נ ה תּ ב ר כ נ ה תּ ב ר כ נ ה תּ ת בּ ר כ נ ה R R 2MP תּ שׁ ח טוּ תּ שּׁ ח טוּ תּ ב ר כוּ תּ ב ר כוּ תּ ת בּ ר כוּ תּ ת בּ ר כ נ ה תּ ב ר כ נ ה תּ ב ר כ נ ה 2FP תּ שּׁ ח ט נ ה תּ שׁ ח ט נ ה 1CP נ ת בּ ר ך נ ב ר ך נ ב ר ך נ שּׁ ח ט נ שׁ ח ט

211 II- Guttural Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 201 QAL NIFAL PIEL PUAL HITPAEL HIFIL HOFAL PAST 3MS ו יּ שׁ ח ט ו יּ שּׁ ח ט ו י ב ר ך ו י ב ר ך ו יּ ת בּ ר ך R R JUSS 3MS י שׁ ח ט י שּׁ ח ט י ב ר ך י ב ר ך י ת בּ ר ך 1CS א שׁ ח ט ה א שּׁ ח ט ה א ב ר כ ה א ב ר כ ה א ת בּ ר כ ה E E IMV MS שׁ ח ט ה שּׁ ח ט בּ ר ך ה ת בּ ר ך FS G G ה ת בּ ר כ י בּ ר כ י ה שּׁ ח ט י שׁ ח ט י MP ה ת בּ ר כוּ בּ ר כוּ ה שּׁ ח טוּ שׁ ח טוּ FP U U ה ת בּ ר כ נ ה בּ ר כ נ ה ה שּׁ ח ט נ ה שׁ ח ט נ ה INF CST ה ת בּ ר ך בּ ר ך ה שּׁ ח ט שׁ ח ט INF ABS בּ ר ך, בּ ר ך נ שׁ ח ט שׁ חוֹט L L ה ת בּ ר ך PTCP MSA מ ת בּ ר ך מ ב ר ך מ ב ר ך נ שׁ ח ט שׁ ח ט FSA שׁ ח ט ה נ שׁ ח ט ה מ ב ר כ ה מ ב ר כ ה מ ת בּ ר כ ה A A שׁ ח ט ת נ שׁ ח ט ת מ ב ר כ ת מ ב ר כ ת מ ת בּ ר כ ת MPA שׁ ח ט ים נ שׁ ח ט ים מ ב ר כ ים מ ב ר כ ים מ ת בּ ר כ ים R R FPA שׁ ח טוֹת נ שׁ ח טוֹת מ ב ר כוֹת מ ב ר כוֹת מ ת בּ ר כוֹת

212 3. III-Guttural Verb: שׁ ל ח send (17.4) III- Guttural Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 202 QAL NIFAL PIEL PUAL HITPAEL HIFIL HOFAL PERF 3MS שׁ ל ח נ שׁ ל ח שׁ לּ ח שׁ לּ ח ה שׁ תּ לּ ח ה שׁ ל יח ה שׁ ל ח 3FS שׁ ל ח ה נ שׁ ל ח ה שׁ לּ ח ה שׁ לּ ח ה ה שׁ תּ לּ ח ה ה שׁ ל יח ה ה שׁ ל ה ה 2MS שׁ ל ח תּ נ שׁ ל ח תּ שׁ לּ ח תּ שּׁ לּ ח תּ ה שׁ תּ לּ ח תּ ה שׁ ל ח תּ ה שׁ ל ח תּ 2FS שׁ ל ח תּ נ שׁ ל ח תּ שׁ לּ ח תּ שׁ לּ ח תּ ה שׁ תּ לּ ח תּ ה שׁ ל ח תּ ה שׁ ל ח תּ 1CS שׁ ל ה תּ י נ שׁ ל ח תּ י שׁ לּ ח תּ י שׁ לּ ח תּ י ה שׁ תּ לּ תּ י ה שׁ ל ח תּ י ה שׁ ל ח תּ י 3CP שׁ ל חוּ נ שׁ ל חוּ שׁ לּ חוּ שׁ לּ חוּ ה שׁ תּ לּ חוּ ה שׁ ל יחוּ ה שׁ ל חוּ 2MP שׁ ל ח תּ ם נ שׁ ל ח תּ ם שׁ לּ ח תּ ם שׁ לּ ח תּ ם ה שׁ תּ לּ ח תּ ם ה שׁ ל ח תּ ם ה שׁ ל ח תּ ם 2FP שׁ ל ח תּ ן נ שׁ ל ח תּ ן שׁ לּ ח תּ ן שׁ לּ ח תּ ן ה שׁ תּ לּ ח תּ ן ה שׁ ל ח תּ ן ה שׁ ל ח תּ ן 1CP שׁ ל ח נוּ נ שׁ ל ח נוּ שׁ לּ ח נוּ שׁ לּ ח נוּ ה שׁ תּ לּ ח נוּ ה שׁ ל ח נוּ ה שׁ ל ח נוּ IMPF 3MS י שׁ ל ח י שּׁ ל ה י שׁ לּ ח י שׁ לּ ח י שׁ תּ לּ ח י שׁ ל יח י שׁ ל ח 3FS/2MS תּ שׁ ל ח תּ שּׁ ל ח תּ שׁ לּ ח תּ שׁ לּ ח תּ שׁ תּ לּ ח תּ שׁ ל יח תּ שׁ ל ח 2FS תּ שׁ ל ח י תּ שּׁל ח י תּ שׁ לּ ח י תּ שׁ לּ ח י תּ שׁ תּ לּ ח י תּ שׁ ל יח י תּ שׁ ל ח י א שׁ ל ח א שׁ ל יח א שׁ תּ לּ ח א שׂ לּ ח א שׁ לּ ח א שּׁ ל ח,א שׁ ל ח 1CS 3MP י שׁ ל חוּ י שּׁ ל חוּ י שׁ לּ חוּ י שׁ לּ חוּ י שׁ תּ לּ חוּ י שׁ ל יחוּ י שׁ ל חוּ 3FP תּ שׁ ל ח נ ה תּ שּׁ ל ח נ ה תּ שׁ לּ ח נ ה תּ שׁ לּ ח נ ה תּ שׁ תּ לּ ח נ ה תּ שׁ ל ח נ ה תּ שׁ ל ח נ ה 2MP תּ שׁ ל חוּ תּ שּׁל חוּ תּ שׁ לּ חוּ תּ שׁ לּ חוּ תּ שׁ תּ לּ חוּ תּ שׁ ל יחוּ תּ שׁ ל חוּ 2FP תּ שׁ ל ח נ ה תּ שּׁ ל ח נ ה תּ שׁ לּ ח נ ה תּ שׁ לּ ח נ ה תּ שׁ תּ לּ ח נ ה תּ שׁ ל ח נ ה תּ שׁ ל ח נ ה 1CP נ שׁ ל ח נ שּׁ ל ח נ שׁ לּ ח נ שׁ לּ ח נ שׁ תּ לּ ח נ שׁ ל יח נ שׁ ל ח

213 Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 203 III- Guttural QAL NIFAL PIEL PUAL HITPAEL HIFIL HOFAL PAST 3MS ו יּ שׁ ל ח ו יּ שּׁ ל ח ו י שׁ לּ ח ו י שׁ לּ ח ו יּ שׁ תּ לּ ח ו יּ שׁ ל ח ו יּ שׁ ל ח JUSS 3MS י שׁ ל ח י שּׁ ל ח י שׁ לּ ח י שׁ לּ ח י שׁ תּ לּ ח י שׁ ל ח י שׁ ל ח 1CS א שׁ ל ח ה א שּׁ ל ח ה א שׁ לּ ח ה א שׁ לּ ח ה א שׁ תּ לּ ח ה א שׁ ל יח ה א שׁ ל ח ה IMV MS ה שׁ ל ח ה שׁ תּ לּ ח שׁ לּ ח ה שּׁ ל ח שׁ ל ח FS ה שׁ ל יח י ה שׁ תּ לּ ח י שׁ לּ ח י ה שּׁ ל ח י שׁ ל ח י MP ה שׁ ל יחוּ ה שׁ תּ לּ חוּ שׁ לּ חוּ ה שּׁ ל חוּ שׁ ל חוּ FP ה שׁ ל ח נ ה ה שׁ תּ לּ ח נ ה שּׁ לּ ח נ ה ה שּׁ ל ח נ ה שׁ ל ח נ ה INF CST ה שׁ ל יח ה שׁ תּ לּ ח שׁ לּ ח ה שּׁ ל ח שׁ לח INF ABS ה שׁ ל ח ה שׁ ל ח ה שׁ תּ לּ ח שׁ לּ ח נ שׁ לח שׁ לוֹח PTCP MSA שׁ ל ח נ שׁ ל ח מ שׁ לּ ח מ שׁ לּ ח מ שׁ תּ לּ ח מ שׁ ל יח מ שׁ ל ח FSA שׁ ל ח ה נ שׁ ל ח ה מ שׁ לּ ח ה מ שׁ לּ ח ה מ שׁ תּ לּ ח ה מ שׁ ל יח ה מ שׁ ל ח ה שׁ ל ח ת נ שׁ ל ח ת מ שׁ לּ ח ת מ שׁ לּ ח ת מ שׁ תּ לּ ח ת מ שׁ ל ח ת מ שׁ ל ח ת MPA שׁ ל ח ים נ שׁ ל ח ים מ שׁ לּ ח ים מ שׁ לּ ח ים מ שׁ תּ לּ ח ים מ שׁ ל יח ים מ שׁ ל ח ים FPA שׁ ל חוֹת נ שׁ ל חוֹת מ שׁ לּ חוֹת מ שׁ לּ חוֹת מ שׁ תּ לּ חוֹת מ שׁ ל יחוֹת מ שׁ ל חוֹת

214 Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 204.4a I-Alef Verb: א מ ר say (also א ב ד perish א ב ה be willing, א כ ל eat, and א פ ה bake ) (19.1) I-Alef IMPF 3MS IMPF 1CS PAST QAL י אמ ר א מ ר ו יּאמ ר *These five roots behave differently only in the Qal Imperfect and Past Narrative; all other conjugations are as I-Guttural verbs. 4b. III-Alef Verb: מ צ א find (19.2) III-Alef QAL NIFAL PIEL PUAL HITPAEL HIFIL HOFAL PERF 3MS מ צ א נ מ צ א מ צּ א מ צּ א ה ת מ צּ א ה מ צ יא ה מ צ א 3FS מ צ א ה נ מ צ א ה מ צּא ה מ צּ א ה ה ת מ צּ א ה ה מ צ יא ה ה מ צ א ה 2MS מ צ את נ מ צ את מ צּ את מ צּ את ה ת מ צּ את ה מ צ את ה מ צ את 2FS מ צ אתּ נ מ צ את מ צּ את מ צּ את ה ת מ צּ את ה מ צ את ה מ צ את ה מ צ את י ה מ צ את י ה ת מ צּ את י מ צּ את י מ צּ את י נ מ צ את י מ צ את י 1CS 3CP מ צ אוּ נ מ צ אוּ מ צּ אוּ מ צּ אוּ ה ת מ צּ אוּ ה מ צ אוּ ה מ צ אוּ 2MP מ צ את ם נ מ צ את ם מ צּ את ם מ צּ את ם ה ת מ צּ את ם ה מ צ את ם ה מ צ את ם 2FP מ צ את ן נ מ צ את ן מ צּ את ן מ צּ את ן ה ת מ צּ את ן ה מ צ את ן ה מ צ את ן 1CP מ צ אנוּ נ מ צ אנוּ מ צּ אנוּ מ צּ אנוּ ה ת מ צּ אנוּ ה מ צ אנוּ ה מ צ אנוּ IMPF 3MS י מ צ א י מּ צ א י מ צּ א י מ צּ א י ת מ צּ א י מ צ יא י מ צ א 3FS/2MS תּ מ צ א תּ מּ צ א תּ מּ צּ א תּ מ צּ א תּ ת מ צּ א תּ מ צ יא תּ מ צ א 2FS תּ מ צ א י תּ מּ צ א י תּ מ צּ א י תּ מ צּ א י תּ ת מ צּ א י תּ מ צ יא י תּ מ צ א י 1CS א מ צ א א מּ צ א א מ צּ א א מ צּ א א ת מ צּ א א מ צ יא א מ צ א 3MP י מ צ אוּ י מּ צ אוּ י מ צּ אוּ י מ צּ אוּ י ת מ צּ אוּ י מ צ יאוּ י מ צ אוּ 3FP/2FP תּ מ צ אנ ה תּ מּ צ אנ ה תּ מ צּ אנ ה תּ מ צּ אנ ה תּ ת מ צּ אנ ה תּ מ צ אנ ה תּ מ צ אנ ה 2MP תּ מ צ אוּ תּ מּ צ אוּ תּ מ צּ אוּ תּ מ צּ אוּ תּ ת מ צּ אוּ תּ מ צ יאוּ תּ מ צ אוּ 1CP נ מ צ א נ מּ צ א נ מ צּ א נ מ צּ א נ ת מ צּ א נ מ צ יא נ מ צ א

215 Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 205 III-ALEF QAL NIFAL PIEL PUAL HITPAEL HIFIL HOFAL PAST 3MS ו יּ מ צ א ו יּ מּ צ א ו י מ צּ א ו י מ צּ א ו יּ ת מ צּ א ו יּ מ צ א ו יּ מ צ א JUSS 3MS י מ צ א י מּ צ א י מ צּ א י מ צּ א י ת מ צּ א י מ צ א י מ צ א 1CS א מ צ א ה א מּ צ א ה א מ צּ א ה א ת מ צּ א ה א מ צ יא ה IMV MS ה מ צ א ה ת מ צּ א מ צּ א ה מּ צ א מ צ א FS ה מ צ יא י ה ת מ צּ א י מ צּ א י ה מּ צ א י מ צ א י MP ה מ צ יאוּ ה ת מ צּ אוּ מ צּ אוּ ה מּ צ אוּ מ צ אוּ FP ה מ צ אנ ה ה ת מ צּ אנ ה מ צּ אנ ה ה מּ צ אנ ה מ צ א נ ה INF CST מ צ א ה מּ צ א מ צּ א מ צּ א ה ת מ צּ א ה מ צ יא ה מ צ א INF ABS מ צוֹא נ מ צ א מ צּ א ה ת מ צּ א ה מ צ א PTCP MSA מ צ א נ מ צ א מ מ צּ א מ מ צּ א מ ת מ צּ א מ מ צ יא מ מ צ א FSA מ צ א ה נ מ צ א ה מ מ צּ א ה מ מ צּ א ה מ ת מ צּ א ה מ מ צ יא ה מ מ צ א ה מ צ את נ מ צ את מ מ צּ את מ מ צּ את מ ת מ צּ את מ מ צ את מ מ צ את MPA מ צ א ים נ מ צ א ים מ מ צּ א ים מ מ צּ א ים מ ת מ צּ א ים מ מ צ יא ים מ מ צ א ים FPA מ צ אוֹת נ מ צ אוֹת מ מ צּ אוֹת מ מ צּ אוֹת מ ת מ צּ אוֹת מ מ צ יאוֹת מ מ צ אוֹת

216 5. I-Nun Verb: נ פ ל fall, נ ג שׁ draw near (20.1) Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 206 I-NUN QAL NIFAL PI/PU/HIT HIFIL HOFAL PERF 3MS נ פ ל נ ג שׁ נ גּ שׁ ה גּ ישׁ ה גּ שׁ 3FS נ פ ל ה נ ג שׁ ה נ גּ שׁ ה ה גּ ישׁ ה ה גּ שׁ ה 2MS נ פ ל תּ נ ג שׁ תּ נ גּ שׁ תּ ה גּ שׁ תּ ה גּ שׁ תּ 2FS נ פ ל תּ נ ג שׁ תּ נ גּ שׂ תּ R ה גּ שׁ תּ ה גּ שׁ תּ 1CS נ פ ל תּ י נ ג שׁ תּ י נ גּ שׂ תּ י ה גּ שׁ תּ י ה גּ שׁ תּ י 3CP נ פ לוּ נ ג שׁוּ נ גּ שׁוּ E ה גּ ישׁוּ ה גּ שׁוּ 2MP נ פ ל תּ ם נ ג שׁ תּ ם נ גּ שׂ תּ ם ה גּ שׁ תּ ם ה גּ שׁ תּ ם 2FP נ פ ל תּ ן נ ג שׁ תּ ן נ גּ שׂ תּ ן G ה גּ שׁ תּ ן ה גּ שׁ תּ ן 1CP נ פ ל נוּ נ ג שׁ נוּ נ גּ שׁ נוּ ה גּ שׁ נוּ ה גּ שׁ נוּ U IMPF 3MS י פּ ל י גּ שׁ י נּ ג שׁ י גּ ישׁ י גּ שׁ 3FS/2MS תּ פּ ל תּ גּ שׁ תּ נּ ג שׁ L תּ גּ ישׁ תּ גּ שׁ 2FS תּ פּ ל י תּ גּ שׁ י תּ נּ ג שׁ י תּ גּ ישׁ י תּ גּ שׁ י 1CS א פּ ל א גּ שׁ א נּ ג שׁ A א גּ ישׁ א גּ שׁ 3MP י פּ לוּ י גּ שׁוּ י נּ ג שׁוּ י גּ ישׁוּ י גּ שׁוּ 3FP תּ פּ ל נ ה תּ גּ שׁ נ ה תּ נּ ג שׁ נ ה R תּ גּ שׁ נ ה תּ גּ שׁ נ ה 2MP תּ פּ לוּ תּ גּ שׁוּ תּ נּ ג שׁוּ תּ גּ ישׁוּ תּ גּ שׁוּ 2FP תּ פּ ל נ ה תּ גּ שׁ נ ה תּ נּ ג שׁ נ ה תּ גּ שׁ נ ה תּ גּ שׁ נ ה 1CP נ פּ ל נ גּ שׁ נ נּ ג שׁ נ גּ ישׁ נ גּ שׁ

217 Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 207 I-NUN QAL NIFAL PI/PU/HIT HIFIL HOFAL PAST 3MS ו יּ פּ ל ו יּ גּ שׁ ו יּ נּ ג שׁ R ו יּ גּ שׁ ו יּ גּ שׁ JUSS 3MS י פּ ל י גּ שׁ י נּ ג שׁ י גּ שׁ יּ גּ שׁ 1CS א פּ ל ה א גּ שׁ ה א נּ ג שׁ ה E א גּ ישׁ ה IMV MS ה גּ שׁ ה נּ ג שׁ גּ שׁ נ פ ל FS ה גּ ישׁ י G ה נּ ג שׁ י גּ שׁ י נ פ ל י MP ה גּ ישׁוּ ה נּ ג שׁוּ גּ שׁוּ נ פ לוּ FP ה גּ שׁ נ ה U ה נּ ג שׁ נ ה גּ שׁ נ ה נ פ ל נ ה INF CST נ פ ל גּ שׁ ת ה נּ ג שׁ ה גּ ישׁ ה גּ שׁ INF ABS נ פוֹל נ גוֹשׁ ה נּ ג שׁ L ה גּ שׁ ה גּ שׁ PTCP MSA נ פ ל נ ג שׁ נ גּ שׁ מ גּ ישׁ מ גּ שׁ FSA נ פ ל ה נ ג שׁ ה נ גּ שׁ ה A מ גּ ישׁ ה מ גּ שׁ ה מ גּ שׁ ת מ גּ שׁ ת נ גּ שׁ ת נ ג שׁ ת נ פ ל ת MPA נ פ ל ים נ ג שׁ ים נ גּ שׁ ים R מ גּ ישׁ ים מ גּ שׁ ים FPA נ פ לוֹת נ ג שׁוֹת נ גּ שׁו ת מ גּ ישׁ ים מ גּ שׁוֹת

218 Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms I-Vav/Yod Verb: י שׁ ב sit, י ר שׁ possess ; י ט ב be good (21.1) I-VAV/YOD QAL NIFAL PI/PU/HIT HIFIL HOFAL QAL HIFIL PERF 3MS י שׁ ב י ר שׁ נוֹשׁ ב הוֹשׁ יב הוּשׁ ב י ט ב ה יט יב 3FS י שׁ ב ה י ר שׁ ה נוֹשׁ ב ה הוֹשׁ יב ה הוּשׁ ב ה י ט ב ה ה יט יב ה 2MS י שׁ ב תּ י ר שׁ תּ נוֹשׁ ב תּ הוֹשׁ ב תּ הוּשׁ ב תּ י ט ב תּ ה יט ב תּ 2FS י שׁ ב תּ י ר שׁ תּ נוֹשׁ ב תּ R הוֹשׁ ב תּ הוּשׁ ב תּ י ט ב תּ ה יט ב תּ ה יט ב תּ י י ט ב תּ י הוּשׁ ב תּ י הוֹשׁ ב תּ י נוֹשׁ ב תּ י י ר שׁ תּ י י שׁ ב תּ י 1CS 3CP י שׁ בוּ י ר שׁוּ נוֹשׁ בוּ E הוֹשׁ יבוּ הוּשׁ בוּ י ט בוּ ה יט יבוּ 2MP י שׁ ב תּ ם י ר שׁ תּ ם נוֹשׁ ב תּ ם הוֹשׁ ב תּ ם הוּשׁ ב תּ ם י ט ב תּ ם ה יט ב תּ ם 2FP י שׁ ב תּ ן י ר שׁ תּ ן נוֹשׁ ב תּ ן G הוֹשׁ ב תּ ן הוּשׁ ב תּ ן י ט ב תּ ן ה יט ב תּ ן ה יט ב נוּ י ט ב נוּ הוּשׁ ב נוּ הוֹשׁ ב נוּ נוֹשׁ ב נוּ י ר שׁ נוּ י שׁ ב נוּ 1CP U IMPF 3MS י שׁ ב י יר שׁ י וּ שׁ ב יוֹשׁ יב יוּשׁ ב י יט ב י יט יב 3FS/2MS תּ שׁ ב תּ יר שׁ תּ וּ שׁ ב L תּוֹשׁ יב תּוּשׁ ב תּ יט ב תּ יט יב 2FS תּ שׁ ב י תּ יר שׁ י תּ וּ שׁ ב י תּוֹשׁ יב י תּוּשׁ ב י תּ יט ב י תּ יט יב י 1CS א שׁ ב א יר שׁ א וּ שׁ ב A אוֹשׁ יב אוּשׁ ב א יט ב א יט יב 3MP י שׁ בוּ י יר שׁוּ יוּ שׁ בוּ יוֹשׁ יבוּ יוּשׁ בוּ י יט בוּ י יט יבוּ 3FP תּ שׁ ב נ ה תּ יר שׁ נ ה תּ וּ שׁ ב נ ה R תּוֹשׁ ב נ ה תּוּשׁ ב נ ה תּ יט ב נ ה תּ יט ב נ ה 2MP תּ שׁ בוּ תּ יר שׁוּ תּ וּ שׁ בוּ תּוֹשׁ יבוּ תּוּשׁ בוּ תּ יט בוּ תּ יט יבוּ 2FP תּ שׁ ב נ ה תּ יר שׁ נ ה תּ וּ שׁ ב נ ה תּוֹשׁ ב נ ה תּוּשׁ ב נ ה תּ יט ב נ ה תּ יט ב נ ה 1CP נ שׁ ב נ יר שׁ נ וּ שׁ ב נוֹשׁ יב נוּשׁ ב נ יט ב נ יט יב

219 Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 209 I-VAV/YOD QAL NIFAL PI/PU/HIT HIFIL HOFAL QAL HIFIL PAST 3MS ו יּ שׁ ב ו יּ ר שׁ ו יּ וּ שׁ ב R ו י שׁ ב ו יּוּשׁ ב ו יּ יט ב ו יּ ט ב JUSS 3MS י שׁ ב י יר שׁ י וּ שׁ ב יוֹשׁ ב י יט ב י יט ב 1CS א יט יב ה א יט ב ה אוֹשׁ יב ה E א וּ שׁ ב ה א יר שׁ ה א שׁ ב ה IMV MS ה יט ב י ט ב הוֹשׁ ב ה וּ שׁ ב ר שׁ שׁ ב FS ה יט יב י י ט ב י הוֹשׁ יב י G ה וּ שׁ ב י ר שׁ י שׁ ב י MP ה יט יבוּ י ט בוּ הוֹשׁ יבוּ ה וּ שׁ בוּ ר שׁוּ שׁ בוּ הוֹשׁ ב נ ה U ה וּ שׁ ב נ ה ר שׁ נ ה ה יט ב נ ה י ט ב נ ה שׁ ב נ ה FP INF CST שׁ ב ת ר שׁ ת ה וּ שׁ ב הוֹשׁ יב הוּשׁ ב י ט ב ה יט יב INF ABS י שׁוֹב י רוֹשׁ ה וּ שׁ ב L הוֹשׁ ב הוּשׁ ב י טוֹב ה יט ב PTCP MSA י שׁ ב י ר שׁ נוֹשׁ ב מוֹשׁ יב מוּשׁ ב י ט ב מ יט יב FSA י שׁ ב ה י ר שׁ ה נוֹשׁ ב ה A מוֹשׁ יב ה מוּשׁ ב ה י ט ב ה מ יט יב ה י שׁ ב ת י ר שׁ ת נוֹשׁ ב ת מוֹשׁ ב ת מוּשׁ ב ת י ט ב ת מ יט ב ת MPA י שׁ ב ים י ר שׁ ים נוֹשׁ ב ים R מוֹשׁ ב ים מוּשׁ ב ים י ט ב ים מ יט יב ים FPA י שׁ בוֹת י ר שׁוֹת נוֹשׁ בוֹת מוֹשׁ בוֹת מוּשׁ בוֹת י ט בוֹת מ יט יבוֹת

220 Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms III-He Verb: גּ ל ה reveal (22.1) III-He QAL NIFAL PIEL PUAL HITPAEL HIFIL HOFAL PERF 3MS גּ ל ה נ ג ל ה גּ לּ ה גּ ל ה ה ת גּ לּ ה ה ג ל ה ה ג ל ה 3FS גּל ת ה נ ג ל ת ה גּ לּ ת ה גּ לּ ת ה ה ת גּ לּ ת ה ה ג ל ת ה ה ג ל ת ה 2MS גּ ל ית נ ג ל ית גּ לּ ית גּ לּ ית ה ת גּ לּ יתּ ה ג ל ית ה ג ל ית 2FS גּ ל ית נ ג ל ית גּ לּ ית גּ לּ ית ה ת גּ לּ ית ה ג ל ית ה ג ל ית 1CS גּ ל ית י נ ג ל ית י גּ לּ ית י גּ לּ ית י ה ת גּ לּ ית י ה ג ל ית י ה ג ל ית י 3CP גּ לוּ נ ג לוּ גּ לּוּ גּ לּוּ ה ת גּ לּוּ ה ג לוּ ה ג לוּ 2MP גּ ל ית ם נ ג ל ית ם גּ לּ ית ם גּ לּ ית ם ה ת גּ לּ ית ם ה ג ל ית ם ה ג ל ית ם 2FP גּ ל ית ן נ ג ל ית ן גּ לּ ית ן גּ לּ ית ן ה ת גּ לּ ית ן ה ג ל ית ן ה ג ל ית ן 1CP גּ ל ינוּ נ ג ל ינוּ גּ לּ ינוּ גּ לּ ינוּ ה ת גּ לּ ינוּ ה ג ל ינוּ ה ג ל ינוּ IMPF 3MS י ג ל ה י גּ ל ה י ג לּ ה י ג לּ ה י ת גּ לּ ה י ג ל ה י ג ל ה 3FS/2MS תּ ג ל ה תּ גּ ל ה תּ ג לּ ה תּ ג לּ ה תּ ת גּ לּ ה תּ ג ל ה תּ ג ל ה 2FS תּ ג ל י תּ גּ ל י תּ ג לּ י תּ ג לּ י תּ ת גּ לּ י תּ ג ל י תּ ג ל י 1CS א ג ל ה א גּ ל ה א ג לּ ה א ג לּ ה א ת גּ לּ ה א ג ל ה א ג ל ה 3MP י ג לוּ י גּ לוּ י ג לּוּ י ג לּוּ י ת גּ לּוּ י ג לוּ י ג לוּ 3FP תּ ג ל ינ ה תּ גּ ל ינ ה תּ ג לּ ינ ה תּ ג לּ ינ ה תּ ת גּ לּ ינ ה תּ ג ל ינ ה תּ ג ל ינ ה 2MP תּ ג לוּ תּ גּ לּוּ תּ ג לּוּ תּ ג לּוּ תּ ת גּ לּוּ תּ ג לוּ תּ ג לוּ 2FP תּ ג ל ינ ה תּ גּ ל ינ ה תּ ג לּ ינ ה תּ ג לּ ינ ה תּ ת גּ לּ ינ ה תּ ג ל ינ ה תּ ג ל ינ ה 1CP נ ג ל ה נ גּ ל ה נ ג לּ ה נ ג לּ ה נ ת גּ לּ ה נ ג ל ה נ ג ל ה

221 Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 211 III-HE QAL NIFAL PIEL PUAL HITPAEL HIFIL HOFAL PAST 3MS ו יּ ג ל ו יּ ת גּ ל ו י ג ל ו יּ גּ ל ו יּ ג ל JUSS 3MS י ג ל י ת גּ ל י ג ל י גּ ל י ג ל 1CS NO DISTINCT 1CS JUSSIVE FORM IDENTICAL WITH 1CS IMPERFECT IMV MS ה ג ל ה ה ת גּ לּ ה גּ לּ ה ה גּ ל ה גּ ל ה FS ה ג ל י ה ת גּ לּ י גּ לּ י ה גּ ל י גּ ל י MP ה ג לוּ ה ת גּ לּוּ גּ לּוּ ה גּ לוּ גּ לוּ ה ג ל ינ ה FP ה ת גּ לּ ינ ה גּ לּ ינ ה ה גּ ל ינ ה גּ ל ינ ה INF CST גּ לוֹת ה גּ לוֹת גּ לּוֹת גּ לּוֹת ה ת גּ לּוֹת ה ג לוֹת ה ג לוֹת INF ABS גּ לה נ ג לה גּ לה גּ לה ה ת גּ לה ה ג ל ה ה ג ל ה PTCP MSA גּ ל ה נ ג ל ה מ ג לּ ה מ גּ לּ ה מ ת גּ לּ ה מ ג ל ה מ ג ל ה FSA גּ ל ה נ ג ל ה מ ג לּ ה מ גּ לּ ה מ ת גּ לּ ה מ ג ל ה מ ג ל ה MPA גּ ל ים נ ג ל ים מ ג לּ ים מ ג לּ ים מ ת גּ לּ ים מ ג ל ים מ ג ל ים FPA גּ לוֹת נ ג לוֹת מ ג לּוֹת מ ג לּוֹת מ ת גּ לּוֹת מ ג לוֹת מ ג לוֹת

222 Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms II-Vav/Yod Verb: קוּם arise, מוּת die, שׂ ים set (23.1) II-Vav/Yod QAL II-VAV QAL STATIVE QAL II-YOD NIFAL POLEL HIFIL HOFAL PERF 3MS ק ם מ ת שׂ ם נ ק וֹם קוֹמ ם ה ק ים הוּק ם 3FS ק מ ה מ ת ה שׂ מ ה נ ק וֹמ ה קוֹמ מ ה ה ק ימ ה הוּק מ ה 2MS ק מ תּ מ תּ ה שׂ מ תּ נ קוּמ וֹת קוֹמ מ תּ ה ק ימ וֹת הוּק מ תּ 2FS ק מ תּ מ תּ שׂ מ תּ נ קוּמוֹת קוֹמ מ תּ ה ק ימ וֹת הוּק מ תּ 1CS ק מ תּ י מ תּ י שׂ מ תּ י נ קוּמ וֹת י קוֹמ מ תּ י ה ק ימ וֹת י הוּק מ תּ י שׂ מוּ הוּק מוּ ה ק ימוּ קוֹמ מוּ נ ק וֹמוּ ק מוּ 3CP מ תוּ 2MP ק מ תּ ם מ תּ ם שׂ מ תּ ם נ קוּמוֹת ם קוֹמ מ תּ ם ה ק ימוֹת ם הוּק מ תּ ם 2FP ק מ תּ ן מ תּ ן שׂ מ תּ ן נ קוּמוֹת ן קוֹמ מ תּ ן ה ק ימוֹת ן הוּק מ תּ ן הוּק מ נוּ ה ק ימ וֹנוּ קוֹמ מ נוּ נ קוּמ וֹנוּ שׂ מ נוּ מ ת נוּ ק מ נוּ 1CP IMPF 3MS י קוּם י מוּת י שׂ ים י קּוֹם י קוֹמ ם י ק ים יוּק ם 3FS/2MS תּ קוּם תּ מוּת תּ שׂ ים תּ קּוֹם תּ קוֹמ ם תּ ק ים תּוּק ם 2FS תּ ק וּמ י תּ מ וּת י תּ שׂ ימ י תּ קּ וֹמ י תּ קוֹמ מ י תּ ק ימ י תּוּק מ י 1CS א קוּם א מוּת א שׂ ים א קּוֹם א קוֹמ ם א ק ים אוּק ם 3MP י ק וּמוּ י מ וּתוּ י שׂ ימוּ י קּ וֹמוּ י קוֹמ מוּ י ק ימ וּ יוּק מוּ 3FP תּ ק מ נ ה תּ קוֹמ מ נ ה תּ קּ וֹמ נ ה תּ שׂ ימ ינ ה תּ מוּת ינ ה תּ קוּמ ינ ה תּ ק ימ נ ה תּוּק מ נ ה 2MP תּ ק וּמוּ תּ מ וּתוּ תּ שׂ ימוּ תּ קּ וֹמוּ תּ קוֹמ מוּ תּ ק ימ וּ תּוּק מוּ 2FP תּ ק מ נ ה תּ קוֹמ מ נ ה תּ קּ וֹמ נ ה תּ שׂ ימ ינ ה תּ מוּת ינ ה תּ קוּמ ינ ה תּ ק ימ נ ה תּוּק מ נ ה 1CP נ קוּם נ מוּת נ שׂ ים נ קּוֹם נ קוֹמ ם נ ק ים נוּק ם

223 Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 213 II-VAV/YOD QAL II-VAV QAL STATIVE QAL II-YOD NIFAL POLEL HIFIL HOFAL PAST 3MS ו יּ ק ם ו יּ מ ת ו יּ שׂ ם ו יּ קּוֹם ו י קוֹמ ם ו יּ ק ם ו יּוּק ם JUSS 3MS י ק ם י קוֹמ ם י קּוֹם י שׂ ם י מ ת י ק ם 1CS א ק ימ ה א קוֹמ מ ה א קּ וֹמ ה א שׂ ימ ה א מ וּת ה א ק וּמ ה IMV MS ה ק ם קוֹמ ם ה קּוֹם שׂ ים מוּת קוּם FS ה ק ימ י קוֹמ מ י ה קּ וֹמ י שׂ ימ י מ וּת י ק וּמ י MP ה ק ימוּ קוֹמ מוּ ה קּ וֹמוּ שׂ ימוּ מ וּתוּ ק וּמוּ FP ה ק מ נ ה ק ו מ מ נ ה ה קּ וֹמ נ ה שׂ מ נ ה מ ת נ ה ק מ נ ה INF CST קוּם מוּת שׂ ים ה קּוֹם קוֹמ ם ה ק ים הוּק ם INF ABS קוֹם מוֹת שׂוֹם ה קּוֹם קוֹמ ם ה ק ם הוּק ם ק ם מ ת שׂ ם נ קוֹם מ קוֹמ ם מ ק ים מוּק ם FSA ק מ ה מ ת ה שׂ מ ה נ קוֹמ ה מ קוֹמ מ ה מ ק ימ ה מוּק מ ה MPA ק מ ים מ ת ים שׂ מ ים נ קּוֹמ ים מ קוֹמ מ ים מ ק ימ ים מוּק מ ים FPA ק מוֹת מ תוֹת שׂ מוֹת נ קוֹמוֹת מ קוֹמ מוֹת מ ק ימוֹת מוּק מוֹת PTCP MSA

224 Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms II-III Verb: ס ב ב surround, ק ל be slight (24.1) II-III QAL DYNAMIC QAL STATIVE NIFAL POEL HIFIL HOFAL PERF 3MS ס ב ב / ס ב ק ל נ ס ב סוֹב ב ה ס ב הוּס ב 3FS ס בּ ה / ס ב ב ה ק לּ ה נ ס בּ ה סוֹב ב ה ה ס בּ ה הוּס בּ ה 2MS ס בּ וֹת ק לּ וֹת נ ס בּ וֹת סוֹב ב תּ ה ס בּ וֹת הוּס בּ וֹת 2FS ס בּוֹת ק לּוֹת נ ס בּוֹת סוֹב ב תּ ה ס בּוֹת הוּס בּוֹת 1CS ס בּ וֹת י ק לּ וֹת י נ ס בּ וֹת י סוֹב ב תּ י ה ס בּ וֹת י הוּס בּ וֹת י 3CP ס בּוּ / ס ב בוּ ק לּוּ נ ס בּוּ סוֹב בוּ ה ס בּוּ הוּס בּוּ 2MP ס בּוֹת ם ק לּוֹת ם נ ס בּוֹת ם סוֹב ב תּ ם ה ס בּוֹתּ ם הוּס בּוֹת ם 2FP ס בּוֹת ן ק לּוֹת ן נ ס בּוֹת ן סוֹב ב תּ ן ה ס בּוֹת ן הוּס בּוֹת ן 1CP ס בּ וֹנוּ ק לּ וֹנוּ נ ס בּ וֹנוּ סוֹב ב נוּ ה ס בּ וֹנוּ הוּס בּ וֹנוּ י סּ ב / י ס ב י ק ל י סּ ב י סוֹב ב י ס ב יוּס ב / י סּ ב 3FS/2MS תּ סּ ב / תּ ס ב תּ ק ל תּ סּ ב תּ סוֹב ב תּ ס ב תּוּס ב 2FS תּ סּ ב י / תּ ס בּ י 2FS תּ ק ל י תּ סּ ב י תּ סּ בּ י תּ סוֹב ב י תּ ס בּ י תּוּס בּ י 1CS א סּ ב / א ס ב א ק ל א סּ ב א סוֹב ב א ס ב אוּס ב 3MP י סּ בוּ / י ס בּוּ י ק לּוּ י סּ בּוּ י סוֹב בוּ י ס בּוּ יוּס בּוּ 3FP תּ סּ ב נ ה / תּ ס בּ ינ ה תּ ק לּ ינ ה תּ סּ בּ ינ ה תּ סוֹב ב נ ה תּ ס בּ ינ ה תוּס בּ ינ ה 2MP תּ סּ בוּ / תּ ס בּוּ תּ ק לּוּ תּ סּ בּוּ תּ סוֹב בוּ תּ ס בּוּ תּוּס בּוּ 2FP תּ סּ ב נ ה / תּ ס בּ ינ ה תּ ק לּ ינ ה תּ סּ בּ ינ ה תּ סוֹב ב נ ה תּ ס בּ ינ ה תוּס בּ ינ ה 1CP נ סּ ב / נ ס ב נ ק ל נ סּ ב נ סוֹב ב נ ס ב נוּס ב IMPF 3MS

225 Appendix C: Weak Verb (and Guttural Verb) Paradigms 215 II-III QAL DYNAMIC QAL STATIVE NIFAL POEL HIFIL HOFAL PAST 3MS ו יּ ס ב ו יּ ק ל ו יּ סּ ב ו י סוֹב ב ו יּ ס ב וּ יּוּס ב JUSS 3MS י ס ב י ק ל י סּ ב י סוֹב ב י ס ב יוּס ב 1CS א ס בּ ה א ק לּ ה א סּ בּ ה א סוֹב ב ה א ס בּ ה IMV MS ה ס ב סוֹב ב ה סּ ב ס ב ה ס בּ י סוֹב ב י ה סּ בּ י ס בּ י ס בּוּ ה ס בּוּ סוֹב בוּ ה סּ בּוּ ה ס יבּ נ ה FS MP FP סוֹב ב נ ה ה סּ בּ ינ ה ס בּ ינ ה INF CST ס ב ק ל ה סּ ב סוֹב ב ה ס ב הוּס ב INF ABS ס בוֹב ק לוֹל ה סּוֹב סוֹב ב ה ס ב הוּס ב PTCP MSA ס ב ב ק ל נ ס ב מ סוֹב ב מ ס ב מוּס ב FSA ס ב ב ה ק לּ ה נ ס בּ ה מ סוֹב ב ה מ ס בּ ה מוּס בּ ה MPA ס ב ב ים ק לּ ים נ ס בּ ים מ סוֹב ב ים מ ס בּ ים מוּס בּ ים FPA ס ב בוֹת ק לּוֹת נ ס בּוֹת מ סוֹב בוֹת מ ס בּוֹת מוּס בּוֹת

226 216 Appendix D Numerals Cardinals Ordinals Masculine Feminine Absolute Construct Absolute Construct Masculine Feminine א ח ד א ח ד א ח ת א ח ת 1 st ר אשׁוֹן ר אשׁוֹנ ה שׁ נ י ם שׁ נ י שׁ תּ י ם שׁ תּ י 2 nd שׁ נ י שׁ נ ית שׁ לשׁ ה שׁ ל שׁ ת שׁ לשׁ שׁ לשׁ 3 rd שׁ ל ישׁ י שׁ ל ישׁ ית א רבּ ע ה א ר בּ ע ת א ר בּ ע א ר בּ ע 4 th ר ב יע י ר ב יע ית ח מ שּׁ ה ח מ שׁ ת ח מ שׁ ח מ שׁ 5 th ח מ ישׁ י ח מ ישׁ ית שׁ שּׁ ה שׁ שׁ ת שׁ שׁ שׁ שׁ 6 th שׁ שּׁ י שׁ שּׁ ית שׁ ב ע ה שׁ ב ע ת שׁ ב ע שׁ ב ע 7 th שׁ ב יע י שׁ ב יע ית שׁ מ נ ה שׁ מ נ ת שׁ מ נ ה שׁ מ נ ה 8 th שׁ מ ינ י שׁ מ ינ ית תּ שׁ ע ה תּ שׁ ע ת תּ שׁ ע תּ שׁ ע 9 th תּ שׁ יע י תּ שׁ יע ית ע שׂ ר ה ע שׂ ר ת ע שׂ ר ע שׂ ר 10 th ע שׂ יר י ע שׂ יר ית 1 is an adjective, and agrees in gender and number with the noun it modifies are nouns which can be in apposition (any order) or construct with a noun. men two שׁ נ י א נ שׁ ים ~ שׁ נ י ם א נ שׁ ים ~ א נ שׁ ים שׁ נ י ם 3-10 (unlike 1 and 2) take the opposite gender form to the noun they modify. daughters three שׁ לוֹשׁ בּ נוֹת three sons and שׁ לוֹשׁ ה בּ נ ים (contrast בּ ן א ח ד one son and בּ ת א ח ת one daughter ) are constructed of the numerals 1-9 followed by 10 (M שׂ ר ;ע F שׂ ר ה.(ע They agree in gender with the noun they modify (like 1 and 2). Note: there are alternate forms for 11 and ע שׁ תּ י ע שׂ ר ~ א ח ד ע שׂ ר 12 שׁ נ י ע שׂ ר ~ שׁ נ ים ע שׂ ר are the plural forms of 2-9; single integers are conjoined with vav. 20 ע שׂ ר ים 31 שׁ לוֹשׁ ים ו א ח ד 45 א ר בּ ע ים ו ח מ שׁ (מ אוֹת P ;מ א ת FSC ;מ א ה 100s are based on 100 (FSA 200 (DU) מ את י ם etc., 300 שׁ לשׁ מ אוֹת Certain nouns appear in the singular even with numerically plural modifiers: year(s) 11 א ח ד ע שׂ ר שׁ נ ה day(s) 11 א ח ד ע שׂ ר יוֹם (men) 11 man א ח ד ע שׂ ר שׁ אי

227 217 Appendix E Masoretic Accents ט ע מ ים or accents, were added to the Bible by the Masoretes (ca C.E.), a group of,ט ע מ ים scholars responsible for the preservation of the Hebrew Bible as well as the addition of accents and vowels. The accents serve to break up the text into sense units so that when the text is read or chanted, a pause (or breath) is taken in a logical place. Knowing the accents, therefore, informs the reader both where to place word stress and how to phrase groups of words. In addition, accents can also be of consequence for interpretation, as illustrated by Isaiah 40:3. If the division of the verse by the accents are observed, the prepositional phrase is part of the crier s statement, but the Septuagint, followed by the New Testament, treats the prepositional phrase as indicating the location of the crier. ק וֹל קוֹר א בּ מּ ד בּ ר פּ נּ וּ דּ ר ך י הו ה י שּׁ רוּ בּ ע ר ב ה מ ס לּ ה ל א לה ינוּ A voice cries out: In the wilderness prepare the way of the LORD, make straight in the desert a highway for our God. (Isa 40:3, NRSV) Compare: This is the one of whom the prophet Isaiah spoke when he said, The voice of one crying out inthe wilderness: Prepare the way of the Lord, make his paths straight. (Matt 3:3, NRSV) There are 27 accents used by twenty-one books of the Hebrew Bible as well as a variant 21 accents used exclusively in Psalms, Job, and Proverbs. The accents are categorized as disjunctive those which make a sense break with what follows and conjunctive those that make a sense connection with what follows. In addition, the disjunctive accents are of different levels depending on the strength of their disjunction. Level 1 accents make the greatest disjunction. Listed below are the accents of the first three disjunctive levels as well as the two most common conjunctive accents which function as servi ( servants ), immediately preceding certain disjunctive accents. LEVEL ONE Silluq Atnah LEVEL TWO Segolta Zaqef Qatan Zaqef Gadol Tifha (סוֹף פּ סוּק (always with sof pasuq ס ילוּ ק א ת נ ח (postpositive) ס ג ל ת א ז ק ף ק ט ן qatan) (variant of zaqef ז ק ף גּ דוֹ ל ט פ ח א LEVEL THREE Revia ר ב יע Pashta פּ שׁ תּ א (postpositive) Tevir תּ ב י ר

228 Appendix E: Masoretic Accents 218 Note: If two of the same disjunctive accents appear within one clause, most often the first of the two will mark the more disjunctive sense break. MAJOR CONJUNCTIVE Munah ח מוּנ (servi for atnah, segolta, zaqef, revia, and pashta) Merka א כ ר מ (servi for silluq, tifha, and tevir) Verse divisions by the accents can be understood as operating on a continuous dichotomy: the strongest disjunctive divides the verse in half, the next strongest divides each half in half again, etc. In the following verses the strength of each disjunction is represented by vertical lines between the words: one vertical line ( ) represents a level one disjunction, two vertical lines ( ) a level two disjunction, and three vertical lines ( ) a level three disjunction. Genesis 1:1-2 ץ ר א ה ת א ו י ם מ שּׁ ה ת א ים לה א א ר בּ ית אשׁ ר בּ 1:1 ת ה וּ ה י ת ה ץ ר א ה ו 1:2 ב הוּ ו ך שׁ ח ו וֹם ה ת י נ ל פּ ע וּח ר ו י ם מּ ה י נ ל פּ ע ת פ ח ר מ ים לה א

229 GLOSSARY Verbs are cited according to the third masculine singular form of the Qal perfect conjugation, except in the case of hollow roots. The Qal infinitive construct is used as the citation form for.([אוּת] (e.g. hollow roots. If a citation form is not actually attested, it is placed in parentheses The same principle applies to nouns. Within the body of a lemma, unattested forms are also placed in parentheses. Homonyms are listed separately. Parentheses (L#) indicate the lesson/vocabulary list in which the word is introduced. Brackets [] indicate the appendix that supplies further information for that lexical entry (e.g., for a paradigm of that weak verb). Abbreviations: ADJ adjective; ADV adverb; C common; COMP complementizer; COND conditional; CONJ conjunction; CST construct state; DEM demonstrative pronoun; DET determiner/article; DU dual; EXST existential; F feminine; HI Hifil; HIT Hitpael; HO Hofal; INF infinitive; INTJ interjection; INTER interrogative; LOCV locative; M masculine; NI Nifal; NOUN noun; PASS passive; PI Piel; P plural; PN proper noun; PREP preposition; PRON independent pronoun; PTCP participle; PU Pual; Q Qal; S singular; VB verb 219 א [A2] א בוֹת (L2) NOUN M father; P א ב [C4] (L11) VB Q perish; PI, HI destroy א ב ד C7] (L19) VB Q be willing, consent [C4, א ב ה PN Abimelech א ב ימ ל ך CONJ but א ב ל א ב נ ים (L8) NOUN F stone; P א ב ן (L6) PN Abraham א ב ר ה ם (L6) PN Abram א ב ר ם PN Absalom א ב שׁ לוֹם PN Edom א דוֹם (L4) NOUN M man, humankind; PN Adam א ד ם (L10) NOUN F ground, land א ד מ ה (L3) NOUN M master, lord א דוֹן (L3) PN (EPITHET) the Lord א ד נ י PN Adonijah א ד נ יּ הוּ C2] (L7) VB Q love [C1, א ה ב (L7) NOUN M tent א ה ל (L6) PN Aaron א ה רוֹן (L28) CONJ or אוֹ CONJ but אוּל ם treasury, NOUN M treasure, store; אוֹצ ר storehouse (L22) NOUN M light אוֹר shine, VB Q be(come) light; H give light, [אוֹר] make shine אוֹתוֹת NOUN M, F sign; P אוֹת VB NI consent, agree [אוּת] א ז נ י ם (L5) NOUN F ear; DU א ז ן C3] VB Q gird, equip [C1, א ז ר [A2] א ח ים (L4) NOUN M brother; P א ח א ח ת (L13) NOUN M one, each (one); F א ח ד [D] A2] [א ח יוֹת] (L4) NOUN F sister; P א חוֹת (L13) PREP, ADV, CONJ behind, after א ח ר י, א ח ר (L13) ADJ another א ח ר where? from א י מ זּ ה where?; INTE א י PTCP) NOUN M enemy (Q אוֹי ב NOUN F enmity, personal hostility א יב ה where? INTER א יּ ה How! (L27) ADV how; INTJ א י ך (L3) EXST ADV there is/are not א ין, א י ן [A2] א נ שׁ ים (L2) NOUN M man; P א ישׁ (L14) ADV only, surely א ך [C4] (L7) VB Q eat א כ ל NOUN F food, eating א כ ל ה [A5] (L2) PREP to, towards א ל commands) (L9) ADV not (with א ל (L28) NOUN M god, God, mighty one א ל [A4] CP DEM these א לּ ה (L2) NOUN M God; gods א לה ים PN Elimelech א ל ימ ל ך NOUN F sheaf א ל מּ ה NOUN M thousand, clan א ל ף P) NOUN M cattle (only in [א ל ף] (L8) COND if; (also marks an alternative א ם condition, i.e., or...) [A2] א מּוֹת (L4) NOUN F mother; P א ם

230 Glossary 220 (L19) NOUN F maid, handmaid א מ ה NOUN F cubit א מּ ה [C1] (L17) VB Q support; HI believe [א מ ן] (L29) VB Q be strong, bold; PI [א מ ץ] strengthen (something); HIT make oneself bold, obstinate [C1] C4] (L6) VB Q say [C3, א מ ר NOUN M speech, word א מ ר (L10) NOUN F truth, faithfulness א מ ת where? (L25) INTER where?, to א נ ה now! INTJ ah!, א נּ ה, א נּ א [A3] PRON 1CP we א נ ח נוּ, נ ח נוּ [A3] PRON 1CS I א נ י, א נ כ י PN Asa א ס א [C1] (L10) VB Q gather, remove א ס ף (L15) ADV also, even, moreover א ף (L22) NOUN M nose, face, anger א ף more! CONJ furthermore; how much א ף כּ י C7] (L19) VB Q bake [C4, א פ ה NOUN M proximity; PREP beside א צ ל א ר בּ ע ים P ;א ר בּ ע ה NOUN FS four; MS א ר בּ ע forty; א ר בּ ע תּ י ם four-fold; ר ב יע י M fourth [D] ר בּ ע ים ADJ/SUBST (those belonging to) the fourth generation (L24) NOUN M chest, ark א רוֹן (L21) NOUN M way, path א ר ח NOUN M length א ר ך prolong, (L27) VB Q be long; HI [א ר ך] lengthen (L2) NOUN F earth, land א ר ץ C9] VB Q, PI curse [C1, [א ר ר] PN Ararat א ר ר ט [A2] נ שׁ ים (L3) NOUN F woman, wife; P א שּׁ ה PN Assyria א שּׁוּר (offering) (L17) NOUN M guilt א שׁ ם (L5) CONJ that, which, who; COMP that א שׁ ר etc. (L4) direct,א ת י, with suffix א ת, א ת object marker (mostly for definite nouns) [A5] etc. (L7) PREP with,א תּ י, with suffix א ת, א ת [A5] [A3] PRON 2MS you א תּ ה [A3] PRON 2FS you א תּ [A3] PRON 2MP you א תּ ם [A3] PRON 2FP you א תּ נ ה, א תּ ן בּ [A5] (L3) PREP in, at, with, by בּ (L10) NOUN M well, cistern, pit בּ א ר (L6) PN Babylon בּ ב ל (L7) NOUN M garment בּ ג ד (L22) VB HI divide, separate [בּ ד ל] NOUN M emptiness בּ הוּ (L4) NOUN F cattle בּ ה מ ה (L23) VB Q come, enter; HI bring, make בּוֹא enter [C4, C8] (L10) NOUN M well, cistern, pit בּוֹר [C8] (L23) VB Q be ashamed בּוֹשׁ C3] (L17) VB Q choose [C2, בּ ח ר [C3] (L10) VB Q trust בּ ט ח (בּ ין (L9) PREP between (only in CST [בּ י ן] VB Q perceive, observe, have insight; HI בּ ין understand, give understanding, teach NOUN F understanding בּ ינ ה [A2] בּ תּ ים (L2) NOUN M house בּ י ת PN Bethel בּ ית א ל PN Bethlehem בּ ית ל ח ם [C7] (L26) VB Q weep, bewail; PI lament בּ כ ה (L23) NOUN M first-born בּ כוֹר PN Bilhah בּ ל ה ה PN Balak בּ ל ק (L25) ADV not, except בּ ל תּ י (L12) NOUN F high-place בּ מ ה number בּ ן ;[A2] בּ נ ים (L2) NOUN M son; P בּ ן idiomatic for X years old שׁ נ ה [C7] (L22) VB Q build בּ נ ה PN Benjamin בּ נ י מ ין (L12) PREP behind, on behalf of, away בּ ע ד בּ ע ד from; CST PN Boaz בּ ע ז NOUN M owner, lord; PN Baal בּ ע ל NOUN M dough בּ צ ק NOUN F valley, plain בּ ק ע ה (L7) NOUN M cattle, herd, ox בּ ק ר (L28) NOUN M morning בּ ק ר (L11) VB PI seek [בּ ק שׁ] NOUN M corn בּ ר [C4] (L20) VB Q create בּ ר א [C3] VB Q flee בּ ר ח (L4) NOUN F covenant בּ ר ית [C2] (L13) VB PI bless [בּ ר ך] (L19) VB PI boil בּ שׁ ל (L6) NOUN M flesh בּ שׂ ר

231 Glossary 221 [A2] בּ נוֹת (L4) NOUN F daughter; P בּ ת PN Bathsheba בּ ת שׁ ב ע PREP M in the midst of (only in CST; see בּ תוֹ ך (תּ ו ך גּ [C2] VB Q redeem, act as a kinsman גּ א ל Q PTCP kinsman-redeemer, close relative גּ א ל VB Q be high, lofty, tall; HI make high גּ ב הּ NOUN M border, territory גּ בוּל (L9) ADJ great גּ דוֹל great, (L11) VB Q be great; PI make ] גּ ד ל, גּ ד ל [ grow NOUN M greatness, magnificence גּ ד ל PN Gideon גּ דעוֹן (L5) NOUN M nation, people גּוֹי [C8] (L27) VB Q to sojourn, abide גּוּר reptiles) NOUN M belly (of גּ חוֹן [C7] (L22) VB Q uncover, reveal גּ ל ה (L7) ADV also, even גּ ם (L22) NOUN M camel גּ מ ל (L15) NOUN M garden גּ ן VB Q steal; NI be stolen; PI steal away; PU גּ נ ב be stolen away; HIT go by stealth NOUN F stolen item גּ נ ב ה (L14) NOUN M resident alien, stranger גּ ר NOUN FP neck גּ ר גּ רוֹת (L27) NOUN M threshing floor גּ ר ן PN Gerar גּ ר ר (L18) VB Q cast out, thrust out; PI drive [גּ ר שׁ] out, away [C2] דּ (L26) VB Q cling, cleave, keep close דּ ב ק (L2) NOUN M word, thing דּ ב ר [C3] (L11) VB PI speak [דּ ב ר] NOUN M pestilence, plague דּ ב ר NOUN M honey דּ ב שׁ דּ ג ה NOUN M fish; F דּ ג (L3) PN David דּ ו ד (L13) NOUN M generation דּוֹר (water) VB Q draw דּ ל ה NOUN M blood; P bloodguilt דּ ם [C7] VB Q be like, resemble דּ מ ה NOUN F likeness דּ מוּת PN Dan דּ ן (L29) NOUN F/M knowledge דּ ע ת NOUN M thistles דּ ר דּ ר (L3) NOUN M/F way, road דּ ר ך (L16) VB Q tread, march, walk דּ ר ך [C2] (L5) VB Q seek דּ ר שׁ VB Q be green; H cause to sprout [דּ שׁ א] NOUN M grass דּ שׁ א ה (L3) DET the ה (L14) INTER (question marker for yes and ה no questions) nouns) - ADV to, toward (suffixed on ה PN Abel ה ב ל PN Hagar ה ג ר A4] MS PRON he; DEM that [A3, הוּא A4] FS PRON she; DEM that [A3, ה יא [C7] (L5) VB Q become, be ה י ה (L10) NOUN M palace, temple ה יכ ל (L7) VB Q walk, go ה ל ך [C9] (L13) VB PI praise [ה ל ל] A4] MP PRON they; DEM those [A3, ה ם, ה מּ ה (L15) NOUN M multitude, crowd ה מוֹן see! (L18) INTJ behold, ה ן A4] FP PRON they; DEM those [A3, ה ן, ה נּ ה here; ADV ה נּ ה see! (L11) INTJ behold, ה נּ ה [C1] (L14) VB Q overturn, destroy ה פ ך NOUN F overthrow, destruction ה פ כ ה (L5) NOUN M mountain, hill country; P ה ר ה ה ר,ה ה ר ים with article ;ה ר ים C2] (L10) VB Q kill, slay [C1, ה ר ג (L24) VB Q conceive, become pregnant ה ר ה [C1, C2, C7] NOUN M conception, pregnancy (also ה ר יוֹן (ה רוֹן ו (L3) CONJ and ו [C2, he said אמר (L8) VB Q 3MS PAST ו יּ א מ ר C4] ז [A4] FS DEM this ז את [C3] (L7) VB Q, PI slaughter, sacrifice ז ב ח [A4] MS DEM this ז ה (L11) NOUN M gold ז ה ב (L4) VB Q remember ז כ ר

232 Glossary 222 (L19) NOUN M male ז כ ר NOUN M appointed time, time ז מ ן NOUN F sweat [ז ע ה] (L10) ADJ old ז ק ן VB Q be old ז ק ן (L16) VB Q rise, come forth, appear ז ר ח VB Q sow seed; H produce seed ז ר ע (L20) NOUN M seed ז ר ע ח VB NI, HIT hide (oneself); HI hide [ח ב א] (something) [C1, C4] VB Q bind, pledge; NI be pledged; PI [ח ב ל] writhe, twist [C1] PTCP) NOUN M mariner, sailor (Q ח ב ל [C1] VB Q, PI embrace [ח ב ק] (L25) VB Q bind, bind on, bind up; PI [ח ב שׁ] bind, restrain; PU be bound up [C1] PN Haggit ח גּ ית NOUN M belt, girdle ח גוֹר [C1] (L26) VB Q cease, come to an end ח ד ל (L25) NOUN M new moon, month ח ד שׁ down, (L24) VB HISHTAFEL bow [ח ו ה] prostrate oneself [C1, C7] PN Eve ח וּ ה (L15) NOUN F wall חוֹמ ה strengthen, (L17) VB Q be strong; HI ח ז ק seize [C1] C4] (L11) VB Q sin [C1, ח ט א NOUN M sin ח ט א (L19) NOUN F sin ח ט א ה (L8) NOUN F sin, sin-offering ח טּ את ח יּ ה ADJ MS alive, living; FS ח י C7] (L27) VB Q live, be alive [C1, ח י ה (L9) NOUN F animal ח יּ ה valor; (L29) NOUN M strength, wealth, ח י ל army (L6) NOUN MP life ח יּ ים (L24) NOUN M bosom, lap ח יק ח כ מ ה (L9) ADJ MS wise; FS ח כ ם [C1] (L16) VB Q be wise ח כ ם polluted, (L24) VB NI be defiled; PI he [ח ל ל] defiled; HI begin [C1, C9] (L25) VB Q, PI divide, distribute; NI ח ל ק divide oneself [C1] ADJ smooth, slippery ח ל ק NOUN M portion, share, territory ח ל ק (L29) NOUN F portion ח ל ק ה VB Q desire, take pleasure in ח מ ד (L15) NOUN M donkey ח מוֹר (L26) NOUN F mother-in-law [ח מוֹת] (L15) NOUN M violence ח מ ס NOUN M cement, mortar, clay ח מ ר fifty; ח מ שּׁ ים P ;ח מ שּׁ ה NOUN FS five; MS ח מ שׁ [D] fifth ח מ שּׁ י (L26) NOUN M favor, grace ח ן (L25) VB Q incline, bend down, camp ח נ ה [C1, C7] PN Hannah ח נּ ה PN Enoch ח נוֹ ך [C1, (L24) VB Q show favor, be gracious ח נ ן C9] (L16) VB Q be polluted, profane; HI [ח נ ף] pollute, make profane [C1] (L7) NOUN M kindness, goodness ח ס ד C7] (L27) VB Q seek refuge [C1, ח ס ה NOUN M delight, pleasure ח פ ץ, etc. (L7) NOUN ח קּ י, ח ק ך, with suffix ח ק, ח ק M statute ח ר בוֹת (L6) NOUN F sword P ח ר ב PN Horeb ח ר ב C2, (L22) VB Q burn, be kindled [C1, ח ר ה C7] (L17) VB Q think, devise; NI be reckoned ח שׁ ב [C1] VB Q be silent; HI exhibit silence, make [ח שׁ ה] still/quiet [C1, C7] (L22) NOUN M darkness ח שׁ ך Hittites ח תּ ים Hittite; ח תּ י Heth; PN ח ת (L24) VB Q be shattered, dismayed [ח ת ת] [C1, C9] ט (L9) ADJ good, pleasant טוֹב ADJ clean, pure ט הוֹר cast, HI cast, hurl, throw; HO be hurled, [טוּל] thrown [C8] ADJ unclean ט מ א NOUN M children ט ף (L24) ADV not yet, before ט ר ם [C2] (L25) VB Q tear, rend, pluck ט ר ף י (L27) NOUN F sister-in-law [י ב מ ת]

233 Glossary 223 (L21) VB Q be(come) dry; HI cause to be י ב שׁ dry [C6] (L21) NOUN F dry land י בּ שׁ ה י דוֹת P ;י ד י ם (L2) NOUN F hand; DU י ד (L25) VB HI give thanks, praise, confess [י ד ה] [C6, C7] C6] (L11) VB Q know [C3, י ד ע PN Jehu י הוּא (L5) PN Judah י הוּד ה PN Jonathan י הוֹנ ת ן PN Joshua י הוֹשׁ ע (L1) PN YHWH (personal name of the יהוה Hebrew God) PN Joab יוֹא ב PN Joash יוֹא שׁ יוֹם today; ה יּוֹם ; י מ ים (L2) NOUN M day; P יוֹם [A2] daily יוֹם (L17) NOUN F dove יוֹנ ה PN Jonah יוֹנ ה (L14) PN Joseph יוֹס ף ADJ, SUBST only, only one, solitary י ח יד (L21) VB Q be good, pleasing; HI do [י ט ב] (something) well, deal well with [C6] (L21) NOUN M wine י י ן [C6] VB Q irregular be able, have power י כ ל [C6] (L14) VB Q beget, bear (children) י ל ד C9] VB HI howl [C6, [י ל ל] י מּ ים (L13) NOUN M sea; P י ם Sea ) PN Sea of Reeds ( Red י ם סוּף VB HI go right, choose the right, use the [י מ ן] right hand [C6] NOUN F right side, right hand י מ ין [C6] VB Q suck; HI suckle, nurse [י נ ק] again, (L28) VB Q add; HI multiply, do י ס ף continue [C6] (L7) PN Jacob י ע ק ב VB Q be fair, beautiful; PI beautify [י פ ה] C6] (L13) VB Q go forth [C4, י צ א VB HIT station oneself, take one's stand [י צ ב] [C6] stayed, VB HI set, place, establish; HO be [י צ ג] stopped, detained [C6] (L8) PN Isaac י צ ח ק VB HI lay, spread; HO be laid, spread [י צ ע] [C3, C6] VB Q pour, pour out; HI pour (oil); HO be י צ ק poured, cast, molten, firmly established [C6] C6] (L23) VB Q form, fashion, shape [C4, י צ ר VB Q kindle, burn; NI be kindled; HI [י צ ת] kindle, set on fire [C6] [C6] (L21) VB Q awake [י ק ץ] C6] (L13) VB Q fear [C4, י ר א NOUN F fear, terror, reverence י ר א ה [C6] (L29) VB Q go down, descend י ר ד (L21) PN Jordan River י ר דּ ן (L25) VB Q, HI throw, cast, shoot י ר ה (arrows) [C6] (L5) PN Jerusalem י רוּשׁ ל ם PN Jericho י ר יחוֹ (L12) PN Jeremiah י ר מ י הוּ, י ר מ י ה NOUN M green (thing), greenness י ר ק [C6] (L24) VB Q take possession, inherit י ר שׁ (L2) PN Israel י שׂ ר א ל EXST there is י שׁ inhabitant, יוֹשׁ ב dwell; (L11) VB Q sit, י שׁ ב dweller (Q PTCP) [C6] PN Jesse י שׁ י PN Ishmael י שׁ מ ע אל (L21) VB NI be saved; HI save, deliver [י שׂ ע] [C3, C6] rescue, (L17) NOUN M deliverance, י שׁ ע salvation (L21) VB Q be smooth, right; PI make י שׁ ר even, smooth [C3, C6] VB NI be left over, remain over; HI leave [י ת ר] over, leave a remnant [C3, C6] כּ [A5] (L3) PREP like, as כּ (L6) CONJ as, just as, when כּ א שׁ ר (L9) ADJ heavy כּ ב ד (L11) VB Q be heavy; PI, HI make ] כּ ב ד, כּ ב ד [ heavy, honor (L8) NOUN M glory, honor, wealth כּ בוֹד NOUN M lamb כּ ב שׁ (L17) VB Q subdue, dominate [כּ ב שׁ] (L6) ADV thus, so כּ ה (L3) NOUN M priest כּ ה ן NOUN M star כּוֹכ ב fixed; (L23) VB NI be set up, established, [כּוּן] HI establish, set up, make firm [C8] NOUN M strength, power כּ ח

234 Glossary 224 but; (L2) CONJ because, when, if, though, כּ י COMP that; כּ י א ם but NOUN F round district, loaf, weight כּ כּ ר all, etc. (L2) ADJ,כּ לּ ך, with suffix כּ ל, כּל every; NOUN M everything complete, (L14) VB Q be complete, PI כּ ל ה finish [C7] (L26) NOUN F daughter-in-law, bride כּ לּ ה כּ ל ים (L13) NOUN M vessel, utensil; P כּ ל י PN Kilyon כּ ל יוֹן (L22) ADV so, thus כּ ן together; VB Q gather, collect; PI gather כּ נ ס HIT gather oneself together (L11) PN Canaan, Canaanite כּ נ ע ן, כּ נ ע נ י [כּ נ פוֹת] P כּ נ פ י ם NOUN F wing, extremity DU כּ נ ף (L23) NOUN M throne כּ סּ א (L11) NOUN M silver, money כּ ס ף NOUN M vexation, anger כּ ע ס [C3] (L13) VB PI appease, atone כּ פּ ר NOUN M saddlebag כּ ר NOUN M cherub (type of subordinate כּ רוּב divine being) NOUN M, F vineyard כּ ר ם [C2] (L4) VB Q cut, cut off, cut down כּ ר ת (L8) VB Q write כּ ת ב NOUN F tunic כּ תּ נ ת, כּ ת נ ת ל [A5] (L3) PREP to, for ל (L2) ADV no, not ל א PN Leah ל א ה (L12) COMP used to introduce direct ל אמ ר (אמר speech; not translated (Q INF CST [C1, C4] (L3) NOUN M heart, mind ל ב, ל ב ב PN Laban ל ב ן PN Lebanon ל ב נוֹן (L12) VB Q wear; HI clothe ל ב שׁ, ל ב שׁ NOUN M flame ל ה ט (irreal) COND would that, if לוּ negative) COND if not (irreal, לוּל י plate; (L18) NOUN M tablet, board, plank, לוּח ל חוֹת P PN Lot לוֹט PN Levi ל ו י (L7) NOUN M bread, food ל ח ם (בּ NOUN M secrecy (always with ל אט, ל ט (L7) NOUN M night ל י ל ה (L5) VB Q capture ל כ ד CONJ therefore ל כ ן (L12) VB Q learn; PI teach ל מ ד why? (L20) INTER ל מּ ה, ל מ ה PN Lamech ל מ ך (L13) PREP for the sake of; CONJ in order ל מ ע ן that (purpose), so that (result) (L5) PREP, CONJ before ל פ נ י (L27) ADV formerly, previously ל פ נ ים C5] (L15) VB Q take, receive [C3, ל ק ח (L26) VB Q glean, pick up, gather [ל ק ט] ל שׁ נוֹת (L13) NOUN M tongue, language P ל שׁוֹן מ (L7) NOUN M strength; ADV exceedingly מ א ד [D] NOUN F hundred מ א ה מ אוֹרוֹת NOUN M luminary, light, lamp; P מ אוֹר NOUN M food מ א כ ל (L10) NOUN M wilderness מ ד בּ ר NOUN M strife, contention; P מ דוֹן מ דוֹנ ים and why? (L26) INTER מ דּוּע PN Midian מ ד י ן how? (L10) INTER what? מ ה NOUN F tumult, confusion מ הוּמ ה מוֹא ב יּ ה Moabite, F מוֹא ב י Moab; PN מוֹא ב (L17) NOUN M meeting, appointed time מוֹע ד (L23) NOUN M wonder, sign, portent מוֹפ ת [C8] (L23) VB Q die; HI kill מוּת, מ ד ו נ ים מ ד נ ים (L29) NOUN M death מ ו ת מ ז בּ חוֹת (L12) NOUN M altar; P מ ז בּ ח C7] (L20) VB Q blot out, wipe away [C2, מ ח ה PN Machlon מ ח לוֹן and מ ח נוֹת NOUN M encampment, camp P מ ח נ ה מ ח נ ים מ טּוֹת NOUN M staff, rod, branch, tribe P מ טּ ה who? (L9) INTER מ י NOUN F midwife מ י לּ ד ה (L5) NOUN M water מ י ם NOUN M kind, species [מ ין] NOUN F blow, wound מ כּ ה [C3] (L29) VB Q sell מ כ ר (L10) ADJ full מ ל א [C4] VB Q be full, fill; PI fill מ ל א (L6) NOUN M messenger, angel מ ל א ך (L16) NOUN F work מ ל אכ ה

235 Glossary 225 NOUN M salt מ ל ח (L14) NOUN F war, battle מ ל ח מ ה (L2) NOUN M king מ ל ך (L4) VB Q reign, be(come) king מ ל ך PN Milcah מ ל כּ ה reign, NOUN F royalty, royal power, מ ל כוּת kingdom (L23) NOUN F kingdom, rule מ מ ל כ ה NOUN F rule, dominion מ מ שׁ ל ה [A5] (L3) PREP from; more than מ and מ ן appoint, VB Q count, number, assign; PI מ נ ה ordain [C7] (L13) NOUN F gift, grain offering מ נ ח ה (L19) ADV little, few מ ע ט above מ מּ ע ל NOUN M higher part (only [מ ע ל] and LCV מ ע ל ה upwards) (L21) NOUN M deed, practice מ ע ל ל (L28) NOUN M deed, work מ ע שׂ ה (פּ נ י + מ ן) PREP, CONJ from before מ פּ נ י [C4] (L11) VB Q find מ צ א מ צ ו ת (L7) NOUN F commandment; P מ צ ו ה (L5) PN Egypt מ צ ר י ם NOUN M collection, collected mass [מ ק ו ה] מ ק מוֹת (L6) NOUN M place P מ קוֹם ( bitterness ) PN Mara מ ר א (L10) NOUN M appearance, vision מ ר א ה (L27) NOUN FP place of feet ADV at [מ ר גּ לוֹת] [his] feet PN Moriah מ ר יּ ה (L17) NOUN F chariot מ ר כּ ב ה (L27) VB Q be bitter; PI HI make bitter [מ ר ד] [C9] NOUN F wages [מ שׂ כּ ר ת] (L3) PN Moses מ שׁ ה (L18) NOUN M couch, place of lying מ שׁ כּ ב (L13) NOUN M dwelling, tabernacle מ שׁ כּ ן (L14) VB Q rule מ שׁ ל charge, NOUN F guard, watch; מ שׁ מ ר ת function (L15) NOUN F family, clan מ שׁ פּ ח ה (L8) NOUN M judgment, justice; custom מ שׁ פּ ט מוּת Q PTCP מ ת נ (L13) illocutionary signal equivalent to I נ א tell you ; alternatively, a marker of politeness, such as please. CST) NOUN M utterance (always נ א ם [C2] (L17) VB Q, PI commit adultery [נ א ף] NOUN F groan, groaning [נ א ק ה] C5] VB NI, HIT prophesy [C4, [נ ב א] [C5] (L20) VB PI, HI look, gaze [נ ב ט] (L4) NOUN M prophet נ ב יא (L20) NOUN M south נ ג ב PN Negeb נ ג ב [C5] (L20) VB HI declare [נ ג ד] of, (L10) ADV, PREP in front of, in sight נ ג ד opposite to C5] (L20) VB Q touch, reach, strike [C3, נ ג ע [C5] (L20) VB Q draw near, approach [נ ג שׁ] PN Nod נוֹד (L25) VB Q rest; HI cause to rest, make נוּח quiet; set down; let remain, leave [C3, C5, C8] PN Noah נ ח PN Nahor נ חוֹר NOUN M torrent, torrent valley/run-off נ ח ל ravine ( wadi ) property, (L26) NOUN F possession, נ ח ל ה inheritance sorry/regret, (L17) VB NI be [נ ח ם] comforted; PI comfort, console [C2] PN Nahash נ ח שׁ NOUN M serpent נ ח שׁ turn, (L22) VB Q stretch out, extend; HI נ ט ה incline (something) [C5, C7] C5] (L23) VB Q plant [C3, נ ט ע C7] (L25) VB HI smite, strike [C5, [נ כ ה] (L18) VB NI be recognized; HI [נ כ ר] recognize, regard [C3, C5] (L23) NOUN M foreign thing נ כ ר נ כ ר יּ ה (L26) ADJ foreign, alien; F נ כ ר י out, (L20) VB Q pull up (tent pegs), set נ ס ע journey [C3, C5] (L5) נ ע ל י ם (L27) NOUN F sandal, shoe DU נ ע ל pleasantness ) PN Naomi ( my נ ע מ י F נ ע ר ה boy; (L4) NOUN M lad, young נ ע ר maiden, young girl [C5] (L20) VB Q fall נ פ ל ones NOUN MP giants, fallen נ פ ל ים (L3) NOUN F life, self נ פ שׁ (L28) VB NI take one s stand, station [נ צ ב] oneself; be stationed, appointed (L20) VB NI be delivered, deliver [נ צ ל] oneself; HI snatch away, deliver [C5]

236 Glossary 226 C5] VB Q watch, guard, keep [C3, [נ צ ר] NOUN F female נ ק ב ה (L16) ADJ clean, innocent, exempt נ ק י (L25) VB Q avenge, take vengeance; NI [נ ק ם] avenge oneself; HO be avenged [C5] (L13) VB Q lift up [C4, C5]; NI be נ שׂ א deceived; HI deceive [A2] א שּׁ ה NOUN FP women; see נ שׁ ים [C5] (L26) VB Q, PI kiss [נ שׁ ק] NOUN M vulture, eagle נ שׁ ר [C5] (L9) VB Q give, place, set נ ת ן PN Nathan נ ת ן ס around, (L24) VB Q turn about, go ס ב ב surround [C9] ADV/PREP around, about ס ב יב PN Sodom ס ד ם F mare סוּס ה stallion; (L4) NOUN M horse, סוּס י ם סוּף NOUN M reeds, rushes; see סוּף (L23) VB Q turn aside, depart; HI cause to סוּר depart, remove [C8] PN Sinai ס ינ י [C3] (L19) VB Q forgive [ס ל ח] PN Sennacherib ס נ ח ר יב [C2, VB Q storm; NI enraged; PI storm [ס ע ר] C3] VB Q wail, lament; NI be bewailed [ס פ ד] VB Q count, number; PI recount, declare ס פ ר [C3] (L8) NOUN M scroll, document, book ס פ ר (L12) VB NI hide (oneself); HI conceal [ס ת ר] [C3] NOUN M hiding-place, secrecy ס ת ר ע (L3) NOUN M servant ע ב ד [C1] (L13) VB Q serve, work ע ב ד of, PREP, CONJ for the sake בּ ע בוּר only as ע בוּר on account of, in order that [C1] (L12) VB Q pass over ע ב ר Hebrews ע ב ר ים PN Hebrew; P ע ב ר י (L5) PREP unto, as far as; CONJ while, until ע ד [A5] (L26) NOUN M witness ע ד (L17) NOUN F congregation ע ד ה PN Adah ע ד ה NOUN F testimony ע דוּת PN Eden ע ד ן PN Obed עוֹב ד (L15) ADV still, yet, again עוֹד duration, (L8) NOUN M forever, long עוֹל ם antiquity (L13) NOUN M transgression, iniquity ע ו ן VB Q fly; POLEL fly about עוּף NOUN M flying creatures, fowl, insects עוֹף NOUN M skin, (animal) hide עוֹר [C1] (L7) VB Q abandon, forsake ע ז ב ע ינ י ם (L5) NOUN F eye DU ע י ן ע ר ים (L2) NOUN F city; P ע יר ADJ naked ע יר ם (L5) PREP upon, over ע ל C7] (L14) VB Q go up [C1, ע ל ה (L12) NOUN F burnt offering ע ל ה NOUN M leaf, leafage ע ל ה etc. (L4) PREP with; also,ע מּ י with suffix,ע ם with me, at my side ע מּ ד י (L2) NOUN M people ע ם [C1] (L6) VB Q stand ע מ ד PN Gomorrah ע מ ר ה C7] (L22) VB Q answer, respond [C1, ע נ ה Anakites ע נ ק ים PN Anak P ע נ ק (L23) NOUN M dust, dirt, dry earth ע פ ר wood ע צ ים (L8) NOUN M tree; P ע ץ (ע צ בּ ים NOUN M idol (always P [ע צ ב] NOUN M pain, hurt, toil ע צ ב NOUN M pain, toil ע צּ בוֹן (L14) NOUN F bone ע צ ם NOUN M heel, footprint, hinderpart ע ק ב C3] VB Q pluck, root up [C1, ע ק ר PN Er ע ר NOUN M evening, sunset ע ר ב NOUN M swarm (of flies), mixture ע ר ב NOUN F desert-plain, steppe; Jordan ע ר ב ה valley ADJ naked ע רוֹם ADJ crafty, shrewd, sensible ע רוּם NOUN F heap ע ר מ ה PN Orpah ע ר פּ ה NOUN M herb, herbage ע שׂ ב C7] (L11) VB Q do, make, act [C1, ע שׂ ה PN Esau ע שׂ ו

237 Glossary 227 twenty; ע שׂ ר ים P ;ע שׂ ר ה NOUN FS ten; MS ע שׂ ר [D] tenth ע שׂ יר י, ע תּו ת ע תּ יםP (L14) NOUN F time; ע ת (L13) ADV now ע תּ ה פּ פּ י NOUN M mouth; CST פּ ה difficult, (L19) VB NI HIT be [פּ ל א] extraordinary; HI do an extraordinary thing [C4] NOUN F concubine פּ יל ג שׁ [C9] (L15) VB HIT pray [פּ ל ל] פּ ל שׁ תּ ים (L6) PN Philistine; P פּ ל שׁ תּ י Philistines (L10) CONJ lest, so that not (negative פּ ן purpose) face) פּ נ ים (L2) NOUN M (always P [פּ נ ה] NOUN M idol, image פּ ס ל NOUN M doing, deed, work פּ ע ל (L15) NOUN M step, time פּ ע ם (L4) VB Q attend to, visit, appoint פּ ק ד [C3] VB Q open eyes, ears; NI be opened פּ ק ח NOUN M commissioner, deputy, overseer פּ ק יד F פּ ר ה steer; (L22) NOUN M young bull, פּ ר heifer, cow divide, (L29) VB Q separate; HI [פּ ר ד] separate (something) [C2] [C2, (L22) VB Q bear fruit, be fruitful [פּ ר ה] C7] (L20) NOUN M fruit פּ ר י (L6) PN Pharaoh פּ ר ע ה spread; VB Q break through/open/out; NI פּ ר ץ PU broken down [C2] C3, (L24) VB HI break, frustrate [C2, [פּ ר ר] C9] (L21) NOUN M horseman פּ ר שׁ (L17) NOUN M opening פּ ת ח [C3] (L15) VB Q open פּ ת ח [C3] (L25) VB Q interpret פּ ת ר צ (L7) NOUN M, F sheep, flock צ אן (L6) NOUN M host, army; hard service [צ ב א] (L12) VB Q be righteous; HI justify ] צ ד ק, צ ד ק [ (L8) NOUN M righteousness צ ד ק (L29) NOUN F righteousness צ ד ק ה (L9) ADJ righteous צ דּ יק [C7] (L27) VB PI command צ וּ ה [C2] VB Q laugh; PI jest [צ ח ק] NOUN M laughter, laughing-stock צ ח ק PN Zion צ יוֹן PN Silah צ לּ ה (L15) VB Q prosper, be ] צ ל ח, צ ל ח [ successful; HI make successful, show experience [C3] NOUN M image, likeness צ ל ם [C4] (L19) VB Q be thirsty צ מ א VB Q sprout, spring up; HI cause to צ מ ח sprout, grow NOUN F cry, outcry צ ע ק ה C9] (L24) VB Q show hostility [C2, C3, צ ר ר ק [C3] (L15) VB Q, PI bury ק ב ר NOUN M grave, sepulchre ק ב ר (L28) ADJ sacred, holy ק דוֹשׁ (L20) NOUN M front, east, aforetime; ADV ק ד ם anciently (L11) VB Q be holy; PI ] ק ד שׁ, ק ד שׁ [ consecrate apartness, (L10) NOUN M holiness, ק ד שׁ sacredness [C2] (L12) VB HI congregate [ק ה ל] (L19) NOUN M assembly, congregation ק ה ל VB NI be collected [ק ו ה] (L6) NOUN M voice, sound קוֹל confirm, (L23) VB Q rise, stand up; PI קוּם establish; HI raise, erect [C8] NOUN M thorns, thorn-bush קוֹץ ק ט ן (L9) ADJ MS small; F, P supplied by ק ט ן ק ט נּ ה (L12) ADJ MS small; FS ק ט ן (L16) VB Q be small, insignificant ק ט ן (L12) VB PI, HI make sacrifices smoke [ק ט ר] [C3] PN Cain ק י ן (L24) VB Q be slight, trifling; be quick ק ל ל [C9] NOUN M nest ק ן ADJ jealous ק נּ א [C7] (L15) VB Q buy, acquire ק נ ה (L28) NOUN M end, extremity ק צ ה ] VB Q be short, impatient; PI HI ק צ ר, ק צ ר [ shorten [C3] (L28) VB Q reap, harvest [ק צ ר]

238 Glossary 228 (L9) VB Q call, proclaim, read aloud ק ר א [C4] (L19) ADJ near ק רוֹב (L5) VB Q draw near, approach ] ק ר ב, ק ר ב [ [C2] NOUN M inward part, midst ק ר ב NOUN F proclamation ק ר יא ה VB Q tear, rend; NI be rent, split asunder ק ר ע [C2, C3] VB Q bind, conspire together; NI was ק שׁ ר bound, joined together; PI bind on; HIT conspire [C3] (L21) NOUN F bow ק שׁ ת ר oneself, (L22) VB Q see, look; NI show ר א ה appear; HI show, exhibit [C1, C2, C7] PN Reuben ר אוּב ן [A2] ר אשׁ ים (L5) NOUN M head; P ר אשׁ [D] ADJ first ר אשׁוֹן (part) NOUN F beginning or chief ר אשׁ ית ר בּ ים (L14) ADJ many, much; MP ר ב greatness, (L24) NOUN M multitude, ר ב abundance VB Q be(come) many, much [ר ב ב] (L22) VB Q be(come) many, multiply; HI ר ב ה make much/ many, make multiply [C1, C7] [D] (א ר בּ ע NOUN M fourth (see ר ב יע י to) ] ADJ/SUBST (those belonging ר בּ ע, ר בּ ע ים [ the fourth generation PN Rebekah ר ב ק ה (L5) NOUN F foot ר ג ל C7] (L22) VB Q have dominion, rule [C1, ר ד ה VB Q pursue, chase, persecute; NI are ר ד ף pursued; PI pursue ardently; PU be chased away; HI chase [C1] (L19) NOUN M water-trough ר ה ט (L5) NOUN F spirit, wind רוּח PN Ruth רוּת ADJ wide, broad ר ח ב PN Rehoboam ר ח ב ע ם distance; (L19) ADJ far, distant; NOUN M ר חוֹק at a distance מ ר חוֹק PN Rachel ר ח ל [C1, (L21) VB PI have compassion on רחם C2] [C2] VB PI hover רחף away, VB Q be far, distant; PI send far ר ח ק distance; HI cause to be distant, far away; remove [C1, C2] (L29) ADV emptily, vainly ר יק ם VB Q creep (on the ground), move ר מ שׂ lightly NOUN M creeping things, moving things ר מ שׂ C9] (L24) VB Q, PI give a ringing cry [C1, ר נ ן ר ע ה (L9) ADJ MS bad, evil; FS ר ע (L12) NOUN M friend ר ע (L9) NOUN M famine, hunger ר ע ב [C1, (L21) VB Q shepherd, tend, pasture ר ע ה C2, C7] PTCP) (L21) NOUN M shepherd (Q ר ע ה C4] (L19) VB Q heal [C1, ר פ א VB Q skip about; PI dance, leap; HI cause ר ק ד to skip [C1] expanse, NOUN M extended surface, ר ק יע firmament (L9) ADJ wicked ר שׁ ע [C1, (L12) VB Q be wicked; HI condemn ר שׁ ע C3] שׂ שׂדוֹת (L9) NOUN M field; P שׂ ד ה [C8] (L23) VB Q put, place, set שׂוּם שׂ ים VB Q laugh, play; PI make sport, jest; HI שׂ ח ק utterly mock [C2] VB Q be prudent; HI look at, ponder; give שׂ כ ל insight, teach NOUN M prudence, insight שׂ כ ל NOUN M left side, left hand שׂ מ אל (L16) VB Q rejoice, be glad; PI שׂ מ ח, שׂ מ ח make rejoice, glad [C3] [C4] (L14) VB Q hate שׂ נ א (L13) ADJ hairy שׂ ע יר (L13) NOUN F lip, shore שׂ פ ה (L11) NOUN M official, captain, prince; P שׂ ר שׂ ר ים PN Sarah שׂ ר ה PN Sarai שׂ ר י NOUN M survivor שׂ ר יד שׁ (L18) CONJ that, which, who שׁ (L8) PN Saul שׁ אוּל (L29) NOUN F underworld, Sheol שׁ אוֹל [C2] (L10) VB Q inquire, ask שׁ א ל

239 Glossary 229 remain; (L28) VB NI be left over, behind, שׁאר HI leave over, behind [C2, C3] שׁ בּ ל ים NOUN F ear of grain; P שׁ בּ ל ת (L14) VB NI swear (an oath); HI cause to שׁבע swear (an oath) [C3] שׁ ב ע ים P ;שׁ ב ע ה (L10) NOUN FS seven; MS שׁ ב ע seventy; שׁ ב יע י seventh; שׁ ב ע תּ י ם sevenfold [D] PN Sheba שׁ ב ע [C3] (L12) VB Q break; PI shatter, break שׁ ב ר [C3] VB Q buy grain; HI sell grain שׁ ב ר (L22) VB Q cease, desist, rest; HI put an שׁ ב ת end to, destroy (L14) NOUN F sabbath, rest שׁ בּ ת PN Shaddai, Almighty שׁ דּ י (L23) VB Q turn back, return; HI return שׁוּב (something) [C8] VB Q bruise שׁוּף [C2] (L17) VB Q slaughter שׁ ח ט [C2] (L12) VB PI, HI spoil, destroy שׁחת NOUN F song שׁ יר ה [C8] VB Q put, set שׁ ית (down) (L9) VB Q lie שׁ כ ב [C3] (L10) VB Q forget שׁ כ ח (L16) VB Q be bereaved, childless; PI שׁ כ ל make childless (L11) VB HI wake early שׁכם PN Shechem שׁ כ ם (L6) VB Q settle, dwell שׁ כ ן (L28) ADJ inhabitant, neighbor שׁ כ ן PN Shiloh שׁ לה VB Q be at ease, prosper שׁ ל ו (L14) NOUN M peace, well-being שׁ לוֹם [C3] (L9) VB Q send שׁ ל ח (L11) VB HI throw, cast שׂל ך (L15) VB Q be whole; PI reward, pay שׁ ל ם back PN Solomon שׁ למ ה (L27) VB Q draw out, off שׁ ל ף שׁ לשׁ ים P ;שׁ לשׁ ה (L14) NOUN FS three; MS שׁ לשׁ thirty, thirtieth [D] ADJ/SUBST (those belonging to) the שׁ לּ שׁ ים third generation (L3) ADV there שׁ ם שׁ מו ת (L9) NOUN M name; P שׁ ם (L11) VB HI annihilate [שׁ מ ד] (L8) PN Samuel שׁ מוּא ל (L11) NOUN M heavens שׁ מ י ם VB Q grow fat; HI make fat שׁ מ ן eighty; שׁ מ נ ים P ;שׁ מ נ ה NOUN FS eight; MS שׁ מ נ ה [D] eighth שׁ מ ינ י [C3] obey בּ קוֹל+ listen; (L6) VB Q hear, שׁ מ ע [C3] (L4) VB Q keep, guard שׁ מ ר (L16) NOUN M/F sun שׁ מ שׁ שׁ נ ים (L3) NOUN F year; P שׁ נ ה [D] שׁ תּ י ם (L8) NOUN M two; F שׁ נ י ם (Babylonia) PN Shinar שׁ נ ע ר [C2] VB NI lean, support oneself שׁען [C9] VB Q be blinded; HI blind שׁעע (L7) NOUN M gate שׁ ע ר (L20) NOUN F maidservant שׁ פ ח ה (L4) VB Q judge, govern שׁ פ ט (blood) (L13) VB Q pour out, shed שׁ פ ך [C7] (L19) VB HI water, give drink שׁקה undisturbed, (L28) VB Q be quiet, שׁ ק ט inactive; HI show quietness, cause quietness VB Q swarm, teem שׁ ר ץ NOUNשׁ M swarmers, swarming things ר ץ שׁ שּׁ י sixty; שׁ שּׁ ים P ;שׁ שּׁ ה NOUN FS six; MS שׁ שׁ sixth [D] [C7] (L22) VB Q drink שׁ ת ה שׁ תּ י (L8) NOUN F two; CST שׁ תּ י ם VB Q be quiet שׁ ת ק תּ NOUN F desire תּ א ו ה NOUN F fig-tree; fig תּ א נ ה (L25) NOUN F ark תּ ב ה NOUN M emptiness, formlessness תּ הוּ (L29) NOUN M/F deep, sea, abyss תּ הוֹם (L13) NOUN M midst (often in the תּ ו ך compound PREP בּ תוֹ ך in the midst of) (L12) NOUN F abomination תּוֹע ב ה (L4) NOUN F direction, instruction, law תּוֹר ה (L11) PREP under, beneath תּ ח ת [C7] (L25) VB Q hang תּ ל ה NOUN F likeness, form תּ מוּנ ה (L21) ADJ complete, sound תּ מ ים [C9] (L24) VB Q be complete, finished תּ מ ם NOUN M serpent, dragon, sea-monster תּ נּ ין [C3] VB Q sew together תּ פ ר (L18) VB Q lay hold of, wield תּ פ שׂ NOUN F hope תּ ק ו ה

240 NOUN M P teraphim (a kind of idol, a תּ ר פ ים means of divination) PN Tarshish תּ ר שׁ ישׁ NOUN F longing תּ שׁוּק ה ninety; תּ שׁ ע ים P ;תּ שׁ ע ה NOUN FS nine; MS תּ שׁ ע [D] ninth תּ שׁ יע י Glossary 230

241 Song Lyrics 231 Behold, how good and how pleasant (is) the dwelling of brothers together Hinneh Mah Tov (Psalm 133:1) ה נּ ה מ ה טּוֹב וּמ ה נּ ע ים שׁ ב ת א ח ים גּ ם י ח ד א שּׂ א ע ינ י א ל ה ה ר ים מ א י ן י ב א ע ז ר י ע ז ר י מ ע ם י הו ה ע שׂ ה שׁ מ י ם ו א ר ץ מ י ה א ישׁ ה ח פ ץ ח יּ ים א ה ב י מ ים ל ר אוֹת טוֹב נ צ ר ל שׁוֹנ ך מ ר ע וּשׂ פ ת י ך מ דּ בּ ר מ ר מ ה סוּר מ ר ע ו ע שׂ ה טוֹב בּ קּ שׁ שׁ לוֹם ו ר ד פ הוּ I lift up my eyes to the hills from where will my help come? My help is from Yahweh, maker of made heaven and earth. Who is the man who desires life, (and) loves days to see goodness? Keep your tongue from evil, and your lips from speaking deceit. Turn away from evil, and do good; seek peace, and pursue it. Esa Einai (Psalm 121:1-2) Mi Ha ish (Psalm 34:13-15) He who makes peace in his heights, He will make make for us And for all Israel. And say, say: Amen! He will make peace, he will make peace, Peace for us and for all Israel Ose Shalom Mah Na vu (Isaiah 52:7) How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of the messenger Who announces the salvation, who announces peace. ע שׂ ה שׁ לוֹם בּ מ רוֹמ יו הוּא י ע שׂ ה שׁ לוֹם ע ל ינוּ ו ע ל כּ ל י שׂ ר א ל ו א מ רוּ א מ רוּ א מ ן י ע שׂ ה שׁ לוֹם י ע שׂ ה שׁ לוֹם שׁ לוֹם ע ל ינוּ ו ע ל כּ ל י שׂ ר א ל מ ה נּ אווּ ע ל ה ה ר ים ר ג ל י מּ ב שּׂ ר מ שׁ מ יע ה י שׁוּע ה מ שׁ מ יע שׁ לוֹם

242 Song Lyrics 232 And you shall break out west and east and north and south Ufaratzta (Genesis 28:14) וּפ ר צ תּ י מּ ה ו ק ד מ ה ו צ פ נ ה ו נ ג בּ ה vedavid (1 Samuel 16:12; 18:7; Songs 6:3b) And David is beautiful of eyes, He pastures among the lilies; Saul has smote his thousands, and David his ten-thousands! Son of Jesse lives and lasts! ו ד ו ד י פ ה ע ינ י ם הוּא ר ע ה בּ שּׁוֹשׁ נ י ם ה כּ ה שׁ אוּל בּ א ל פ יו ו ד ו ד בּ ר ב ב ת יו בּ ן י שּׁ י ח י ו ק יּ ם Yesh Lanu Tayish Goat, goat, there is, there is, there is... We have a goat, and you have a goat, and he has four feet, and also a small tail, la la la la... Ush avtem (Isaiah 12:3) And you shall draw water with joy from the wells of salvation תּ י שׁ תּ י שׁ י שׁ י שׁ י שׁ י שׁ י שׁ י שׁ י שׁ ל נוּ תּ י שׁ ו תּ י שׁ י שׁ ל ך ו לוֹ א ר בּ ע ר ג ל י ם ו ג ם ז נ ב ק ט ן ל ה ל ה ל ה ל ה... וּשׁ א ב תּ ם מ י ם בּ שׂ שׂוֹן מ מּ ע י נ י ה י שׁוּע ה Exult with Jerusalem, And rejoice in her, all those who love her Sisu et-yerushalayim (Isaiah 66:10) שׂ ישׂוּ א ת י רוּשׁ ל ם גּ ילוּ ב הּ כּ ל א ה ב יה Come, let us rejoice and be glad, Come, let us exult and be glad. Hava Nagila ה ב ה נ ג י ל ה ו נ שׂ מ ח ה ה ב ה נ ר נּ נ ה ו נ שׂ מ ח ה

243 Song Lyrics 233 Next year we'll sit upon the balcony, And we'll count migrating birds. Children on vacation will play tag, Between the house and the fields. You'll see yet, you'll see yet, How good it will be, In this year, in the coming year. You'll see yet, you'll see yet, How good it will be, In this year, in the coming year. Bashana Haba ah בּ שּׁ נ ה ה בּ א ה נ שׁ ב ע ל ה מּ ר פּ ס ת ו נ ס פּוֹר צ פּוֹר ים נוֹד דוֹת י ל ד ים בּ חוֹפ שׁ ה י שׂ ח קוּ תוֹפ ס ת בּ ין ה בּ י ת ל ב ין ה שּׂ דוֹת עוֹד תּ ר א ה עוֹד תּ ר א ה כּ מּ ה טוֹב י ה י ה בּ שּׁ נ ה בּ שּׁ נ ה ה בּ א ה עוֹד תּ ר א ה עוֹד תּ ר א ה כּ מּ ה טוֹב י ה י ה בּ שּׁ נ ה בּ שּׁ נ ה ה בּ א ה Red grapes will ripen until evening, And cold water will be brought to the table. And sleepy breezes will carry to wherever, old newspapers and clouds. You'll see yet, you'll see yet, How good it will be, In this year, in the coming year. You'll see yet, you'll see yet, How good it will be, In this year, in the coming year. In this year, in this year, we'll spread palms out, Before the light, black and white. A white heron will spread wings out in the light, And the sun will shine in their midst. You'll see yet, you'll see yet, How good it will be, In this year, in the coming year. You'll see yet, you'll see yet, How good it will be, In this year, in the coming year. ע נ ב ים א דוּמּ ים י ב שׁ ילוּ ע ד ה ע ר ב ו יוּג שׁוּ צוֹנ נ ים ל שּׁוּל ח ן ו רוּחוֹת ר דוּמּ ים י שׂ אוּ א ל א ם ה דּ ר ך ע יתּוֹנ ים י שׁ נ ים ו ע נ ן עוֹד תּ ר א ה עוֹד תּ ר א ה כּ מּ ה טוֹב י ה י ה בּ שּׁ נ ה בּ שּׁ נ ה ה בּ א ה עוֹד תּ ר א ה עוֹד תּ ר א ה כּ מּ ה טוֹב י ה י ה בּ שּׁ נ ה בּ שּׁ נ ה ה בּ א ה בּ שּׁ נ ה ה בּ א ה נ פ רוֹשׁ כּ פּוֹת י ד י ם מוּל ה אוֹר ה נּ יגּ ר ה לּ ב ן א נ פ ה ל ב נ ה תּ פ רוֹשׁ בּ אוֹר כּ נ פ י ם ו ה שּׁ מ שׁ תּ ז ר ח בּ תוֹכ ן עוֹד תּ ר א ה עוֹד תּ ר א ה כּ מּ ה טוֹב י ה י ה בּ שּׁ נ ה בּ שּׁ נ ה ה בּ א ה עוֹד תּ ר א ה עוֹד תּ ר א ה כּ מּ ה טוֹב י ה י ה בּ שּׁ נ ה בּ שּׁ נ ה ה בּ א ה

244 Song Lyrics 234 Praise Yah forever, praise Yah, let everyone sing With one word, a single one, The heart if filled with plenty of thanks, And it also suitable what a wonderful world. Praise Yah with the song, Praise Yah for the day which shines, Praise Yah for whatever has been, And whatever has not yet been, Praise Yah.... Praise Yah for everything, Praise Yah tomorrow and yesterday, Praise Yah and put hand in hand And sing with one heart: Praise Yah. Halleluya ה ל לוּ י הּ ל עוֹל ם ה ל לוּ י הּ י שׁ ירוּ כ לּ ם בּ מ לּ ה א ח ת בּוֹד ך ה לּ ב מ ל א בּ ה מוֹן תּוֹד ה ו הוֹל ם גּ ם הוּא א יז ה עוֹל ם נ פ ל א ה ל לוּ י הּ ע ם ה שּׁ יר ה ל לוּ י הּ ע ל יוֹם שׁ מ א יר ה ל לוּ י הּ ע ל מ ה שׁ ה י ה וּמ ה שׁ עוֹד ל א ה י ה ה ל לוּ י הּ... ה ל לוּ י הּ ע ל ה כּ ל ה ל לוּ י הּ מ ח ר ו א תמוֹל ה ל לוּ י הּ וּת נוּ י ד בּ י ד ו שׁ ירוּ בּ ל ב א ח ד ה ל לוּ י הּ